IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)
1.0
I.I
l^|28 |2.5
ut lii£ 12.2
li
■a
iJil
L25 III 1.4
1.6
v]
/
/:
^>
>^
7
Photographic
Sciences
Corporation
23 WEST MAIN STREET
WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580
(716) 872-4503
.<f
.^
^A^
CiHM/ICMH
Microfiche
Series.
CIHIVI/ICMH
Collection de
microfiches.
Canadian Institute for Historical IVIicroreprocluctions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques
^^
;.x ■'^'.
^%^
Technical and Bibliographic Notaa/Notas tachniquaa at bibliographiquaa
The Inatituta haa attamptad to obtain tha baat
original copy available for filming. Faaturaa of thia
copy which may ba bibliographically unique,
which may altar any of the imagea in the
reproduction, or which may aignificantly change
the uaual method of filming, are checked below.
Coloured covera/
Couverture de couleur
I I Covera damaged/
Couverture endommagte
Covers restored and/or laminated/
Couverture reatauria et/ou pelliculte
Cover title miaaing/
La titro de couverture manque
Coloured mapa/
Cartea giographiquas en couleur
Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/
Encre de couleur (i.e. putre que bleue ou noire)
Coloured platea and/or illuatrationa/
Planchea et/ou illuatrationa en couleur
Bound with other material/
Reli* avac d'autres documents
D
D
n
Tight binding may cauae shadows or distortion
along interior margin/
La re liure serrie peut cauaar de I'ombre ou de la
distorsion la long de la marge IntArieure
Blank leaves added during restoration may
appear within the text. Whenever poaaibla. theae
have been omitted from filming/
II ae peut que certainea pagea blanchaa ajoutiea
lore dune reatauration apparaiasent dans la texte.
maia. lorsque cela Atait poaaibla. cea pagea n'ont
pea iti filmtea.
Additional comments:/
Commentairea supplimentaires:
L'Institut a microfilm* la meilleur exemplaire
qu'il lui a iti poaaibla de se procurer. Les details
de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-fttre uniques du
point de vue bibliographique. qui peuvent modifier
une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exigar una
modification dana la mithoda normale de fiimage
sont indiquis ci-dessous.
I I Coloured pagea/
Pagea de couleur
Pagea damaged/
Pagea endommagtea
Pagea reatorad and/oi
Pagea reatauriaa et/ou pelliculAea
Pagea discoloured, stained or foxet
Pages dAcolorAes. tacheties ou piquias
Pagea detached/
Pagea ditach^as
rn Pagea damaged/
I I Pagea reatorad and/or laminated/
ryi Pagea discoloured, stained or foxed/
I I Pagea detached/
Showthrough/
Tranaparence
n Quality of print varies/
Quality in«gale de ('impression
I I Includes supplementary material/
Comprend du material suppl4mentaire
Only edition available/
Saule Mition disponible
□ Pagea wholly or partially obscured by errata
slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to
enaure tha best possible image/
Lea pages totaiement ou partiellement
obacurciaa par un fauillet d'errata. une pelure.
etc., ont iti filmtes A nouveau de faqon A
obtenir la meilleure image poaaibla.
This item Is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/
Ce document est film* au taux da reduction indiqu* ci-dessous.
JOX 14X 18X 22X
y
12X
16X
20X
26X
XX
24X
28X
n
32X
Th« copy filmad h«r« has b—n rtproducad thanks
to tha ganaroaity of:
O. B. Weldon Library
University of Wattern Ontario
(Ragional History Room)
Tha imagas appaaring hara ara tha bast quality
possibis considaring tha condition and lagibility
of tha original copy and in icaaping with tha
filming contract spacificationa.
Original eopiaa in printad papar covars ara fflmad
baginning with tha front covar and anding on
tha laat paga with a printad or illustratad impraa-
tian, or tha bacic covar whan appropriata. All
othar original eopiaa ara filmad baginning on th>»
first paga with a printad or illustratad impraa-
sion, and anding on tha laat paga with a printad
or illuatratad impraaaion.
Tha laat racordad frama on aach microficha
•hail contain tha symbol — ^ (maaning "CON-
TINUED"), or tha symbol V (maaning "END"),
whichavar applias.
(Maps, plataa, charts, ate, may ba filmad at
diffarant raduction ratioa. Thoaa too larga to ba
antiraly inciudad in ona axpoaura ara filmad
baginning in tha uppar laft hand cornar, iaft to
right and top to bottom, aa many framaa aa
raquirad. Tha following diagrama illustrata tha
mathod:
L'axamplaira film* f ut raproduit grAca i la
ginAroaiti da:
D. B. Waldon Library
University of Western Ontario
(Regional Historv Room)
Laa imagaa suivantaa ont 4t* raproduitaa avac la
plua grand soin, compta tanu da la condition at
da la nattat* da l'axamplaira film4, at mn
conformiti avac las conditions du contrat d*
filmaga.
Laa axamplairaa originaux dont la couvartura 9n
paplar aat imprimia sont fiimis •n comman^nt
par la pramiar plat at an tarminant soit par la
darni4ra paga qui comporta una amprainta
d'impraasion ou d'illustration, soit par la sacond
plat, salon la cas. Tous laa autras axamplairaa
originaux sont filmte an commandant par la
prami4ra paga qui comporta una amprainta
d'impraasion ou d'illustration at •n tarminant par
la darnlAra paga qui comporta una talla
amprainta.
Un daa symbolaa suivants apparaftra sur la
damiAra imaga da chaqua microficha. salon la
caa: la symbols ^-^ signifia "A SUIVRE". la
symbols V signifis "FIN".
Laa cartaa, planchaa. tablaaux. ate, pauvant Atrs
filmte A daa taux da reduction diff«rants.
Lorsqua la documant ast trop grand pour Atra
raproduit an un saul cliche, il ast fiimA i partir
da I'angia sup^krisur gaucha. da gaucha i droita,
at da haut an baa. an pranant la nombra
d'Imagas n^cassaira. Las diagrammas suivants
illustrant la m^thoda.
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
IimBX OF FIRST LINES.
Arabia's desert ranger 95
Around the throne of God ... 1
Asleep in Jesus, blessed sleep 85
Awake, awake, your sleep .... 51
Awake, my soul, in joyful lays 121
Beautiful Zion, built above.. 120
Blessed Jesus, ere we part . .. 126
Blessed be Jehovah, {i)oxol.) 53
Bound upon the accursed trc>e 89
Brightest and best of the sons 46
By cool Siloam'B shady rill . . 50
Bv Thee refreshed with 38
Child of sin and sorrow 25
Childhood's years are passing 29
Children of Jerusalem 4
Children,think on Jesus' love 89
Come, children, hail ^ • « 2
Come, children. Join to sing . 5
Come, let us all unite to siug 91
Come, my soul, thy suit pre. 79
Come to Jesus • 88
Come, ye sinners, poor • • . • . 106
Come, ye souls by sin ....... . 12
Creator, Preserver, Eedeemer 118
Father, let thy benediction. . 73
iPor ever with the Lord 83
From Egypt's bondage come. 99
From Greenland's icy mount.. 8
Gentle Jesus, meek and mild 21
Glory to God on high 61
Ck), sound the trump 66
God of love 1 before Thee.... 87
Qood news from heaven ..... 96
"Had I thQ wings of a doye. . . 84
Inxk! hark! the notes 101
Hark I the Sabbath bell is. .. 80
Hark I the voiceof love,(0!ct2v. ) 122
Hark ) what cry arrests 43
Hark ! what mean those .... 26
Here we suffer grief and pain 28
Holy Bible, book divine * 13
How delightful the thought.. 41
How kind is the Saviour 105
How lovingis Jesus who came 111
Hush'd be my murm'ring ... 82
IhaveaF&therinthepromis'd 81
I heard the voice of Jesus . . .. 115
J lay my sins on Jesus 9
I -sn but a stranger here 52
In the Christian's home in gl. 70
I once was a stranger to grace 90
I saw One hanging on a tree. 78
I think when I read the sweet 7
I want to be like Jesus 108
I will arise and go to my father 44
I would be like an angel 100
Jesus is our Shepherd. 75
Jesus little cuOux'uu blesses . . 45
Jesus, lover of my soul 114
Jesus, tender Shepherd, hear 18
Jesus, we love to meet 87
Jesus yet shall reign victorious 27
Joyfully, joyftilly, onward ... 93
Justaslam 64
Let us, with a gladsoia« mind «
Like mist on the mountain. . 97
Little traveUers Zionward ... 81
Lo, at noon, 'tis sudden night 15
Lo ! he comes, in clouds S6
Lord, a little band and lowly 10
Lord,dismi8sus,(J!9»«mi<«ton) 139
Lord, I hear of showers of . .. 104
Lord, look upon a little chUd 8
Low the infant Saviour lies^ 49
Mighty God, whUe angels... 14
My days.are gUding swiftly^ 94
My faith looks up to Thee... 98
My God, my Father, while I 112
My rest is in heaven 77
My Saviour dear 107
Nearer, my God, to Thee.... 123
Now that my journeys just. .
O come let us sing to the God
O happy day that flx'd my. ..
O let our Sabbath evening. ..
O may we ataad,{IHsmisswn) *„^
O tell me no more 71
O ye' who feel each other's woes 65
O all ye works of God 47
O what has Jesus done for me 16
One is kind alcove all others. 19
One there is above all others. 86
Our Father in heaven 63
Our home is on high , 20
Outonanocean.(J7bme.&oundl) 92
Pass away, earthly joy lis
gPoor and needy though I be.. 67
TPraise God from whom,(2)0flc.) 127
Praise the Lord, ye heavens.. 74
Betum, O wanderer , . . , 86
Rock of Ages, cleft for me. . . J09
Saviour and Lord of all. .... , 67
Saviour, sin & want confess.. 69
See the kind Shepherd Jesus 23
Sinner come while there's. . .. 76
Songs of praise the angels .... 82
Soon will set the Sabbath sun 40
Sun of my soul, my Sav. dear 125
Sweet spices they brought . ., 11
Sweetly the Sabbath bell. ... 72
The Lord is my Shepherd 68
Therei8abetterw.((M«o&ri'<) 117
There is a fountain flll'd 119
There is a happy land 22
There is a land of pure delight 24
They are blessed 60
Time is winging us away. ... 56
To Father, Son, (Doxology)., 128
To Thee, blessed Saviour. • 62
To the Father, [Doxology)..,, 59
To us a Child of hope is born SO
We're travelling home to heav. 116
We sing of thfi realms... .... 58
When His sal Ation bringing 64
When motheiB of Salem. 102
When sore afflictions erush.. 124
When this passing world .... 110
Where is now the prophet. .. 48
Who hath believed. 84
Winter's dA9V<yf gloom.. 55
kl
i
..^^
"' ^an [Hi .0?^),
||:*;-:5c;iir:.|r-j.-zx r^r'^
» ... .« ,.„/*■. ,. Ill .
V.J
,.,;> U., ;
tr-^sf"
»*~<*J<.i n i..r |.ii..,V-*^— >
<■-
1. Around 1^€rli^«^if ^Iti heapr^lH A
T^n thousand children stand,
''W!^Sie%i^l(^e^^l»ii^fiChri]Bi:l^gl«^ g
" That he^i^ven 80 Drig^ and fiUv, « * ^off.-i
4lA
3«BeeiittM»the S««i0Qv«lied,^l«Ji]ao4>^^^^ >; . .^^
4. On eatth tii^^i^«4l4'akt«)ut««r«)tA
,. j-«-
■■K*
-/:*.
.m
I'''
It;- ■■
IfTTTTffl
5IS!jh#Sw^iMPi»i o • >^
A|i4 etowiii Un Lo«d of all
■*i^^,-,;:.^i
<V .. ; »
^-•^')
_^ _ _ :ii6ii^itf^iril «tm MWf <^^
J;;,,^^^^^ -j0immm^
^OKr put
i^.l^|lM»49feMpi^ rthx;^ at) ..
Amik^lWNlM0ftiM»^
«,
■^
jftli
..■WS"
11
■'Vv
4>j-_;'.
r —
■^Wpw-^^^
.-.»*-«-.'/ -.,1,
IP Wild
rv-
mil
a ■
fell A,
*
3. A star of early dawii and bricrht
,4ite i gibM
Uir:
f .in^vH f l^by^MAtaikMiik im^SL&tj>luie^,Hn M^m
««K<
Join to ^"^^mmfmm
itrirnril
Praise |^^#iyfM$^9af^.|||lil^ ir*f *» *^^
4. Par^lMiiWrfiiMi*^^ '
TilUlbH
y
^^n^
MtiUSS .W OSIXStr. (Wo. 4in !?AC. songi.)
Ite Jftls t»d»ff Hal.l«4iit^! , A ??»•• I^md pniM to Christ
4ivS]acHatl«4iii«h! Av* mMi UtallwilkllMrtA vnicf Baforthl*
HaUeloialii Amea! i
Load praise lo Cbrtot oar Kingf ^ (^^
ITall^luUh! Allien!
Let fl^ wltli liearii and tdfoe» ,' '^
l^ijn la hte |^»#TOacholc^; ■^-~^^-
JE^alleltliihi AmenT
f f-~ '■ " I
af<
2. Come lift yoiif heart* on hlgfi,— itfitZ.^ <itc.
1*^4 ^^ JiCtif^sei fill the 8ky,--Jrai:,«i^. '
i:3f?£^rr:? iie Is onr guide and M«ia;
To as he'll condescend ;
His love shall never end,— iTal., d:c.
3. Praise yet the tbrd ajgaiiij^^^gftfj , ^^c.
Life shall not en^ the str AbiV-^iJa/. , <fcc.
On l^yera hMs^l ^hOf 6
illsgf^
Singin|p &r etfit9«>re,^iral., d:c.
it'
TAOTBErUl JMMWS^ (K». » <i? »«!• 8«°sr»)
UU ■»«< «»^ >«■' !«*»• »W>«» •• »«» ■
SdsJk Far Wi " «i*df# •iMllliii-^iB*^***^!' fi^kftrf, ^ • w •»»•.
l.t^ttis'witlra
itolfid
y<^*'>-i*i
Praise;«ie^ii^,,for1jeijHi5d, .
si €hteren eon^ ext^ liis mli^t;
Join with saints and angels bright.— /V>r, <£?<?.
ongA.)
o Christ
BMn;
--?;
^
d^C.
h« it
r«r mir«>
For, dkc.
lA,-, ■>/ ( i^
«tirmh 3 All oar wnnlt |i6 aoth mpply;
Loves to hear ottr humble cry.— #1jr,
«4Hi otoM our IMihert bleit,^
~ EM fhem to the land of rest.— iV^,^
5. His own Son he sent to die,
Ih J^tond8etoJoyaonhl|;lL^.^^ 3^
6. Let t&s then with gladsome miiid.
Praise the Lord for he is kind.— >or, Jt
' VHB 0HILI>*8 BB8I&S, (No. 7 in &
4tr^'*i|-ijyj-j|J .iluJ_a
wmIim* amour lBM»i H<OM»c<llMlittl« aUldniftiis
IalioaIdllk«lohliTtU«a«|*lilhtin^i«9. I wiahtbatW
i l rfiiiiri n ii H i ,ri|i^
^•eMloBmyhaadlliiAiiU*nMhadbcttthr<m>««m4»«t AmM^mM.
mightluTasaenhiaklMdiook whaa liaa^d,LalUMUt^
1. 1 think when I read the sweet story of old;
How when J^ns was here among m^il.
He once calFd little chUdren as lamhs to hfo m§
I should Uke to havis l»een With them then.
^K^^Ji**^* hands Jiad bee^ placed on aijr m
A i*?i "}% *"?^^ J* ^^^^ thlowu juround me ;
« ri^f**J might haiFe seen Wa ktodlook Fbm
Let the little oa^ j^po^ v0f^ pe.^
1 Yet stm to his footsto Ijn fi^ i^M- WL *
And there ask fbr k ^arb df his lo^e :
I ahall AAA hmt mtiA "hnim^'itUm ^*k«iwj^ u.^
In that beaoli^ pluiehe la cone to^ pimmL
For all those wiorare wasi^4 an4 flo^yens
And many dew children are »iM*«rtog Ihm^
^ For of such is the kiogdom^ of heaveo/*
.mitt0m$pafm'*'*'^"'"^
' -».<i^ '-'•- ! ■»■»-- 1 ." -J •■'^ MMi ' 'ini^"«iiii'"i»liaI-T^''
j|» Wlii'V tt 'Vtr iiWMl » »* ff'^wnfw^ i^-»iw.^?,j ■
1^ ^ - - Q ^.. , ; i ;... , .... ■*. '*..,!:, .-* . -•;»«• . ,
i*v-,4^».^-M,t».jw~ . .gj ^ ^gSy^— •<" ' A a...« "'!«" 'it'"" . * 'j.'tr»" *JBE-i:iija.JsiB«jg '^ , ik-'vUr-^
«i~." '»"'**''JK*~''I — * TUT 1 iM I M" 1 1 r fl l THHtTill»1P"inii^BBBBB' 1 -»^ -■— "-tyJ"
«5 iir€i.-fc--^^i
,w««g«»««a..^..*«^r|[F^
•I i:
I -Of
fm-
Tit! q'w otff nwnieri^S SiRSe;
Iij'bMiS'retiimtto relgii.
t)I
9. "ffflfttraTBlUI »llitfB^t»o4ttte&^8<mte<
■i ,,
9W i««Miiv TIm flp0tlntUm«of -1io4;
P
i
I brlBgmy guilt «• l#^»qi> ' '^^ '<»**^«r'***^ " '*'*^°*
fa. ■ ■ i - i ;, I J . ^ I I i ■ . I . , , , . T T ,' ■ ;.,;■;■ 'j-'-; ?!f'j^>. '
1. 1 layfwyiM wn^^cwil ^4
■.*
., *:g»<^ ■
He heals all my diseases,—
i^* He all iw^'BOWniwttiarefc
si '■'■^'
•?''
ha A
t wit >'^ . i^g...<«^fc^ J-P " * i y> ■ T^-^
Meek, lovi^ gHowry, mtld?
•t*' =>i long* tO'WlikiEf J«*1i8,
Taw fcotrfi:.i-:?*B'ft^^^i^^^^^^ • ■-•'-^^^^
10. Qpipi33ia anrior. (1(0. ipif sm. songs.)
L«d, • Utttobwft||i4l<iviy» W* •fVMfi^it i ^g f UiMt
^r9ia«wlMMt»frU1i thttughta ot Jesus
,^nd ii^BoUaBf.«ff«x]»l«»i«u*H«irottldLgriey«ta look sursn,
1. Lord, Alit£l»* -^ aAd lowly; . "
W^anecoi singtothee»
r ^<^«fHP^ 4liigh,#ii4-lMd3r,
I <Mit hoviiotemii ivB:8l^i|tl^i
, Filfoarheariswith thoujiflitsQf Jesti^
AM df heaven vfic^re he in gotici ;
And let nothing ei^v pleasftoa
He would grieve to look apon,
1 For w6 knoin^ the t-ord bf, glortf ,
Mw&ys j|(»j5awhiyk children do^, ,
And in writlng^ now t)ie fctiiV ^
Of otir thrills tod ^^^tia, toa
Let onr ithsi he atr^livieh,
Make nt V6air %htiti(^r is '^ong ;
Lead OS Qii>^t wi^fl^lA^veni
Th«r|prto,$ing a aol^leir fi^ng*
11. EEBXTBREOTIOir 01 OHBZST. (N<». 2a in s. songn.
Swoot s|>i*«oo tlioftaNigli^tM t^«# ; MMfligfat-od way,
:f.. i r"r n r J f 1 1 r r ^^
And csne to Om «i»v»b]f.rtM ;d#vi|ri^ -ff day.
1. Sweet spices they hi^M^ on qi^ way.
And casie to the f^^^'^eltff^^ 6
1 Bnt who^ihfB^itPit^f^^^
They said, as^^l^Mi^jENiniJiilr creeping eyes stole
( i>HTti0«&oii6 to teDi(ittd;ia«ai|M Smmr is gone; .
a And fiU«y«C]F bMOBi<wUh>plety*B flftine. ^
(^. Then licftywi*! b«igl|t i^orie* w# soon a^fOl obtoiii,
12 WVlTAlTOir TO JBSfya /(^»* M J» 8i «*«»«•.)
«>l«-'il,
^ti J f f'pi 3
f ^ f r r r+Tf^iT^r^h^t[j^ J J i
lh«li-*d' tei tilt •«»«»• tliW«^»«^t^'wi«**^^ ^^^ » • wn^w-f'?*
1. Coihe; yd sotfebjir lirfn^lcft^, '^
:i Bytlikt|nAittiairc»niri^^ -^%
llucougll ^hecrojw behold, the crown.
LoofctoJesu9l loolitp Joifts!
^e^ fl#ws throijgh Him flone^
: ii . Blessed are the 'ejtes that see Mm^ v
>'* • Blest th^ ears that hear hJs voice;
"^"* -IKeas^a are the souls that triisthlBHe -^ .7^
And 1ni#hn Jioae re^olpe.
2. Take his easy yokd aind wear It,
LoTOiHll nmHe^obedieinKee «$re«t;
Christ utrtUglt^ you istr^iiigth to bear It,
WhHe hl« IHyoitt-gtAdesyonr lb€t
Ifefetoi^ryl safetogioryl
\ Wheris hk iviisom'd captives meet
liffht toiWBiirl^ opeii^ eye% '
j^ 4wi^ilM reit^lie croaa slqypUesi
.»<,tii>He wmimiitm\^$'mmimimmf9mi^^ i j^
t' *!•(>*»
'Htt-ljr Bi-ble, book di-yin«, Frf-ciomi tiea-sura^ thou wt m!n».
-r
8< MM to^ of J^'84<y esnie,
i 'iMihftli'<ilfitiif^f'*a iJAfMfn* t
tmiV|pti4J^,?l^;E^ (??a.J^.lJl)Sl|C. Songs.)
M^Wf'm^N^kktkmihm mmm$m4^iMiik Usp thy name:
Lord of ««iiftM >)#4il«p<x <u>.§^^1Fl^i| aa^oy'qi mpiy uraTf theme Hal -
IeOMahHflfJ^r,.|tlr%^.*W!n#'-Vf|«tW>; r ^A - men.
Ancieatvf spinal liia|mi>i ,i J
"
otBi4i^iiek^4fCliie^:i^(iOiifitf|tgXHT M
f« -. . > ^ -Shall th>L pMdgfi^imnttBr jn heif _. , .», %^
g,th«
s.
p ii iit M i C''*» iii|| ;;;j '' 'p L[-"'i ' *''f | i'¥ 'T*^'**^'*'*'^ ^
dew bi*? ' ^>J»'^ite«ii dfi^^^ • ryt
'■> ; ' ' ; J
»/ •
-'t
What can aU tiiti^yran
DarkneMfO0y«» (i# 1^ i* J ; f > t f ^
What can aUr l^sei w«iiilisr9.l)|^|,^q a
« ' '> !H<|WiM8^*t«n^ lfinb# are torn ;
Oru^%i«f#3,'tiyi€lard^«$tMfi^ i
From h|9ift««dl#a(l m^ihUhMf^ -
Hark :^MA)ilQitiMIM}.1l^lMtNll'^i^iN^
qmdM^ ih^aiy td V YOU jr^7 ^ g
Left hK?*^#>Jt|a^ii^
TKift
TBS Uam WQMXMMX, (1^ Mln^S Aongt.)
fiirfi>iiiijijj
:t.
;-ait
,i-**«r*«'i*r- ■ . - -iilf''
He came from the land of Cana&n ;
He grottft*t aifd^ iled tmbn the tree,
That I Ittlgbil; ^ *fip&n««n.
A pato of rt^^l^Vj^ to ;
ComeletiisgofSQ^^&iHuin. >'
In t|«r«l<W!leimiliW^Pf^f^»«^
111 ^g mgimii^^mmoi^mmv
With the happy saints of Canaan.
There Jestttsitt 1^1^ thr^Eie, ■■
E&a^'hlgbJb^€iiMii»i'^ t^^i i
InHting Hil^ (iUMrttii iKHii^! 'hV
With ang^ jMTigp ;^ if ete)i^fi|he!B i
tt
^'J^J^^^i^^^W^i
ArtKmd hi* iiimB^m(mu^
V"
*r
17.
0\ vom*l*^, 1^ ting foib* Oe4of S#l • ▼f-tion» To
Jc-siM oiiilr iflBgWhak«thbra>n^teoB-M • U*tioai Who itf liia
ii;"Miii i i i nflrii.f?ifr:rM
own bo'dy fioth of^'d** fM«fftl* ¥o«litelit«iI(«ttr ains ThoUt
^^
high at a mott»Uiii HaliW «' iitAhlJ»thoL«aib(Wl»o:halhbo'lM« TpU"
doD Wo will pralMhim a • gain Whoa Wi^vo pan*d o • ror ^ Jor-dan*
1. Oh, <?om6 l6t tta ilttg ^ i(a^3v' *
Willi (Nit Of 8MT$ttt»ii r
To Jc^c^ Mjipg;;. ' "-;;*--
.4 fU) 2. Though^ our heavto «i*e depv&^^d, * < ii ;>'i j%..! ^
"a--,a
rsr:
W::zu-
Tlwugh '<i#h sin wt fre bpKlefv^f
Our sotill mayii^ assredf
And diiivsrii$ ns^y be patdon*d;
And Jesus, our SiEtviodf,
Hathproi#9e4tP^I4eifti^4i^; rii n- r
: Mdfft'eej«9t>^ evct
From t^Qim tbul: oi^ress vuk-mff^l^ ^c
' t^Thefiottriniily be nigh,
WTten ottr iMsoi^ii, fidnt hiBiivlaa^' ^^^^i
Shull breottieth^ Iftit sigir >J v ^ ^j^o
Ana tfttfw'^fr^ our pillow''
rrT-'^P":
SVBim&SmV'0«O^ in Sac. Soi\|4
^ _ I IN M'M
Afc<^-.-^
•■IB** '»
Pl-
1. J6»torfc«nfl€r Shepheki, hear 11^^
Bl«8ftt}i3r llttUj kMBb td-night,
Tl^iHi^ the da^ne(|fr he tho^ uearjne^ .^- ^ .
JII^K^ my isiei^ to iaOrnliig^
l^:<All49itoday thy hand hath led nwi^'
Xiifcen t6 by hwhle i^fftyer.
- ' nv
• ' • ■' ffi
8. Let my sins he allfoygiyenf , ^.^^o i
Bless the fri^H^ iH^py? s^ W#J, i
Take me, when I dfe^ mW^p o l
'rtiti^;(irQ^ffes.song^)
^dl^ltliy^^^ Ttf^^liHs ii love b« • ^ond
^ R% r r
• brother'. how |iel«(W««i«*l»Mr««*«W*^ imM^/^^rm0^9M day kind
ijij unii jiiiiN
the next dayle»Titi»4e%tt4tM.j^j^^*^ll^«^^^
1. One is klnd^ithtwrW ^tttws^i 'J'^^^ ,
Earthly feteniflrT»ayff#l»jaa4^gfiW thee,
One day kiiMl|ith««iie»t4a|rrl»P^^^ tU^
But this Friand jwilLnii*ar deotel^e l^e,
wis 'US rO^thow^ci^es!
2. Blessed Je8tisf^l<*#l*«tth^tf Ktiolr3um,-0, Ac.
QiYfi ^yself ^i»rel3^t6' hmHW%
t
7
':4>«5-
^iffiR
'Thiilk nc^ nwre df friendliMpfr'lioiiow,
:*jn— :fW^.
<^3|4i?l9lf; h I C?!<)r ¥ ^t^?r: ^^'^fi^*-)
Heri torrow'scUtfi
i.'iJilk'i'',i:fT
■»..-^
si
■ 1 ,*-»^- 'y***-'M -."^
::k:;
."SV^
Btitj iffigreiWlfere happy 8ftiiit9#6ptie^ ^
Around tlifinii*r|ght^ ^n^-lpi^i^f r jglows
The day which oflear ,fl>i^^ 9i§^
Inionr home ^^n^lMftl)* > , //
9, Onr hom^Ucn* Hil^ > h u; r'-
The hdnf)^ aif 1^^iiietiAiis*iig;i>
Forsake ^i4^(»MtllliI^' ' / - ^ . ?
But *ft«»]6ftt;»^|i^i^f^
Can never e^/j^^j^^Oi^T^^
In their ho|iie,(anjlH|]^^^^
^
,Kt.-. 1 '<
^ *y^*^^2^ip^ I '#<yiifld tdlWiB^W brought:
- * Gxicloiis Ghodi fo^Wd It. not » : - -
.aiyeaUlitJl^chUdapli^c^, . .,u
,0«
5p
22;
Day and night my ke^pe^ '^v
^v'ry nujanent watch round ine.
:-*i-t
i^^::::^-: " Iixp'-'pr^<l> '>^ *i^ • •■-wy.
1 ^ ■ ' '! i
jii ; aa a^ hvmu . «»' wm -<«?■
^
^^^^^^ Th<^ is^a hfippy land,
Where aliA^ln gloiy standi
Bright, hriightaadajft. iff-fnii !?
Oh; h^irthey.aweetly 4Bgi ifiT
Worthy ItomrSaTlmiriHhifi;
T^ud let j|di JMrallMM^M^^:
Prals^ prdi«if<«?5ay%
fawnB, COlue vwa»j • , , .
/
.OS
-^i
1/
Whdn fhim ski and amoirtredi
Lor^ we ^allHTe wifbllM^I
Blest, Meat for aye
a Bri|hi in tl^ haj^ land
Kepi w » Gainer * hand,
£^«c«an<lt4i4
On tiien to glory run;
Be a crdwn and kingdom won;
And briglit almve tne «iiQ
lYd reign for aye.
23. THE wnmmsmmD, (if*, w m sm. songi.)
II iliiiliiiilllHlliili iim
■lit them to ap-|inM|9hK*}M «ri«|i,N«r Mora* Ui«^Jiaial»l» mum
I III iiiiiitii|iiiiiii!rnTtTTnii
: li See the kind Shepherd, 4esQi^ sianids,
With all engaging leharms^
Hark, how hie calls the^end|erlaml|i^
And folds jQiem in ills arms.
9. **Permlt:t^sm to appijoac^'VH^
Nor seoms the^ hiuquhle na^iie;
.; for !lwas to l^leats sniBh wnl* •» these,
TheLordofani^d^eamd. , .p <
a Hem lead na to 4h0 haayeiaF s^remi
Where ILirfog walkers JjOif^K ,,i. .
AMv^gnidriia tojfclw A^l^li^ fl^
, Where tr^sS of knOwlgdsiS iji^w.
4. The fi?ebtest l<^l».ie9litt Ihik fow u^
,hmn aiialHie lt*Shij»lier4'a<«re: ^toK
Wbila IMdtid inrtjba 3»vipii^> «c^
W6*te safe from erery snara
THE BJf^pS^MKPt ly^^ y ^" ^^^ ^^""^l
In . £.BiUday«H^W-^- -,„;..-
ban-iiih puia.
rnii I'll
Come, ehU#<y>inp|#^lir»>f»«j iy^>r(«^ ^''^^ ^''^ ^'^
^ r njUMTta W M i ll I I
' trumpet lonnd, And then wehall with Jeeui reign, And ne-yer^
" 1, 1 1 II II I, III 1 1 II 1 1 Nil I ;:
*;
bfl
-■fi
fk-^r, ^„„„.^ ^ - «
^me, children, march to EmTOanuerBgrouno.
And tiie^^ «**P'*«iii*«?«* *#*r,.
2. There ever^tlng spring abWes,
Death, IW*t ^tim^^ i«^<rt^r«i<Hdwi<.
8. Sweet fields lwiyon^MWe&^^ ^(M, ^
So to the J#JW«t«3NWiWW»«^ _ y^ ^
4. Could :ire iiil^cfim^ ^^J^l ,
An#^»t##fe^ fiiaifli»ir i)1ii¥^^'^-'- ^- f^ ^ '^ -
Not Jordf*l?f ffcl-eiaiifeifto*^ AikllMieclftflpod,
Sh^ii§4rtp^lMi#i«^1li^4A^ <£«.
muU.y V V ■■•'.ii ^ ... - ) » -^
{''AT'-
Oriere POt that love
WhUjIi from alH)??, ^_^
^
wmt^^mm^W^
■■m
.SB^jjs^-*
:»^„::
n
■'^f-m
bsioft-e
t .
;:rHiiw
mt a^^i&jaM.'a^WWio ».«. s.,«^'
*akMthn'i Md eonplnlstBg ChrUUMs htwr Ihdr dj.iag ery f
1*T« Of Christ eoftI«|^IalB(, Jpim to Mp thm oro tbty 4i«.
Hark I irli#ti mean iliose l«n«itatIons
RoUin^iaiaiy thi^ough^(6 i&y ?
TIs t^e ciy of Ii0«aicBi tiattons,
**Come and h«lp tig, or ifire die!"
Hear the lieatbeii^a fa4 <C9miiMriinr,
Christians hear Iheir dying ery ;
-And, the love <rf Cl|rla| ooa^^teing,
Join to help themi^re tbey die.
SZi THE SEION 07 nEBTO. (No. 27 in Sac Songi.)
Jfc -OMfot shall rulfftt vio ^ to-vf«M»'iLtl thocsirth ^hall owa hit swsr.
^« ■ *' I . 11" ' ■ - — rr i
JlbwaiflBsilMhis kiBg.floiB f1o«lotUU.|loih«ll>tt|o thro' sadlsss day.
flwOMaMisat i-dols fall-iag, WorshippM one^ bat Bow'ahhorr'd.
mJm-VM BOW iti MU>i»f^'|<l<tej^lig,h- »)'; a-dored.
1. Jasas yet jihaU rngti 'Hetoiloini^
All the mrfilr shilli'o^ pi^^r^ ;
He will makf H^ ]il^%«^irU^:^^
He shall reign throtigh-eniltf^ day.
!"•'
8. Thin .hMl ZlpiUO«k S'lSfSfSir Ood
> Then thfttt Uirm\ aU lH» tav^jr <
Inh«»r'nw«pMt no
■^^^f^ [|pui«twi»btj<*f'^*^ •'•»-**•
1. Here we suffer ffrlef and pain ; _^
, s^c.S w we meet to part again ; EET
^ ™ , ~ . ' ^heir^ meet to part »»
1 All irtito 1<^TB the;iior^ t^ow^^^
When tftey d»e to lieaveil vail g6,
^ Who have sotiglit the totd by prajhMv
From every Sahbatti^schooI^Oi i?^
4. Oh I how h wpy i^ *Wp^^
For oiir SWwrm ^ ^i ^,. f
Exalte on his tht<«ie,— 0. ire*
- -^ iJ. —^'jt^i eV^i- aing w ith IftVi.
And etwttity^#mpl«f ^ nr ^:, li^i Ji^
.(('■i ■.;.'»;
Childhood's years
fiff ro'wr #i|,|y«iutl||ii}4ffy» wilt
'•f- I. I '■ I
Jjifi done I
,^^S
CWM and ■onrowi.^ ;f****i»i|^^>«|#4Bi« ««$rt»'f|'<n*»» unknown.
1 ■< I ■•«''* »-t
1. Childhood^s'i^ars UT^ptimingn^rm,
Cares' liiiff fcdiT<m« llerhmv^ ^ r ^
HI<Ideh*daf»g«fB.<sftajfe»«tikiiwwit
;^J*iT.
4...
-aSftSi'-,
^iR Oh, may He wJtj!tv«MicJ«.and lowly,
^jr^odM»;?filf±Iiiayflla.Qfwoe, ,
Slake ilsJBi^imdti^
Teaelmsaillta follow ,th€e.
Oh id riieef In hieaVen Kif evefl
Oh tK6 crowtt of lifd to garni
30. THE BIRTH OF GHIRtfiTi m^'Sl in Smj gon^s.)
I nil i i i;iiTnii); i i. i '/ i ^
To ns kGUtaoi ihQff h hoi^i ^ ns a Son ia ffiv»n;
Him shall
"^'N i|i|iiiii,|i ij iiiii
"the tribes of earth 0;%, Hiim fill the^atsftf hkar'n.
Him»haUthe.triha«of«ar$lira,^her,,rii!m^U the hoats pf heav'n.
1. ^ou»a€hildof}iof»eii«ihorn: r
Tousa.Son,i8«ly'»; j^^-.tk -^
Him Shalt the, tf^hes ipf^i^h jPCreV, ^*>, • '
Him ^ai the ii(^p(hisstr£ , ^ ' '
% His name shall tie tne Prince of T^eanej
For-etei%iorejui©ped, '^ * iv TaI
The Wonderful, the CJoungeUw,
wej
.m
^%..
»*..-
k
o xiu «nw'r increasing still shall spread,
L ,UktVa ti^^ler? Z^onw^^ v^^^
"- iS»-'^^'«
.j^^.l ^ i-^f.^« ^'^ '"^^- '•^' . "*^ ^ T« Gift's
' ' s " AU our eartMyJo*'^^ !«»»:
At *h8»Pi*«J<rf %:^b? awaUs.
Bong* of praise the an • gels •nng, Heav'nwilh
lua • ie
ru
^i ralig, IVltirf^ rnVt
^^it:;--,
w*rfTJs3ij
WMle be - gun, When heepakeMid it WMdoim.
1. Songs of praise the angels Sang,
'- |teayen^H^haUeluja%ra%i
When Jehovah's Vork hegun, :i::ii? r .j%
'When he spfake and it was done.
K^Hl t2. Songs of praise iwoke the mwn V
«r . . ^ When the Pilnce of Fence ivas bto ; ■■%
Songs of praise aro^ie when he , ^
Captive led captivity.
3. Heav'n i^nd earth must pass away,
Songs of praise ishall ct^own that day ;
OQd,w^ll toke heW^h^v'ns artd earth,
Songs of jAaisfe shaft hail thielli* hirth.
Songs of praise to slilg aborei
KOE|npii0 IrriW.,^^ in Sac. Songs.)
ifff^ifjiij ij; r:ij | jjj i .itt
By tiicef«fre»hNiW^k pleaaant eleeptVe seoru the bed of sloth to keep
,|jhl l lrir^j | fjjhj ljll
Am & thee our Fa-therpray To hear and bless our morning lay.
1. By The€^ reft-esh'd With pleasatt t sleep,
We sconi the Md of sloth to* keep,
But rise, and Tliee our Father pray
^^j To hear ahd bleis bur morning lay.
^Sl -^^ ^^® vaklrig thought possessed,
Thafe ^ach Succeeding act may be
Commenced, pursued, fiilfiird in Thee.
M
• Co
.. %K..
8. Now aarRness fadei^before the ligWi,
r '" Ylelda to the dawn the gloom ol'iUgnti^
> If aught of HI the night concealed,
So may it to Thy brightness yield.
4. Oh grant that thua our Jiea«i» within
May still be clean from taint of sin,
And still our outward lips may raise
F To Thee the voice of deathless praise^
li .-■ . ■ . -
34. WHO HATH BELIEVEB1 (Gall.) (No. 29 S. Songa)
Who hath b«-li«Ted f Who hath b« - 1 iev-ed t To whom is thine arm Lord
T^l ' '"" Hlf'p^
re-veard?TheMe«rsiraheametf> ei^thBut w^ low-lywathi» birth,
That hit ma-je8-tyfromniaiiwa«con««oal'd.Bleu-«d Je-inf,kind J«-
f f r''^ ^^l;! I ll III I I' I I I II
^ auiitht mii^movly , J??*"* ^* bloM l^a^ f|pr= all hahalOdH*
i II 1, Who liath believed? Who hath bcHcfcdL^^,^^
i.d~ To who^i Ja thine arm, Lord, reveal^? :"^^;>
The Messiah came to esirth,
^ But so lowly was his birth,
f That his mj^Jesty from man was eonceal'df .
^ Blessed Jesus! kind Jesus! themeek^lowty Jisosl
We bless him for all he has done.
2. He was afflicted—He was afflicted;
On him lay the sins of us all:
As a lamb to slaughter led,
^v^. So ttie lowly Saviour bled, '
' To redeem us from the curse of t)» falU— JBftHflii^ i«.
8. He has ascended— He has ascended.
And now sitd enthroned in the sky;
But hell come again to bear
Alt' fita Utwlv WAnril#t therilL'
And ttieyll iNiign as feng« with Jesus on high.
Blessed Je^uiif kind Jesus! the meek, lowly Jesus I
They*U reign as kings with Jesus on high
'jfti
1'^
m
35. B»I1JB«»^
if pj^m .L^Q..mitS'»' Songs.)
i**^
"—t-.- ft -..-aw. -;. thjr w.««: Ti.y F. ■ »h«
THy r afcher caUn for the*? - 1
NTo loiurer now an exUeTiaam ,
- iiSn and misery :-i2e<«r», lefi/m
The sm ^ ^^^^^iMTitBm
, »Tia madaess to delayi ,
^38: - COltnm W Cfi&ISt; (^o 8 (^-it.^ae. song.)
•^-^4^
m»^
I<o! he
^4;i^ - ;^«H ai>^''»ii-^"'°''"°"'''
gin • ners
d»d.r Tft«-^««a.*»«»'«***« "^ .1- twding.
Swell the triumph
^ tfi ttaiiH Ife* • l»-^*-*»*»^ "'* • *•'
1. Lot M comfit wi*^<»^^^^-^^^^^
nw^fmd bomel^^^^^^
■
i.t
l
Hise to meetnltn free from tear.
Rkneliifaftl HWlduiahr
'" High, (Mi Thkie'«*€nBal throne!
Saviour, .tafefl,t4ie.#^^^c.iw4r.fi^fg»fT:)r> it
Make Th}^ i;i|Bht9Qpj«^Qi¥^Qr]uXQwn.
come quWs t> K) opmOf^cilL)]! !
Claim thejKingj^pi;|pr>Tlij^%^ini.
37. HYMlhrO^S^SP^ S Song8.>
Je-sutwe lomtntaiBf;:i(bi., i^Ui9'l9li#'>-Jy'flil)^ We worship
round thy seat, On this Thy hq • ly ^ayThQU tender heav'nlyfriend To thee
our prayers ascend O'er our young spirit^ beilfti*On "twf hjT ho - ly day
.: »<!» JeiBs^iwe lore impHttim -mnm''rfr^ '
^ ■ ^- -On^is Th7 holy d ay ,
Thotl tirttaer, BefttenlrFrfcrtd,
Ig^ 4:^Thfie xmr praj^
*.♦»•:•: IK,
•^0%p-<©wr ^ii»^"&I^*»it& bend,
— isi»i.MTv. • ' On^tshis Thy4ioly*4i9&.
J3heck every wandering thonght,
a We listen to Thy word,— ();t M^, <fcc. /
Go wiSrt«i^^^t«rtf '^ * ;;
And to eacJ^^V^Hfif'H^r^® «*'^^^ •^■
88.
OOKR TO «SW C"**" "'"^"'"•l
Com* f J«-»«i«>"*
to j,HHW.Co«« to Jr»"f^"* *'*''»
1. Con* to Je#tt8, cjftite to ;J««^
J ^ f» \
■•tt<"r~
-Pa
h\
■ ^
, 2 He wm Ba^e you, to^sa^ y<«»',, ^i. .t8
• m triWsave you Just tiovT;
j^ now he win save ywv
fie wiU save you iu»fc»0Wwi
» believe feimy Delieve him,
* beUeve hhw just now;
;iftisfe now ?MPi<^«j^
O VeUeve hiin just now.
4. Hailelnjaji, tiaUel^Jah,
i>..Hall^t^Jah. Amen,
il^^ Hallelidato.
fiaUelidah, Amen^
^
-» —
......%...'
89. THE OEOSBOFO^g;^;";^^^
8Mhis c^w
«,a.wt4m«l »«Wtoi»g^oo^*«* writhiaghmb;^
*«^
' \V , *'^thd«w'dbfow8«i.ofiiuui*t»TljO«'tii.Tbou'
thorn I S*« th« drop^ii»g4wth-4«w o prow ow
FatotaBdWem»g,who,Ul»« y
l^ii^ng l)Ioo(Un4 wltWrni UmU.r,
40
I
%
I
%,
"^8
m
IKS.)
hab;
40.
See the fiesh wilh scourges torn ; . *r
See the crown of twisted thorn ;
See the dreoping death^dew u brow,?p» «iu
Son of Man, 'tis Thou I 'Us Thou !
2. Bound upon th* accursed tree,
Sad and dying, who is he ?
Hark I his prayer for them that slew,
»* Lord, th«y know not what they do.**-^^^
Lo, the sun at noon grown pale!
Rent in twain the temple's vail I
Trembling nature knows thee now.
Son of Man, *tis Thou I 'tlaThoul
8. Bound upon th' accursed tree,
Dread and awful, who was he?
Though his lifeless corpse was laid
In a cold sepulchral bed,
Soon the Saviour from the grave
Rose a conqueror, strong lo save;
Bright the crown that decks his brow-
Son of God, 'tisThou'* 'tis Thou I
THE SABBATH, (^o. 54 in Sac. Songs.)
:'s^' 'ifotm
will Mt i^f S«j|>b«t1i aun. Soon the M-crcd day b« done |
isTUou'
i ^i
Bnl an cnd-lMii rest re • naias Whert th« aglo>riom Savloitr reign a,.
1. Soon will set the Sabbath sun,
Soon the sacred day be done;
But an endless rest remains ^
Where the glorious Saviour reigns
2. Sweet our evening praises rise
To our Maker in the skies;
But a ihusic sweeter far
Breathes where an^el spirits are.
3. Happy they on earth who read
Of a Saviour crucifted ;
Happier they who see him now,
And before hia glory bow, y,
4. Who that endless rest shall gattf^^ '^
vv iio snail mug va&n stonQus MOiiQ r
They who here the Saviour ^wn,
They thall wofsfaip round his thlrcmei.
kxM.1
41. TTIK MIMIBTBY or AMOELB. (y- ^" 8- so-r
How
rS«^^^^^S*^iiS;^^S!S?
«coa
1^^
on our
^- DaUy blSi their Wij^t win^ to ^^^^^W^^
And leave the »*«* *®n8« ^^hftjmw^tfwis aoo^e,
Impatientta 1«« s^ »^;»^ «*>**>' :
JiJ.ofourtongu.A«rtiatli.h»fty- dcl*N A^dCKeloTty .kie,^
• fc.. i ■ ■■ » "■---■ "■ - -^g— ^^^^^-i-i^— — -*' — ■■'11 '■
V ..■„^.>i.w.h.Thvh..aw...^m...>...^r4°'''^";°^'
# f -riri ,- ^, „ ._
1. Oh, let ottr S^W)ath evcnIiifiL sOo«
Like holy mqense Hie* ^ .
And lelf^hte <|»*«l*eai 6f' dur icfniRlfe
Ascend the Wtty Rktes.
4^;' '-^
>
tflmbf»'Bbiw«i^^stydi(yAr«a««t '
And 8.t*yLA<i bwp^M*^ "WHit amn^ ;^
A
nr
twingt
ireath*
oflov*.
tils;
ne,
Ol'
ttgtfcl^l'
Vtb»
kies.
till to
reptf'4
f
T Tliy richest blenslogsfrQip alcove
■^ , , l}h, wasb fvpm sla our gulltj^ hefti:^
.lorU.iii ^i^fefttb the ctosswiB flee;
TSft* W may Itve-to thtee:
^-i—-
;a:
■ ■■■*'- ' .
■ - ■ ■ ■ ■■-'^ — g ^^
m I \ ju;
■t'.^--^::.....i„J.:.::i<U, ^h^.....r<i«p-''-T'"'"'-'«»'"-^
rm^i-f-aV'^m FrieJids of Jfesu^ hearl
"Men of God, to you we cry,
■^
2, Hasten, Chilstian^s, txast? to fave,,
^^*^'§^er the land and o'er the wave,
:Zi;;;Afrlc bends her suppliant kne^
aW spreads beivhands to thee: ^^
r^' "ti^te, then, spreadihe^^^
Snatch th^ fiffebrands frofm the fl&tfie;
! ^^^^ 'B^cktil^ljloriousdiad^^^^^^^^^
Witft thisir ransomed ^(96^
!i dcaArguLi:';<ifti^Ui>^*»oTi alfarft fall!
See! thwiBtotiif tdgnji <f^«UF ;>,
'^"trir:'
t
Jii f i I fllill I rVVY-^rrr frr ^
I will arTise, I will a- rise and go to my Fa-ther,
And will say nn - to him, Fa-ther, Father, I have
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 '
i
$
sln-ned, I have sln-ned, I have sin-ned against H^
.i f.> '' 1 I J l I J fl F F ^^ -^
Heav*n and be - fore thee. And am no more
Ji f I f f i J . n ijii j j .;i iiir-
worthy to be call-edthy son. I will arise, I
'Ml 'IM ilTll'i Hirmi
will a - rise, and go to my ^^^er^ my Fa- then
46* LOTS 07 JESTTS. (No. iO in Sao. Songs.)
Jf- tM lit-tl« ehildna biMSM Oh how he Uni f'ond'Iy h« mth Umb
prJ. l UJ.fl Bf C f-4ft^4ff4-M
Cft-re«*M, Oh how h«loTM Would yott wish to go tohea-Tofli Avkaiidhaw
yo V abi for- giv - en Nono from him wort o • Ter dri - rea, Oh how ho 1oto«
1. Jesus little Qhildren blesses,
Oh, how he loves !
Fondly ho each lamb caresses,
Oh, how he loves I
Wonld yom wish to go to heaven ?
Ask, and have your sins forgive^;
None from him were ever driven,
Oh, how he lovesl
-t-
f
'■wMrv^iWM
^^^He wUl men to vour piftyw.-^ 4g|
*^^ Although f^6lt)le;tf sincere,— OA, *c. ^
^ "^o liecwne ft cWM, to sever
— You'firom^ln and SaAan ever ^^
,^t Those who come he'll ca»t out never,— 0/i, dtc
8. Truflthlm—ht will ne'er forget you,— 0^, djrc.
HU Almighty %rm protects you,— <>A| dtt.
"^^ Truly he will ne'er forsake you, ;^
' But to endless glovy take you,
Eyer, ever happy make you,— OA, <feft
B JEtIt OF OHitlST. (Np. 47 in Sac Song*.)
^■5
Ji iin-'Wi r
BrightMtMdb«ilpf^aMimii«o£$U«aion^>g Dai^ttoaour darlt^tMlc
kad asU^« lad). ^8tffof^afsVth«lio->lJ(o«.MlAi(>»*nf Q*4d*«^*'*,
./ Q
«fr::.Ji-fkMtt||t-d^m«fr U laid. Coldonlti«cnfdWth»d*«r-dffep»
jM f r |i ri ' |T|| |i ^p
:'S
*«n ll^Viag
L Bi^ightest and bestof Msbns of theinoming,?^
Dawn on our darkness, and lend us thine iild ;
ttarof^heeaafc, the horizon adorning,
: Guide where our InfJant Redeemerts laid. _
Cold on his cradle the dewdrpps arji shining ;
Low lies his head with the heasts of U^e stall ;^, -^ ^
Angels adore him In slumber reclining— ,»
Maker, and Monarch,* and Saviour of all! ,; V ; jj
2. Say, shall we yield him, in cpstly devotion,
Odours of Edom,jm4Q^ri»fi;84*yine; ^vir
Gems of the mountain* «nd pearls of the^oceg,
Myrrh from the f6resti, afid gpid |rpm tM ihine ?
Vainly we offer each ainMe pMatipi^--
Valnly with gifts IvoWtfhlifttvour sectire: '
Richer by to Is the heftlrtys «Mlol*«tl6fli^i
^**I>^t^ to God^re tlife l^tayers of the poor.
47. i i MK4aor« 'AyiHK«,'CWo.wiy<^»wi«i.>
"Ok, «)t f troika ^«« tOMl'tllM ImM. ^<BI«m y*.
blett y« the ' Lord { PratM Writ ihd • fAi^ni • ty
l.ph, «Ut6 worftd Of G«kff!«he'lH3¥^;Blefl^W
a. Oliv ye the tmgfels of the Lw^j'Wws y», <ft«; -I
8. «lb^ ye p<>wrt 0rih<& B<^d, )»IM f0,ifl^^^^
4, Oli^-^.rechlMhpefi of Riftiiklftd, Metoyei tlwt-^-
& Ohj^ye the MTrtttrts ttf thetofidl; Messye, 'Ht^
I II m fii j w 1 ^1 i|»*T
■Jlb<aT>|lki*l-
#
** ^'^iJi;
ji i M i ll jf'j. ^ m mf^»
i'ir!ili!r'.nfi.i d i,ti:,i3
He wtm r^«l'«te« i f dw^ "' " * r<>f •»^^* f •f^*^'*^!!^ r^"^ W, < ?**
fl i y i I | i ' ^ ^ i /j ..i i ii |« )i» n i ii p 'i '"ij > i i |fl ft "i j^ iLU i ' ' '■ if]..> fr"y it''~
|t J II ■*i'wi«* ■jiiiiiwfjp'n .fr i j t'lli/i^ififP. ^g
Safe in ti^^tMiM ^
Safe to*the i>roinlsMlartKL ^ ^ '^ ^^ef^« .X^^ J?
a where are now^TUttSebmMr ji^»^4^4*^
They .j^'d tOirpiiMih
4. Where
They pm^
i^^irer ffp^t^ea^r-4M!<
fs
{ .'inntm M8QM BOW is p¥»«liBf »? tt*!T^W «*' *^^ J[)a
-g^^juid ij^,we hope to meet Mm,— /Sq/e in, ^t^ **
O gr^l^rb^fe-wnMili thoaft^gtbrioiis martyrs, ^ ^ jlz'^' i [
» ' SafBih the promised land; / t*^ yp.
4g. ' THE KIKG OF KOrGB. (No. aiTBrilingi.)
Low, the in-fapt ^a,- T(otir ilM| H« >7p 4ari in low-
*^ j^^Mi ^^i, by iWthW* wtdtirt ir«*i^- King ofklngiand
^^
Lord Of lortirfkrHof<k!nBb* LAld <f no#d», King of king.
•nd Urd of lord., Kln^ of king, and Lord of lord*
hr.
\ , ."• t
i. Low m i|i6ii»t Slfviour It^fe^j
Y^t by f^^ we read ilie words-
King of kings andtord of lords.
( s-ncR -i^^^^r.^ If g^ H^lslirias^iSmCalte^s bar,
^'^- '^**^*^ Kink of kiij^s andXordofilerdii.
id-
—>..-•
Si 7hJ0i£miBm.ire^
5v :..■;« ,Tic*.. d , J v/ Yet deiBaAds as Bis the , wordSr»T :•. i •> ci ^.. = «
-■^ . .^"Kj...*^.
i; - Kiagfflf idtogf :^^^ Ufld of towi%:p^ir
4-^tHlte cress 'tlfr«tai'ttUi«iUa«p=^^
t».fj .tii«i.dir«r Kiti t' x^er^iin He yi«ld his claim
To these ever glorious words—
— • / > i 0%m^n>¥^im 4*^e ihe? woros—
Kingi of kinj8* ws^d l^r4 of lords.
50.
'4««.>^
By cool SI - lo.am»« •h«-Ay»l!l, Hoif WMt^^ U - ly growt;
i fl l-f Mfirr.i| .J LiJ_LLLu J
— --- X; Bycool Siloam's jshady rill, j^^
; :, , . How^ sweet the lily grows! ^ ^
*' How sweet the breath beneath the hill t^
. . Of Sharon's dewy ros6i
2. And such the child whose^ariy^fcftb^^ _
The path of peace hath troa; ^ * ^ *
Whojse secret heart, with influehce sweet.
Is upward* drawn^aOod.
3 By cool Siloaxn*s shady rUl
The lily must decay,
Therose that blooms beneath the hiU
Must shortly fade away.
1 Thou who glvest life and breath,
^e seelt thy grasce alone, ^ ^ ^^
Jn ^shilmtodd; manhood, age, -and death,
MOHNIH0 80NO. <I^o- 3« in Sac Songs.)
fe-t../-
'^/c-
n
51.
Awake awak« your sleep forsake, ^o Ood your praises pay ; The nuNrniiiK
I III r I II 1 1 1 f ^^l^t^'^^HHiTtfF
sun is clear aadlyrisht, Hb v precious u «li4 satted light ! With songs of love
i-«rm -K M »i^. »-n I u *■•!»- ■
T 1 iniM
praise God a - }mm,r I* a % «*»• S«M)«th d^y I U i* the Sab-bath day »
•:, i'i
A7/ . .sr.
To God your praises pay;
The morning sun is dear and bright,
How pr^ous M tho sacred? light I
Wfth soiigs of If . praise ^Ood above—
^' ^^ It is the Sabbath-day 1 1
8. Beford-the morn awaHed the aawn,
The blessed Saviour rose;
,85
i3E^ ir Pe cwi^^i^^ and lift tiie grave, v^lr
b^lrir^-^Whlle soft across the placid Wave :::::--i^
> ' The morning star ahone forth afax,)
p^ ._ . . And yan^uiah'd all his foes. ,
P^ HThe^angels bright from i^orld^ ^ Uglit ,^ ^
To greet his rising came; ' ^
The Prince of Life with joy they view»
While heaven Itaglories o'er JiiM threw. ^..
then haste, to p-ahove the sky, ':;"
Their raptures to proclaim.
52. HEAVEN OTJE
** ~f ii» but a •t»»i»*f*r bwe, Heavew Is ifiy hoiffiiJiiiftb
df - •«« df*«uf. «••▼«» i»s »y '»^*JJ ?^^*!^
ud, ior-row
\ '^^.J^ ^>
ior - row %%$mA BouiMl mtf on
fft.tlMlt:-Uiid» Hmysb li
my '*»«*!'*-
^ "^^ t. tm but a stranger here, "J^ - «
: .>*,;;; -^...i.ii ^^._;..n'.- ^- ■ Heaven ismj' -nome ;
Earth is a diesert drear,
Heaven is m j home :
Danger «^ soriJOW stand
Round me on every hand j ij
Heaven is my fetheyland, ^ *
, ileaven is my Jiome.
2 What ttiough' the iempMfemge,-ri5rcat?e», <frc
Short is my pllgrfmagCi,— ifeai;^, <tc.
And Time'u^ wild wintiry,W»fit n i^T I
Soon wUl be overpast; ^ ^^^ ^, .
I ^hall teach homj^ at last^-TJJ^^tven, d:(U
8 Therefore I inu«aur Jik)t;«^H«aten, ^c.
' Whate^fflf'm^ e4ifthlyioti»-w£rAI»^, <PC.
For I sliii» nUfely stand ^ W
ThenatmyIiord'!E,ti|0<tlMiid|.rfA
Heaveif is my iWtoeftoflldi***iffe«<?€n, drc
■WM
63.
ai^m
JJOXQEOtfjr. Woi^grw»*« Songs.)
Bless -ed! bless-
^.
'*bef'iafe-i%6^i»«ftth lls-rael's
Godt'to^ ' a|l * i 6it*{,t»i! vnih^ii li-fi^i^ ^? people
say A-aieivl A -men Praise to the Lord give ye.
r^ltjitfUhngi^ lip - fwir gtm^-tir l i d ■n#it t T|irr iW th <i r ■ ■ < ! o ffli ni Tt iii^ :
iB«»tr «s^ mde &-^ Iali«JlBJit4fctli'isj|||ttit«^^
attend him fi«i|Mlntli«i|rs$ip[l|||^i|^||(|^, And smiled to hear their song.
1. When, his sal^nMioti^feviti^iiir^afisa
' T^Zi^i^^^jRiS^MMtke;
*Th6 childrvn^ iMt^iiM#slli|^.^ f
Hosannalto^hlii^tianifi^'^::^ m^o^i
Nor did tlieip ^atoa^ iffeifd ^fs^f •: H
1. Then islnce tl^i'tofd i^tkfpj^iii ^^^^-^^
HMl lov9 for; childrehSiB- •
Thoughnoir ai» KttrHeteilg^^
•'^ <i)n^eB7s(lieir8ii^Tiifl]^ -^ iji: i .e
Who sits tipeit li|«e tiivitti^^ i Kv^
And iH n gt rfip a, Jtoati^^ m m^V
??':"":"£ i" " ' •• ■;-'' ;•-»— -y..^^ .^^„.,^^
.9S
r-^
Win-t«r'«d«y,ofgU»»^w IH^,jaiH?piMAa«i.«recoineat last;
r^i^^^^^n'^^^vnT"'"! n i ii
Flowe r.&>laM^ibrigHB»(tpriiytiBit^.:-»f<> wW.tWbranehe. ting
if I ' I 1 I p JJt4- M^rTtT^
Wiii.tert<Uy.dfgi6dmarei««l, Hkp-plte houwlwcomeat last.
1. Winter's d^sjof glponaiare paat^Tii; .^
Happier hou9caire£oiii0tatla8t>ti
Flowers and ?bto«woi» brifefciM spring.
Birds axnia'tii6tbanokeB)ringi*^rt»rJr'«, d:c.
^ ^^^V®^#^ ^^e apd power
Wnich prpiectafltiblrd and flos^er J
At the thhe appoihted, still
Bidding eacn its sratloh illt-^#/ d;c
,^« can own tlie guiding hand '.^^'
I'As i/rmi'meibdy and sdi^ '
All our ^atto-'s iove^ to telL^4i,,,dfec^, ,, ,
8^Tbere4ii:eMgJj>ter paths than these,
W^ tff aftcrett pftMantnea*;; ^ -
Pastured ^r&fgvemtim faify--^^^^-
Are our *plri«4 tfareniii^ thier*fii.^f«j^ 4^
But It leadeitti Wfte Go^i^ / ^^,y . ^
Let nsigo^ a pi^mrtiw»dt4,
To th&tm9^9n4ikavmimim'^ d^.
'4>':-ii
■■s
56 OlfUm W THS ITBJIIt. iVo, 60 m Sac. Son^s.)
rim» !• wing-iag m *^ way To #ur:itft»«l ham^i Lift U but a win-
111 I I I II I I I II III I III' I 'I III II
Mrt day, A jouraay ta tha tpmb. Youth aad yifpHir aoon will caata, Bloom-ing
ji Mfi'l iij>t ii I |-f | Hi i lii ri 5^^i
iMfoty iMO itV obaiva, AU thafa^^rnvtia aoMi wiU ba laeloaedia daath'aeeidanna
- 1. Time is witigingtis away -'^
To our eternal home;
lifiBl^buta^nterVidasrf P¥ ^
A journey to tbe tomb.
Youth and vigowr iooii wUl cea«e,
Blo(wnln« beauty lose its chtttmaj
All that'iimortal «o^ will be
Indbsga i9l>eath's cold arras.
2. Time ie win[j^ng us away
To our ofceraai home; ; *>•
Life is buli a winter's day,n ^^J^
s A journey to the tomb^ ^ i i
But the Christian shall enjoy
IK^th an4 bcktity from above,
Far abote the world's alloy,
57 PRATER 0^ THE HEBDT. 1Wi^ W *» »•« Songs-i
j|j II 1 1 iiiii iiiif M III i n
Poor aad aaod- y though I ba. jOod Al mlfh-ty e«aa for mai
1 1 I ii j / jiiFP3=f=m
I
Oifiaino clotliteg,«hal-tar, food, Olrasina all -f iiBTa of good.
^j^w^m^mhM'f^'^^^'^'^ '
haTO of goad*
•W>M> f
Jjt FOOT' iKi iareedy ili^f h I be,
God Ahnif^ty cares for me ;
Gives me iflothlng, 4ihelter, fooo^ 4 ,
vw^^i^^iTM me aU Ihare of giDOd.
2. He will hear me when I pray;
Whi' "^^^^ ''^^ ^^«^ and day/
For the Lord my Saviour's sake.
3. Though I labour here a while,
A ^7^^^^^ ^^ ^^**^ his smile ;
And when this short life is past >
I shall rest with Him at last. ^
4. Then to him ril tune my sonff.
Hwy as the day is long; ^
pis my jay for ever be,-I
God Almighty cares for me!
^g- J^ ^^^SALltS OP THIS BLEST. (No. 67 S. Song.^^
fair, And oft ar. it, glo-rie. «on.f«i.M, Butwhatirillit b. to
* ' — * _
^^l^^S^
■1^
4i>
r<»
be there! There! therelthere! Oh! whatirill it be to be there'
1. We Sing of the realms of the blest
riiat country so bright and so feir-
And oft are its glories conffessM;- '
But what will it be to be there I
There! there I there!
Oh ! what wiU it be to be tlie^^j'
2. We speak of its lieedom from siui - ' -
From sorrow, temptation, and care
From trials, without and within ;'
^ But what must it be to be there l-^There, d:c
8. We speak of its service of love,
Thi «V°^S^ V^}^^ *^^ ffloiiiled wear.
The church of the fii^t-bom above;
But what must it be U> be there l-r-there, d:c.
And shortly ye alio »l,«ll kn^ '
And feel i^at It Is to be there.rr3aB-«, &c
' '%6xO}Ui^^'^* ' (;sfo.|q m^c. Sonera
1 ..j.-l i'l-'i '1^^
TotheFa.ther.,t« lih* «o»,jT<» thl8j>IM«itkpMiii4.* B**'*; One .«
Th,ee.ndThreein One. Lord of earth and Tord of h.av«n. Blil,ie-l«iah
•^ „'. ' ' \ ».• . .>. u,. t.li H»l J«.iu*il^VAMUfn I, >A - men.
6CK'- •> ' ^EMgy-glCTT^- (yai|g-M-8 ai-io«>gi8d
fi:r^*J'V''tnFl>
1. They are Wess^Mwcl %|^^fiov eWN
Who AH chHai>oo«r8 W?55 4f y : lO
Seek the care of Him, whonevei ^^^^ ^ ^
Turns the seeking 86«V«v»ay. ^^ ^' •
T love Jf€8tt% WB^my SwriouJv^ , i
^ L , i ' ^ - • ^ iesu8TWiai<te«, and loves me too ^
2 They, t^he wrWSj l^ti^ij#H^t^N» r
Follow Afr^rtmrtrt^ to 4f :;^ n , ^tfr
Yield thcmSfeWe^ unto th€fLof a.—/ fbw,^^^^
And TjBirard With Hm<^eii«mt^»iaijliiiW.
iBe win In Ws bosom bhchlsTr ^^'^^ ^^
,„ ,«Uone 8ball,pjbjck them Jfeom to liwidB.— / /oi?«, <fcl
^
kg
p
tj,rMM ni f l l f:c,Hr,f:
kis name. A^,?fds )»U,iuuii^ m. r dor« Wll*.«Uv 9^ •or-rows borai
Ft- 1^ 'y i T V' ig
r" riyii
>ff'> '
Saintt sing ^ M» aiJlW tw*!*, Wor - Ihy the Lamk
i; Glory to tGk)d on hig^ !
Letj^rti^ and heaven, r#lyi
?raiSe yo his name.
An^lB, h4e name adore
Who all > oar narvows bor8<f
SatotSvSin^ fOrerefniorei i
liiow i/WerthytheiittDlbr
;9, Y^^bQ4invTo^n4 Jtheih^one,
jQ^OTftilly j^n iOf ^e, , r ji h /
Praf sing his name^ . / •
Ye who have felt his blood
.fefao-
.ifcfcli
Sound through the eartli abroa'd^
f ^ I Wflrthy thes Iamb I
■£iB^'" '-'.
:-t, .i
':$: Jolh Alt ttie rfmi8ora*d race,
diir^ Go<a and SaVtbur "bless,
Fralse yia his^Bamet
failtfm we- willTۤote4 i
r^ MadLing a oheerful noise;
' fiiMnitins, with hern^ an4 voice, --^^
.<_.,. :I^M*hy:tbftl4Bnbt_. V|.a^:5^
' 4. Soion wmi wechangeroar plaoa; y ^
Yet will we never pease
FraMnghisna^ii^: '
StWHp W trlbtitcr brtiiff ;
^HarhHl o^M<^ti8'mig;
And'tHrongh an ftgcis s^hg.
Worthy the Lamb i
^mmmmmtm
62. PRAISE OF p:SUS. (^0. 73 in Sac. Songs.)
To the* oil b)«u-ed Saviour, Our grnteful aongs we nise ; Oh tnn* out
^vnijjWrniP 'Hii''f r fl' H ilil
iMftTti asd Toion Thy holy namt to piaiM.*Tia by Thy aoTOroiga mercy W«'m
T r rr r i-'-iiriM ' -^ in 'i irirL r rj ' ' if
hMe allowed to »«•!, To join with friends & teachers. Thy blessing to entitat
" t" 1- To thee, oh, hlessed Saviour,
Our gratefdl songs we lAlse;
Oh, tune our heaits and voices
^ Thy holy name to praise ;
*Ti8 by thy sovereign mercy
We're here allowed to meet,
To join ^ith friends and teachers
Thy blessiiig to entreat.
« 2. Oh, may thy precious gospel
Be published all abroad.
Till the benighted heathen
Shall know and serve the Lord.
Till o'er the wide creation
I'he rays of truth shall shine ;
And nations now in da]:]Lness
• Aris^ to light divine.
63. THS lOBB'S PEAYBB. (No. 61 in Sac. Songs.
gil} ^ f\ f}l\).44:^ l T\T^h \ f^^\
Our Father m' he«-TepK, , We haUofr Thy bubo May Thy kingdom
J!^ i j | jiji.irjrjj:j JiJJ ii H
ho-ly On earth be the aamot O Rife to us dai>ly Our
yi^'rHt l h ll r l fil i|rr i ' M ^ ' lljl l
l»«»-tien of breadjlt is from Thy hetuity That all niust be fed.
1* OiirFather in. heav»n.
We hallow Thy name,
May Thy Kingdoin holy >
On eailh be the same :
,'
M
' ■♦ ' .<,
|04.
fit ( r
Ogive to Mdafly ^^An
Oar portion of >read;
It is from Thy bounty
That alt must be fed.
2. Forgive our transgression.
And teach us io know
" That humble compassion
Which pardohs each Ibe.
Keep us from temptation,
From weakness and ^n.
And Thine be the glory, . .
. For ever, Amen.
COllZNQ TO CRBI8t. <Kd.66iftSAcS0n«»i
-.4
•'If
Just M I sm irithoutone plea But that thy blood ir«« shed form*.
,-k
And that thoabld'st oMcxt^ir <• fhee, Oh L«inb«f God, I
1. Just as I am— without one plea, njj^ j
3ut that thy blood was shed for me,
Apd that Thou bid'st me come to Thee,
Ob, Lamb of QOd, I eomet
2. Jnst as I am^^hd waiting not ^^'^^ -'
To rid my soul of one dark blot, '^^^^ ' 'i» ^'
To Thee Whose Wood can deanso ^facV's^
Oh, Lamb of God, I comet
B. Just as I «n, though toss'd about
With many a conflict, many a doubts
Fightings within and fears without, jv^ r
u ^ j>^*Oh, Lamb of God, I co^t
4. Just as I am*-poor, wretched, bUnd ; i
Sight, riches, healing of the mind,
T^ft aJl I, peed, in Thee I find,
Oh, Lamb of God, I 9<M|i€t
5. Just as I an)— Thou wUt Tjeceivo, 'v 'rff
Wilt welcome pardoxi, oleanse^ reiieve* r
Because thy promise I believe,
V ;:^^r^» Lamb of God, I O0itief
^.SiMMtmB-^^m^ioy^ unknown ;
Hath ^rokeh every, barrier do^n, ^^ .,
■a, .^^^^^ -Oh, LaSof(^rc5nef-
Ieom*F «
mm
. (Nc. 72 ill b. SotigH.)
66. CALL
O ye wlio feel each otb*rnr<voe\r'\ri!i#ill go? Wlio will go? Qo tell
poor»iD-nerBj»f.e«MfM^ ,Wlu» w^ gf? Wfco will go? Oo pr«»ch the
fj{ir'T.'..a^^^ M4
3E
S«-Tlour*8bound.ldW^^ gf^tei' <«» '-i[>«lAt«u«f"Cbri»t, the Hid - ing - place
i r *Li^
■'«•«■.•■
i^, *«^*o«f «^» i^daiR'* wet. mo .. will ^? }ym ■rffl «•?
' Cr o VI w ^hthfe 8gvionT*« botmcllBsil gi^actf,
To every semkof-^^diMiris^ztteei'
2. Go Iwtti lo AIHo*«9 ile«iia|iif«Jand,— TI'T^o, <fcc.
Tell |ndia'<\mifflon^ *VJesiwt.rei«fts^.? ^
jKti»^%s«^ i^^ plains.— TTAo, dta
8. Go seek^tK*^<l<»ttcr?d toiMS >f?ltchl»OMil,**-4T'^o, <fcc.
Oppre8ir<A; despised, wltUO«i& alilfirfei^lfAo, <£'c
Tell tb^)^04^'Je<#B li«IS6iiAH% coftte^'^^^^^ "^
AiJirtft llialhi^ai^ t1le«^^ll»feed, there's room
Fpr afibmliQ!flee.tMiii2pmi4iK«dooml#««ir^ <£rc.
4. Proclaim' li|ima^iieri^,^p#cir to saFe,^l^o, <«rc
Frgipf^ Maaird:Sat^n,;4nd'ttj€ grrfve,'— TfAo, <trc
Th^^h^A-ti-unipit ^e^tty blow»^
The great? salvftti'oh'pliltihr^fibir
^. Li£^^B^^tietG08p<BL(Eita^dap4;h{gh, — Who, dec.
Bise. Zion'i watchman i rise BsAe.vy.mimWhQ. Ac,
" Beiiold|::)t)eti(^ yopr 1^o1»r Jji^** '
His prai^tt i-^fti^e» jus oti^i^Blji m«m t
TiU,ep5H^^P#^
;5i -^^ ■ . .«
»
6. Dear bretfiren, let us heiiiteliWBy,~^Wfto, A'c. "W
-Wlieo Jem cElK^r icUjrater*— ^Ao^ <^.
. ( Go Uld the wijiUernega r^oice ; ' ^i
Unite, and s^y with heart tiiid vdlce,
i M--
66.
^
MiSSIOWASl HWBI,<a«ii) (Ko-imni^gS
Oosound thetniiniron 'lii^«i.»»i,hor#A»<l'l)id th«Hin-du weep
l r'H i ri,f , .|| ^lj ,j B
nomore, Hindu w««ppo more! , Hindu w^ep no wore! From Ldols
▼ain,«nd Oan-gesVwAVfkXhe low4y Sav^uj^cfntfetosave. From
3^^
9^^
_i j| ( Mi (Ml t i ll *
tyrant's power atid 'S«-t*tt»i»w«fiirh»; gis^lgl^esth. We-to-ry
1. Go sound th4 tramp on) iiiiia!Bv«iu)re,
, ^ii4,Jt)id t^sk- Iiia4w veep oi^a inoi;e,rrT-
/TroHtidais Tain^ and GangefV wave,
-ia^itlafMtf3fjSay«»t<^iB»^ '-
Froin tyrant s poiper, ank SdtahVsitm: ^
88
7 "*%
■/f.fff
'««?.€« the victory.
i «,-
'»< i^iV-
fi
:2. 6a^<»nd t?w»trai»|^<mJ:aic!s^^a^^
And bid the ne^o unsep iro tmreJ^lk^Hy., ^ "^^
:^ora^egi^<^ains^-an(l.hli^ j ..
^^^sgou^
V
L. . f •
^y yotiriBrtm«<« itiiliia-A^IHiiii. Ac
i
67.
PBATEB TO THE SAVIOUB.
•j;'^Vpplf!-gj-i^nr r rif r^i*^
SaT^iourandLordof all, W* lift our licartt ^o lliMiOtildaut
f wrV; rif ri i f ffi-JJh-ii
.;. f«d guard \u,Ouidaua and guard ua, Wha|-«*tr «iyr iof may ba.
1. Saviour and Lord of all,
We lift our hearts to Thee ;
Guide us and guard us,
r, « iib^ . wu Whate'er our lot may be.
IJ. When we are full of grle^
-.jt Mri-^i- .: Victims of anxious fear,
, r ,^^^^^ '5®^® ^^ — ^^» ^^^ ^s —
, ■ 1 "' ' JesUs! then he thou nekr!
d. Brighten our darkest hours
tf
'.'T'^.^"
.-'.
«ti!i.^'ti
"" Till the last hour shall come-i 'm^-^^
t«i;
v»
'>ui',aiK'f
* Take us — ^then take us —
f All safe to our homel
-r- 4 — -~4/Thou glorious Deliverer I .f.:::j_:.-„ ii_
^t o) .«. How long wilt thou delay? ,
Bear us — oh, hear us —
Great Saviour, away I
68. TB£ LQBp inr fSiSPHEItl). (No. 76 in s. song.>.)
The Lord is my Sbepberd how hajipy^ am I, How ten-der
j TJ irrnTr')|^ lji :jJi :iJjj
alldMrateh^Jllny wantato anpi-plyt Ha daioly; f^- tridwsniewith
j^NljflflJJIlT-Friy^ j^lJii
raii|ientai^,|i99d What- Vi^; Ha de • niea ine i^sineaDtfor my ^ good.
1, l^e l^prd is xny Sli<^herc(, how hajipy am I,
How tender ai>4 wat^hftU my wants to suj^jUy :
He datiy provides toe witji i^^o^ei^.t and food ;
Wliate^er he denies ine'^is meant for my gbbd.
2. The Lord is my Shepli^rd* P^k^ l niuc^, ph^
His Soar he will teac^ m/e^ my heariheUl r^ew,
:i'h ,AB^.th<mghrm sc 4iu^, my 8i2Mhe'U suhdue.
68.
i
* The Lord i, mv Sh Jh!!. ,m.^ Shepherd hath said.
Auae?e?rTve"r'{iVXSeh'o'.r'«^<>^«<>'<^
Sa-vionr.tiBMdiraiit
!!l!!!!:^!fL^^^^
^^^^ ^f that po^^ ^^, Q^„^ ,^ ^^^^ ^^
pray: All the Hc'i.im «** \i ^~^-~^^*^^=t:ztzB
_^_^ '"'"♦'"■'''"■"■uMirM.l.Thyblw.i,,,
Rich indeedS/p'SLiX! *^'
Wch indeed if thi^^e«{'„^.'^''«
^i:r .1'* *" kneelWo" xTee"""
3«ake US all ^Ine owa
way.
waufi^WR VHB^wiitBnr;
4
InU»Chr!«tI«»f.hom«l«glotTlV ThereremainsaJMidiif rf»t Wh«r>tl»
^ii^;^^. before iM T»(f»l - M giy«om*>*«^«iMt. OB^ih*' 6tW .idt
of Jflidam In th» »we»t firfa^gf 'gdearWlwfth etrefof Ufe «»^^ '
'\»
I
Lin the Chri»feiatt*s home in glory,
There remains a land i>f re«t,
tp fiiJi?! my sonl's reauest
- ' On the otlietr side of Jordan,
In the sweet Iteiaa of Eden.
Vliwe t^eJTrW of Lif« i*«bI««iiiHaf,
Tfi6re is restTdr y^^r.
■ ■ T»ie^^»**«* ******* ^*'**'5'» .
Tb«r«4» rest foi? ypttJ
2. He is -flttftiiti^ Jjiy^paj^?^?^
Which ^etftiiUy, shall stana ;
My stay shall not^hf, transient. .
In. that holy, happy land.— v;^*w, drc.
3. Pain niKt'Sftflttiesd ^J^;^^^i^,
But in that^ceteBttatlicUtttr^, .
4. Death 4t«rf^ *»^y^?'i.^T5Sil^^^^^
Hail wittKjiay*he ha^i^ d«flrn^O« tA«, *c.
6.Sing,oi»hi^,ye2iSS^ri^W ■ ^
T^t^S^'flttd'an '^ntraxwe thf (mglL— 1)« «/i«, <»«-
'♦'.* '■< **
i11' .#
Mrtthi
iMtside
^\f\pom^\
*>.,..
1ft tm^
^^ral
<£:c.
he, dtc*
)n the^ ^c.
n.
KBE HUWWi» oo^raRY, M
>*
I >ll..». « m." 0^'"'»<»M.Tri..t.». TU.
«^ «ri-«>ty|aim.,a, i. oVi ""jS
f"»-.«yi-«».M«UWM>t
i«S
t.^8t crffls me away
ViV.*- '^®**ti'»^n*«l^- lite Iota
4. 4na when I'm, to die,
Far Jesn. ^^^^^fdme^l caJi W teR why ^
Bat «m I do find, V ""J^.
He 11 not beiajSoty waC^nw behind
«. Th«m ealnnyni rest
^-^-^ASfewilea. ......
sue wRife t renmm • ^ '""^
*8 name
iii
72
SABS4TH BUXB. (^o. 77 tn S«c. Song*.')
Sweetly th« Siibbath bell rteeU on the e«r, That in tht hotue of preyf
\A&t at .p-pew. Children of Ood it eeemt softly to wy. Kwte to your F*-
1 1 { ; f um x
mai urn i
iWt honee h«»-ten to pray Haste to your father's honse hasten to prej^
1 Sweetly the Sabbath bell steals on the ear,
That in the house of prayer bids us appear,
»» Children of God," It seems softly to say,
" Haste to your Father's house, hasten to. pray .
3. Sadly the ftineral knell strikes on the heart,,
Wlien from their earthly home kind friends depart,
How like a warning voice sent from on high-
Bidding gay mortals think they, too, must die .
8. Oft as the Sabbath chimes summon to pray,
May we their holy call gladly obey;
That when the last sad knell for us shall soun d,
Ready our Judge to meet We may be found.
yg DIVINE HELP, (^o- ^ *» Sac songs )
1^1 I I I ir ii T lTimT-^TTl
Father, let Thy ben-e - dJc-tlon. Gently fa ll-ing as the dew.
J i j i I I II I II ' ill ' i l i ' jii i I?
And Thy o-ver graeioae proseoee. Bless n« all our Jou rney through.
jtilJlll III l|l ill III III i lll'll
May w« e Ter, May we e-rer, Keeplhe end of Hfe in riew)
1. Fatlier, let Thy benediction,
Oently felling as the dew.
And Thy ever-graclons presence,
Bless us all our Journey through.
May we ever
Keep the end of life in viewl
2. Young in years, we need the wisdom
Which can only oome from Thee:
llJi !
74.
\e^*'„??h'' ''^^"^ existeuco
i-et us thy salvation sea
TK pnanged in spirit
Then shall we thjrc&ldrcn be
When we falter b/S^ war '
danour, hear us when we pray.^
Rz. *!. ^^^^^ art mighty. ^
Be thou then 0U1-, Wind stay
«. Praise and bip«irfn«. ^^ -"uowtjr.
^ «*'«»? from «» to «S.
JoyfiiUy shall worship Thee.
PBAISE THB lOKD.
^"J^tUL^ij, !«..... ,
<l«nhiiii PwIm
toa.i»i,iu8„fc„«»,.^,^,.,..
hiniPhiiaehlm.il
y«i»Ura nf
A-a«iit
2 PrAinA fK^ T ^ . ^a^lujahl Amen!
LawfwM ^K^ "'^^^^y voice obS^U
F^r7i?^f^ "®^®^ can he brokl^^^
Heaven and earth" «^r^?f* P^'clalm ;
ProSe^i - ^ "♦ *nd all creation
P.a.se Md magnify his naSS-^tf, ^
75
JESUB 18 OWBr^KBSPR&iB.
He doth Ifid, To the thira- ty d*<Mtt» of ih« «teT»f mead
1. Jesus is cwr Shfepherd, wl^^n^g ev^i-y tear,
Folded in His \^ifm, wh Af have we to feav ?
Only let us foUowirMther Re deth 5«ad,
To the thirsty desert:, oi^ tlw dewy mead.
2. JesHS is our Shejrtierd, may We know tlis voice;
How its grentlii wj^i|iper makes out heart rejoice!
Even when He chideth, tender is Hi* tone;
"JmctmllSd «hlUl gvMe m: we are Hift-i^onB.
-irtwf«rfytilit'Shei)herd; for the sheep He tj!edj
J^v'fy lamh isaorinkled with the blood He shed^ ur
thiui ib^iitt^^a-s^tteth His owfi is«ei't^«v^
i-m^-flwiffe' h tite my - g p frlt^these, sdlth He, «re^!iftle:
4. Jestis Is our Shepherd: guarded hy 'His arm,
theri^ the wdlveir^magr i^aven, 4n»n^ 0m lA^'is^^fm*
4 ^:^|rt«»we'Jrt«ad^tea*h*« valley, dark with fearful gla<ttii
W« will fea» no evil, vietots o'er the tomhk
76.
CAtc TO sonrsRS.
mi»M^omawltil^«h«r«%rflom Wiiletheftaet is wait-ing;
f \ 1, 1 1 1, ; I III 1 1 M ',;'"^ 11
While^he Lord. W Hi« word, Ki«d-ly Is 5n -» v.t-ing.
^ 1. Sinner, come, while there*s room.
While the feast is wilting •,
While tlie^ord, hy HJ^ word,
Kindly is tnvif in g;^::?
i Sinner^ come, lo^ the tomb ^
Opens wide before thee I
ak^^t\At,*!\% afonVI lift hl«1liind.
d^C^C^ .ft^'^
troting to destr|Djr^
'%'*t;
»"-'--<•'►■-«
f(- ■*.,.■
-'bressfnif.
^ With true aorffow streaming.
^f^^» c^e,'ere thy dooin
.«wretura».^ieve and inoum,
Flee to Christ the Saviour
"n: ■' tf
-flnU>^> t, 1 r , "^^^*<^y<* W in Sac. Songs )
ifr-'fT^ I"" 1|i"T''" ll"'J'|J "/' J ) ^ J Jl p
mar-oarwhentri..!. „. «e„ F Be fiu.h'd „y „d ,p!r-it. th. wo7.t
I'
1 w 'r:*"'*.'»«*''«»*'--ir *hrt.tyidrf u..i«.«h„«
IL^.!^*' «**?»T«ii,tty test i» not Berts,
S hA.2 *''<'n'<*i™««'-*«nP*»ierttHals are near?
ISt .w^ "I?.**"**' <h6 WW* «Bat can come
Bat shoftens'i^^wney. and.lwttsns me homT
. *"4^l<ling my luaifas-fti a region Uk^ this • • t
Vrtiil I shall fln4 ttiem In Je*vi»' kiid brkst "^'^ •
^2 ?K £!? <*^'* '<>''« ^irss them all into Jov '
A y^t *'' ?* '-* *"°*'''«. grw^amond and g?m.
a with a scrip on my back, and a staff in m.v lian.l
50 i *. $^(*W| tt f ft h^J^e. 4lltf IW Ch!^ It ^vith
song
78. TIDB lAM^py QQg.''' "
^
I saw out ,h»ng^iii; on a
t>r<«^ la • • gO'
4^f,\ \ Jl.l\,\My^l\U\f^U I
Diet and blood, Who flx'd Hto l«n . fnid tySt on ma, Aa
f I 11' ' ■! 1 W-^luULJI
( '-2^'
oaarHi* ciom I stood, Aa aMur Hta cioM I stood,
1. 1 saw One hanging on a tree,
In agonies and blood, «|i
Who fi^'d His languid eyea on me,
As near His cross I stood.
Sure, never till niy latest breath, ¥
Can I forget that look;
It ^eem'd to charge me with His death,
Thongh not a word He spoke.
3. My conscience felt and own*d my guilt,
And plunged me in despair,
I saw my sins His blood had spilt.
And helped to nail Him there.
4. A second look He gave, wldch said,
** I freely jdlfbrglve;
This blood is for thy ransom paid,
I die that thou may*st lire."
I
f ' r r ' ^ '
9^
Coma mj sou^thj auitiMra • paw, Jo-feu» lorn |o
aa*tirer
orajw, Ha hiai > M\t has tHd thea pray Thorafarairill aat tttf tft*« »>¥•
vriil
.in
¥ Come, my soul, ihy suit prepare,
J esus loves to answer pi*ayei*.
He himself has bid thee pray,
Thei-eft)re will niit say thee nay.
2. Thou art <?omii1g tb a King :
T oi.^A «kA4>Uf'Ai4a UfffTl frinA Hrtltcr*
For his ^ace and pawer are such,
None can ever ask too much.
p-
fO-
i»
aod.
i^.
A
ttrer
nay-
i
8. With my burdw I begin !
Lord, remove this load of sin i
Let thy blood for siimers tspWt,
Set ray conscience free from guilt.
4. Lord, I come to thee for Vest 1
lake poaisesglon of my breast;
i«^^tu7 ^l^^<«if l^t right maintain.
And witliout a rivAl reign.
fi-^ i'H&^^f^ « py«ri?a here.
^*^ — ^ Let thy love my spirit cheer :
As my GuidOi my Guard, my Friend,
Lead me to my Journey's end.
;-N
! h;
'^
'It
X\'
80.
THE SABBATH BILL
^ •—
^teN^^
b«rt that voice U .U«U«g^^vi«e|.ll4.fro«,^.cJ«e J. I^g! Z,'
L Hark I the Sabbath beU is calling/
"Come, oh come;" ^ i . ^
Weary ones, where'er you wander, '''^^* ^
" Hither come;" i'>"n
Louder now, with deepet IfeeiingJ- ^^ > >
On the heart that Toi<?e is stealing '
" Come I— nbr longey roam?"
2; Now again its tones are pealinc
^, i** Come, oh come r
Jn the sacred temple kneelinir
"Seek thy fiome.'^^^^'
grnie, and in his presence bScOnE
See thy Lord, In love descending* v
Bids thy spirit come. c
3. Still the pleading voice is rfaiging
"Come, oh come;"
Every heart puie incense bringing
^ "Hither come." *,,** ,, ,./
father, round ITij^footstool bendittk
iiiHvrk,.*. „«-i„ ""^ ""'^ ascending,
v-rr •'■■'
yind in Thee their hoine
H'^f
8L
THB ia^pft|4^9ED U^
M -. /:
K ^l..ll..'.UlU. M
prrrfB.
I h«T» * F«*liM.1ft the w^njve^ land; 1 ^aye a. Fa-ther !n
tlM promised land t S^^^af^VFCfltllfW^ *'"»«?#• «•' Tome*:
hiiiiln.di«proni}Md.ki>ft. IW a.-iw^r* Wl ••••r^. to the pro-
^^d l^nd ; I'll • • way, Vlt a - way, to tho pro-aaieed land; My
li i,. t U..U-UJ1 li' lj
rs-r-
a_ .a:«=B».rS« »! sji«tk«a»i
-^ '<• •^ '^^ •*'*' *MMr'i'i' . (■■—<■ .^t^"*
v:!5b'
.»
«:I;
•«-*wiiy, to tne promi
#^ imliy, lb (fte promised land f
To in^t him,^>»^^,]piipff»J»?fl!Uii»d^
2. 1 have a Saviouv In thftprcanised land;
I hav^ajSjWfiPUJ: intthAproanlsed Ian*
My Saviour calls mprv J[)intt8t^|9o;
To meet J\li|i>^ |ji^>piQiiiiic^/land.
i^^^ii^'as^l
ll>f9PP!iniMdlAiidt
^ tmwft.go,
tromi^eaiand.
2. T have a crown mthe pr^^d land;
I have a ci o^n jjtt tjjie p^pmi^^ l»n4f
When Jesus caJlsi^^.Jl mju^ gi^,
To wear it m >1^V«T^,p4i1 W*
l"* rkway, rlTkway, to U»« prow
Wl»«(^ J«iUii eftlls tnte I' tny^ $jo.
\om\(ied.]fmdt
..^^ ., ^0, -•
To wear itinitbei{>rotnia#dliBind.^
4. 1 hope tft ma»feyf>u hi th^ prcmi0^4 land^
I hope to meet yaiu fn t\te pi-d^ise^ lan^
At J esua* U%i a joyous Ibandj '
We*U praise him in the promised land,
^Ul wne^. we*tl aWay, to the promised land
At Jewf^' i(«ii45& jdx4u# i»#««> . ^ , ^
82.
I'tKivtotTS sTSff jrasui ^
€8
Hath'd Im my murmMag. let ^are<' Ae - fkti, Ja . sui {i a»w m*
^^i
to rtte#ni^1w«Hriir»iitTt<rl »i f ni l wl Uht nf^HUimnmii^Mr
yrrry
«Mnct»clifli»niJB W t»ih«ril*1ir>nbr f :||*^«n <,, y^g,,^^^
ioUaadinp^n. Gentle mn-gelrafcur ^wfgli^e. H»pw of glory roimd
^^mmm^
moldio. AadmMloieifib^iafmiitiA9im^,m Saviour, a Saviour
■^cr PifTii i
e-ver Aei:^, ' A ' SfiiW^tiV * 5»<^o«f, 4 Sivlour • . ver near»
Hes|>edftrfedtdlre^i'tttiifA toil ta*ih|itel»i
Gentle angels near me glide,
Hopes otg\6fy tidm& tk^mM
And th^i^'li^d^vy^ld^M^
.*■ > .'-.
2. Why should I languish, why should I fear?
In sorrow and angtt^l mh ^i^ mnt\ ■■■' ^
Sleeping or waking, in; ]^e)*IWr«4V¥al»<
Rtaming or i^6M^,^H^llii^im«^^^ iStntk, ^
3. Scenes that will vanish smile on mo now,
Joys of a momeirfifiR^ fdHted wy li»dw;r
Kilt*. ci/>/\t% Im Ki><«»»iBiLf;»a4fr»i_kj.^m^ ...^ a. L ^^ *
There wiUefxid M^«dlr^$#;<iii
^A.-jr r
■ -J— —^ g«g^ fifiSlll^
#m^dflQypain.«^
83. FOEEVER WITH' THl MID! ,S8
IjJ I III HJlJ.lxJl^PHfl S
For •- ver with th« Lor4. A - men, 'o let it bat Mf« frnw th» *
J l, II, ^ |||| |I'I^ ^CT£^^
.dpkd to i» that word 'TIs im<iiiiir.t«l - 1 • ty. H«r« H Ihtbo-d/
l^tA^t^tfromhlmlfiMuni Y«t oightlyp|tehinyin«^»$t«»t. A day^
i ^ f^fifjit=rrifPfJij.i i
-a-
5Btid|iiit«nithj»i»e. Neamhomt n#Mr-e« honi« Ad(»y*nii«r©hii««wrhom«,
zkfc^ >,^ B^or evef vrith the Lord, •
t'"'' Amen, 8d let it beta «»^« »"«*^ ^te<i «{f>tot^fi»>
, Life from the dead is In that word«-
S^ 'T(i Immoftllity.
Here in the body pent,
^ Absent from Him I roam;
Tet nightly pitch my moving t^t
A day's iti^rch iieaxer home,-^
k_t,i^^ :^i^- ':~r-Nearer home, nearer home, v^
,..i,A ^i^y'^ roar^]^ i^ai:er hpi^e.
2.^y Fatl>0v's hpftse on^hlgji. ,, i
Home iQfmy vsonl, npyr^neftr* yrtw «i xn*' vi
. f At times, to iTaith'^ fftreseeing j|yet ,
Thy golden gates wpear l-rrr^Pr* ?*?> f^- 1
3. My thlvity.^pUlt falnts^o , .J40H
To reacji tl|e land I lore, uimk
The bright in^h^rit^nce Qf safnfc*,
Jerusalem above.— iTere tw, d:c.
4. For;eveu with the I#ordl
Father*: if !tis lyj^y wilJti i^abiiiv
,?^ ^uv'^Theimwaiw^of^h^^iwt^wjMM^ ^niiuf^ji
Ev'n here to me ftdflL— iSfere m, <rc.
5. So when my laziest bTeatb
ShaU tend ^e iveUiln twa&m u^^ aiiH
*«.nrBf|YBir death l.»»toi««csqEW#om4!Bi^^^^ >]oxiT
ABd iiHe eternal gain^— jyer? i»* «&c
y
^i
CI-
84.
e.KnpwlnffM|amkijown,
f1?J®P^JA*?^^^ ^^0 throne,
For erer with the lord !—^a^^ ^-e.
PAK,fAEAWAY.
.::«^r
3r
the flow>r. .n yo? bdep^hai blow Qre^gre'a thtbowV,
I'll i I I I 1 ill
n
1. Had I the Wings of aaoTe, I would fly ,
Where not » dou|Jj|'S„W5c'y:':-'
fadeless the floire^in'^^j'^ae*? flKTwo*
Hearts, Uke theJr gannents, arepure as the snow, aa
'•'•'te away, far away ' ?<t
xiiere i lor ever from sorrow would rest
JjeaniBg with joy on EmmMuers bMML
^rOV^ars never flo/in the hSS^n^-^i^ ^
8. Friends there united in irlorv n^'-,. *»«•* d 1^^**
)pOnel.tl«lrten,p^1^f^&e.°.^ftt'^^^
E^e S!^; of peart stach a f loryinfoW , i
Eye cannot Image and ton^rhath not told,-iflr *t
Sing ye tht song never old, ever new.
jppvi
^iW^yi flilJ
AtlMp in J«-tu.bl«M«dtlMpFromwlilchnon««rtrw«1iMtow^pf
JMUA-
r~T-T r'
1. Asleep In Jesus V Weawd slflep! ^
Erom ^^di aw ev|r .WAlW»^ ^^^
A fifufe r^tr^^t from aU Qjir foea.
2 Aslficp to Jew'* I^^^V^.' ^ . ,
,'fear, no woe, sMl dim that hour
hiQh manife^^ lUfi Sayioui'iJ,pQ.iitfilu
14-
86
6n Indian plains, or Lapland snows.
Belleyers find the same repQpie.
g^^^^
•^*t Ji^^t »fef - y^JP*^ • *^»^H''f» <fW»^yr. rr«^«>A VtwpWJ^tW*-
mat ■' *«»■■»«—
LOne (here Is ^\)Ove all others,
*^wM'4?8erves the name of Friend ;
-It^P^t^QyOnC ,
f^f^ • tl
2. WhielLX)! allottr fiilendfi 4© tai^^us^
Cotrid^t'^<nild Imit« ahed hi»blood ;
^
f
hr^S
end
Bat
.38
Ti^- --
Ti.,vi?* * F"^»^ ^« have above . *^
..Yu7
Childr*i4*dfdrt(|<mmily4 /^
r
* |fl*^^'!S«*8nkfanywa stand
Yefc one humble,
father,. iVe woul;
ice; -
hh .¥
t.
aaarttAY'.
nns
81
hap-W day, ttet fl»'dwyc»otc» 0« The* my 8»>tfwMr«Bd<
H^-J; d>y!IUp.py d»yl WluB Jt^>-w«h'dmyfa»» >-
r||r|iii^ll«p-Vf «y«»«P-P7 "^ ' "-^ , , -1
f^, ^tUi'f ■•)>•«
^^V.p-PT4«ri^ d.yWh«J-.'-w«liM«y-».-w.y.
1. happy day, that ftx'd my chojcj
On Thee, my Saviour andmy God!
WeU may this glowlpg heart r^jolce»
And teU its raptures all abroad.
Happy day I happy day I
When Jesus wash'd my stay way,
He taught me how to watch a»d prayt
And live rejoicing every day.
Happy dayl happy day V ■ ^
When Jesus wash'dmy siM away.
2 happy bond, that seals my vows ^ V !
To Him who merits aU my lov^I
Let cheerful anQiems flU^Hls house, .
wkiSto that sacred shrine I move.-irtfi)i)y, <W.
ft. 'Tis don^-the great trajsaction^s done,
I am my torK and he is mine?
Hii drew nie, and I follow d on, ««^«,. .^^
cKd to coufew the voice divlne.-.fl'a^^^^ Ac
1 Now rest, my Icmg-^ded heart^^
Flx'd on this bliwM centrejrest; ,,.^^
Noxever^from^hyj^r^epart^ ^c.
WitU iiim 01 ev©i J gw^a i.-v-^--^«- — — * r- -
5 HlKh Heaven, that heard the^sojemn vow,
ftat vow rinew'dshail dally hear;
Till In life's latest hour I bow, Fr-^«« .a*
ind biesa, la death, a bond so dear,-^«m. ^
90.
^ ■*
t
.»
I.l0]
Ik]
Tho
Jeh
tp^.
T«nr
W«7.
V,*e.
fy, 46
i.Ae.
py.**
AU. POR TOtr.
00.
If
1. ChMren. thtak on Jesus' Jore^I'u 1^ T'
How He came from HeSven IlWi^ Cl^ .
He whom angels did adore ; "'""'«-A« «»' m !
n^« hJ"^""' «f»<=e. *nd power:
""S.^^ ■'I your sorrows borfT
J^ftWsgtorWst^ron^ThTrt *'^'""'
Came to snffer. bleed, and die '
Yon to raise above tb'e ly^CMlOr^^ ^
And tor thoasands, thousands more.
AU to «ve from heU's da* a^^CHMren, ^
XHB MBD OTO EtOHTKOtTSlIfisS,
■1
' •"""■ ' .tnu-^r «. s'iil.^ilr*^
lKB««rilOt Uv dfti
■ iiiii^^ ^
»f loO.
Tho- frlends^^tei*""* ''"/'^ "^'^i ■'
Jehorah Xslffi ^a '&/ ^^^^.^Jf* on t^. tree.
2. Like tears ^^^^^^X^ ^X^f" ^
*^ This watcUwa,4 Bh^f ^^y^^^^
./. ,'ri
lore Let haawn
and imnli tb«t» F»i«*«« fcf*»«* <e«»*Ui
\0frp„^i
Let every wul from s»n
■r^^aL'Kll^ irt »i^^H>Wfgl^^*^«■^^V^> ^°^
1 Come let us all unite to «"«vg.-G?^*»3°^
E».h m his heart «5*^JJS^'^**'
His spirit tnrn'a ou« night «> «*> l,„ . j, i. '
And now we ean rsjoite to 9»y.T-««<« «• *"
^
11^
ft-
•mi '
in»1fe. And
,d U lovel
r-
. V ■»»
-*■
s, Ac.
:: 1
<?i; „...'.
»
;
8. H<)\v happy is our portion here l—Goti is, 4:iu
Hfs promises our spirita cheer— ^0(/,i^,<i^c.
HeiaourSuQ andSUlelclby d^y. • ,
Oar Help, our Hope, our Strepg,^b and Stft)ti.
He win be with us all the way i^Ood is, d'a
4. What though my heartandltesh shouM fttil l^^Cfod jfir, ^
Through Christ I shail o'er death prey j^— (Zoo? f«, ^
Though Jordan swell t nee<l^not ^r^ -^3- &w
My Saviour will be with me th^re,
My head above the wares t<r bear,--(7acff«i dtc,
5. In Zion we shall sing agaioy^^'Oif is, 4u
Yes, this shall be our higjfcicwt fttrain,--6'ocf is, d;c.
Whilst endless ages roll along,
In concert witli th<aheaveniy throng, 5f>0
This shall.be stUl our sweetest song— (?<M2i5,..«^jp.
0i4 on JMk ocean ail bouodlMa wtxi^v Wa'ra ioj«9arMI>iDiMKl<b«nm*UMid
BJ|tJ';',!t'^J:f' i
f'^'^'^'^^"
T<wi'4omhey»V0<wf a ro»ghrestU»atM U Wa?ro howAw^d bfnd IwHBMviwd. ^<NliMfto
1 1 III [ r n ^ I lYllf-BJ l
FaRfvonthe aafiv quiet harbour weVe rod* Seekittgonr VMih«vVo«l^tIttl abode^
i^
lPro-miw,ofwhi<*w' Hji oacli.H9,bepiow.'d We'r«Iwa»*w'A^u;»^)ifinew'db'nd.
I. Out^Nn iui!Ooe^n all boundless we ride';"
We're homeward bound."
Toss'd onihe wavfs of a rough, restless tidd?
We're homeward bowndi
Far fimntheeafe'qttiet harbour we^re rode,
Seeking our Father's celestial abode ;
Promi«e*ofi wWchnon us ea(^ he bestow?*,
W«'re homeward botiad I'
8. Wildly th(© storm sweeps us on M Ifc foaw;— PT^'re, So
See yondaxLdawng itb^ a^as^I wTinrutt;— If^w ^^^
Come, tFem]^iu9« sluiien^ forloni and of^^di^^**
Comet to the Satfiouiv oti oome -and b« biMt f
Journey with ua te thQ mwiftiitt^a Qtiw^fc^FPe're, <£•€.
8. Down the horizon the earth disappears,— TTeVe, <£rcL
Joyfcdf oh brethren, no sighing or fears, — TTeVe, d;c»
Listen what mn^ic comes, soft o*er the sea--
" Welcomti, thrice welcome, and blessed are ye I"
Can it the greeting of paradise be?-r-Tf'e>e, d:c*
i. Into the htirbonr of heaven we glide ;
We're home at last!
Softly we rest on its bright silver tide ^
We*re home at last 1
Glory to Jesas, our dangers are o'er,
Safely we stand on the radiant shore ;
Glory to God, we will shout evermore I
We're home at last
93.
JOYFTJIXT, JOTFOTXT.
ja^^rtrlfg fl rl l r'f f i r' t rl ff
JoyfuUjjojrfuI-ljroBWsrdwcmoTt Bound for the land of bright ipi-riti
ririrJ-f i r-f rife fP ^ Frircrirr. ri p
ttbov* JaratMr fltaiTiour in merey Mjrs Com* Joyfullyjoy fully haat« to your homo.
■^' n \ rn\nt\ \i n[\n mm
SoMwlll oar pitgriniage end horo b«Ioir, Soon to the preienec of God we shall gO}
^'/firfri^F fii?f'grirtfir fpir ii
rhtaif to JesasoarbMrteMTcbeecgirenJoyfullyjoyfuay, rettweiohMTMu
1. JoyftUlj', Joyfully, onward we move,
Bound for the land of bright spirits above:
JesuB, onr Saviour, in mercy says ** Gomel*'
Joyfully, joyfully, haste to your home.
Soon will our pilgrimage end here below ;
Soon to the presence of God we shall go;
Then if to Jesus our hearts have been given,
Joyfully, joyAiUy, rest we in heaven.
2. Death with his arrow may soon lay us low, ^
Safie in our Saviaur, we fear not the blow ;
Jesus hath broken the bars of the tomb,
Joyftilly, joyfWly, we will go home I
."JBrlo'lit will the mom of Eternity dawn.
De^h shall be conquer*d, his sceptre be gone;
Over the plains of sweet Canaan we'll roam,
JoyfWly, joyfully, saffely at home I
\
I
/
rite
ms.
Ifo;
I
v=
94.
3. Friends fondly cherished liave passed on before^
Waiting, they watch us approaching the shores
Singing* to cheer us while pasaing^idong,
"Joyfully, joyfully, haste to your homel*'
Sounds of sweet melody fall on the ear ;
Harps of the blessed, youc strains we can hear,
FilUng with harmony heaven's high dome:
JoyfttUy, Joyfully, Jesus, we come I
TH£ 8EINIKG SHOBE.
/jtj i j.ij J iJj mill f I iij III
^^ My d«]rs«r«gtid>ingswift-ly by. And I, • pUrgrim stranger.
j f»j i j. j'jJUjJi i MrJ rn i 1 1
Would not de-Uin them as they fly t These hours of toil and dan-ger.
fl \ t ftr \ (tiV \ ii\ f i JJ i i
For now we stand on Jordan's atrandOur friend* are paaning o - ver»
And, just be-fore, the ebiniog shore W« aI>aio|t ttay dia • co- var.
1. My days are gliding swiftly by,
And I, a pilgrim stranger,
Would not detain them as they fly !
These hours of toil and danger
For now we stand on Jordan*s strand.
Our friends are passing over,
And, just before, the shining shore
We almost may discover.
3. Otir absent Lord has left us word,
Let every lamp be burning ;
With eye of faith we look afer,
Our happy Home discemhig.-^/br «otr, d^e,
Z. Should coming days be cold and dark.
We need not cease our singing;
That peifeot rest nought can molest.
Where golden harps are rlnglng.-^/'or noWf die.
4. Let AArrriur's rnrlpef fAmruaaf «>{aA
Each coi J on earth to sever ;
There, bright and joyous in the skies,
There is onr Home for ever.— /*or note, d:c
■ESSIAH'S BEIOK.
^ lT"r*"'' i ' i -y t^ n r T ' r"" ' i ' ii
^A- • ' Mi^Mtff i»>«iit wttiHikt,-
Tb'CMftiyMit bow the kneei
i:>"J'»n^"
'^■^
Tbt Bth * I • o - |Man fttraM^ffst Hi» glorryt Min« (d see {
WtA- •ff-'Ttpg« of d*^ -^ rt^^tiwikf hliif »■ from (he i«U«Ui»U aMii^
!!F9 pevR^lMWMKltlKtf o^oMM Ita trubitoiftt His feet,
l.Jtoliia's; desert Tafiiptr,
To Chi'ist sIiaU bow the knee;
The Ethiopian strarger
His gplory ccrme taiseer
Ships fh)m the Isles shall m^efe,
IFa pour tliie wealth of ©ceaa
in tribute at nisTeet
H Kings shall fall down before Him,
And gold and incense bring;
All nations shall adore Jllm— • :
His praise all people erng:
For He i^all have dip tniniotv
O'er river, sea, aid s^iwij;
Far as the e!agle*» piiiJon
Op d^vef sf l«%h« wl ft^* can soar.
8. Tb lUm -ihait prater unceasing,
An<r daily VOWS' ttseeild;
His kingdom still increasing ; . -
A kingdom without end.
The heavenly dew shi^ noiu^^sh -
A seed in, weakness sown^.
Whose fruit shall spread and tiouvisli.
And sliak'^ like i^ebaifoth
4. O'er ^veryfoei vietwio«i«i
He cm M« f htK>ne shall rest ;
FroMi' age t<)>^igie move glOEieust
All blessing and all bl es|» a ^ 'mf
The tide of time shall never ^
His covenant remove ) . ),S
. Hfananbe shall standi for i6vci^;t
Hb great, best name of Love,
\
&
'
I-'-'
m
GOOD NEWS FBOU fiSAyEN.
'if\
Good news from heaVn, good news for thee, There flows a pardon filH
iiiiii 'iiiiiiiMiiTfrr
and free, Tog«Uty»iiin«*«,thr(/ the blood Of ths Incarnate Sou of God. Hi
paia the 4eht tbat
: i. i I j II I'll f I'lii I jTim
iihott di4«t o«re, If» MrfM^ ;deiili»f«iii7U)e» Meirt
Heboro thew/»tk\Wwi*^/<«t ,th«a, .HfcgrofiB'd *nd .^fed- V Cal-va,-ry.
Ooodnewii frfm lieav'q good mv im tbfte«\Th(rf> &oy»^» pwdgn Wlw>d
iiMiiiii r I'll!'' ' ' M.:i^r.t^|-^^^fi|f1 |
free. To guJUy •ianti«,thco' the bloed Uf the iinQwate-teviof God.
1. Good i»ews f rom Iwav'n, good news for thfee,
There flows a pardon ftill and free,
T<^ guilty shiners, through the blood *
Of the Intparnftte Son of God.
He pcild the debt that thou dtdst owe,
He stfflfer'd deatfaforihee b^ofw;
He hare the waath IM^rmQ for thee.
He groan'd andfblsfl on QfilFary.'^(?oo^ n&m^ ^c.
2. Good news fromihenv^ny goodTnews for thee ;
TJie Saviour cries, *' Come unto me /
All ye who toll, with Ifears oppre&t, -^r'r~i V
Come, weary one, oh, come and reat r*
He loivesribhee witho'erflowing iove,
He hears thy prayer in heaven above,
H^^iHrthy pasture ^hall prepare,
l« And lead iihee with a Shepherd's care.-*-6^0(f nms^i^c^
a Good news from heav'n, good news for thee,
Has echoed from. eternit^y J
And loud shall our hosaimas,i:iiVgi
When with the raasonj'd.fcbi!OPg we sing,—
Worthy the Laml», twhioee precions blood
Has riiudc us ki^i^^a^d p^C9tsrtjQ-0od,^
Our harps we'll tune to noblefit<8tr«lins,
Asid glory give»fcc^ Him who reigns. — Good news.
I
97.
Lt
TO A SAVIOim IXT.
P"f" 'r i t^^ tH ' ili l l Tt^
•••» 8« iwift-liy
^^^Likemht on the mounUin, likatliiptoa the ■••,
ji'll I III I l| l|||M|j
the yean of onr pil-grim.age fle«|
T'* I llllIlM I 'l| ""ill I I II III
MOB WM elton If. : Dear chiMreB, |«- day. to • Sm-vl . our ily.
fathera hoir
98.
P^® ^^?* ?? *^® mountain, like ships on the sea.
So swiftly the years of our pilgrimage flee ;
In th* grave of our fathers how soon we shall lie !
Dear children, to-day, to a Sariour fly.
2. How sweet are the flow'rets In Aprfl and May t
But often the fiosfc makes them wither away,
iJ^x®,*S^'^ XP^ "^*y fade:— are you ready to die?
While" yet thei-e is room," to a Saviour fly.
8. When Samuel was young, he first knew the Lord,
He slept in his smile and rejoiced in his word ;
So most of God's children are early brought nigh •
Oh, seek him in youth— to a Saviour fly.
4. Do you ask me for pleasure? then lean on His breast
For there the sin-laden and weary find rest:
:?ri^iy^^^y of Death you wiU triumphing ciy—
" If this be caUed dying, »tis pleasant to die I"
FAITH nr CHRIST.
a^feMNfH^^
Lamb of Calvary Soviouf dl »too Now boM mo
"'I 'I "II 'IIJ|I||J
while I pray Take all my fuUt away O let me from thUday Be wholly TtAa^
My faith looks up to Thee,
Thou Lamb of jCalvary,
Saviour divlQ« f
Now hear me whUel pray,
Take all my gnSlt jlwaw^
Olet me from this day '
Jl« whollsF Thine.
/
9
I
«
I
/#
'Kt'ly
ihovr
le!
»reast
*i«
lariiie
nila»
M
\
99.
P
2. May Thy rich grace Impart
Strength to my fainting heart.
My seal inspire )
As Thon hast died for me,
may my love to Thee
Pare, waim, and changeless he,
A living Are.
8. When Life's dark maze I tread.
And griefs around me spread,
Be Thou my giii4«^
Bid darkness turn to day,
"Wipe sorrow's tears away,
Nor let me ever stray
From Thee aside.
4. When ends Life's transient dream,
When Death's cold sullen stream,
Shall o'er me roll 1^
Blest Saviour then in love.
Fear and distrust remove,
O bear me safe above —
A ransom'd sout |
THE 8PIBIT1TAL EGYPT.
i i jijJ f ripi-fi i I I iiilj III r
■il
From Bgjrpt's bondage comoWhcro death & darknen reign We seek a
fill III I Ti'lll rf rfl IHIj I t
new, a better homeVVhore wo our
pi
new, a better homeWhere wo our rest ahall gain Where we oar root
ehall gain, Hal- le-lu-jah! Hal-le-lu-jah! Ha - le . lu-jah!
I^m
r' I'l I ji I
We are on our way tc God, Wo are on our way to Cod.
1. From Egypt*s bondage come,
Where death and darkness reign,
We seek a new, a better home, »
Where we our test shall gain.
Hall^uiah ! We are on our way to God.
2. There sin and sorrow cease,
And, cv'ry eeimict 6*er, ,
We there shall dwell in endless peace,
Nor thirst, nor hunger mora— jSTa^.. d:e.
100.
Enraptured myriads 8hig, /
And love in ev'ry bosom xeignx /
For God himaelf is king.--j^3/.,4t<;, /
1 W^ hjape to join jt^*e tljrong,
And all tbdr plea3u res share,
And (ling the everlasting soQg
Wit^ all the ra»ioj?)'d thei;e.-r-^a/., dtc
IwQtUdb^WkM^jMyr^l^ Andiirith ttie»9g«Us>iWl, , A crown upot>
myfor«li«ad, A harp ^-HWpwlWi^ThtBfigMbflr.Mjiiiy Saviour So
«loriou.*«»bdghtrd*d.cih.^e.U«t««.fcAndp^^^
I
■;i-**r-^^
T"
4
f-..-
i J i^o»W 1i>e like an angel
>^i^>^Bd with the angete standi
A crovrn uppi^ mjforehead,
AMit nShB foefoDemy Savioar
S0 fi^<»ioas and so bright
1 4 wake the sweetest music.
And praise Han jiay^d jii^i^r
f. Ineyer.would beiweavT
J^or eyer shed a tear, *
Nor evei' know a sorrow
Kdr«verfeel^fear; *
But blessed, pure, and lioly,
1 d dweU in Jesus* sight,
AM, wiJih ten thousand angelp,
, ,. Piaj^e Urn bojth day amj^night
8. 1 ^owtrm w«^ and sinftd
jPi^ ^Mtis will ifHsgi'm^
Trocrmanylittte children
H^v^ gone to Heaven, t© li\re «
^f*«» i»^-J«e wjw^n la difl, ,
Crsend a Jhlnlmr^ngel
till
To bear me to
t^g^ngf
the sk
/
own upon
>»r. So
5
y&aighi
^ I
101
m
i Oh there 111 be an auge^
And wltli the ail gels statfA,
A crown upon pay foi^head,
A harp within my hand; .
And there, before my Saviovyr,
So glorious ^nd so bright,
I'll wake the hearenlj mnsic^
And praio6 Him day and ni^t
0IAB TJtBUNCffit
ii*i
■ 1 AfWiV^rr^
■■t ■« Hilar liH ma as mbh ■« m aaii ■ ■■ « Mnaa
Hull t* wk! th* note* of ^y RoU o'w th» haavcidy^ plain* A«d MMpht iai' ^
"I'M I'll illil7i I III I III
•m-ploy For their aublim- eat strain* Koni« new dehght in heaven is known
-ni '
-rip' u
^l^i-.
Loud ring the harps abound the throne I.oud ring the harps <notttt4 tfao thron*.
1. Havkl hai-kl the n©t«s (of joy
Rol^o^fer the heavetily |(jlath^
Attd seraphs ftttd ettii^loy
For their sntiliinesti strips :
Some new delight in heaven is known,
Loud ring the harp9 around the throne,-**ZotMl^ Si
LH^tHil haitk! the sonndji dtaW oij^h.
The joyful hosts descend I ^
Jesus forsakes the sky ^
' To e^rth his footsteps bend r
fi« cornea to save our falfett ra(ie,
He comes with messages of grace,'—- Jf^^ camfs^ M
3. Bear, bear the tidings round,
(i.^ every creature know
l^?iaJb love in <3r6d Is ibund,
^'vhat pity He can show ;
Ye winds that blow; ^' Wa^es tliat? mrtl.
Bear the ^lad ne^S'&c^ p^ole iktpf^ifi^Bear, dst
i. Strike, strike the h^rps again.
To great Imm(inuef*s name I
Arise, ye sons of meti,
And loud his grace procriyin;
Angels and metii ^^M^wetf ^sritt^^
Tis<3k)dtheSiHtttir^ft>ralfee#es^^^2^' 7odJ:c.
M . ^».'
102« BUTTER LITTLE CHXLDEEJT TO GOHE. /
X ,i|i M J I ;| iii f I m m 1 1-
Whra motlMrt ofSaltatlMirehUdMBbro'tte Jmus Th« tUrn dit-ci-
piM dr«v« thtm back k bad* thtm dcpnrtt But J«Mi« Mw thr m era th«y fled, 9t
j j f Nhii i i r ff i-f r i frf r »
•WMtlyMBlltd ft kindly Mid. Puffer liltl* ekildreti to com* un-to M«.
J. When mothers of Salem their children hroufrht to Jesutt
The stem dlselples drove them hack, and hade them depart
Bnt Jetus saw them ere they fled, and aweetly smiled and
kindly said—
** Skifller little children to come unto He."
3. For I will receive them, and fold them In my bosom t
I'll be a Shepherd to these lambs, oh f drive them not awavi
For if their hearts to me they give, they shall with me in glor)
live;
** Bnfter little children to come unto Me!**
■*'\
3. How kind was our Saviour to bid these children welcome.
But there are many thousands who have never heard His name ;
The Bible they have never read, they know not that the Saviour
'< Suffer little children to come unto Me i** ^ ^ '
4. Oh! soon may the heathen, of every tribe and natiout
Fulfil Thy blessed Word, and cast their idols all away !
Ohi shine upon them flrom above, and shew Thyself a Ood of love»
Teach the little children to come unto Tnee !
103« LIKE JESXTB.
fji Lii ^ij jir i'iJ II I Jif i hii
I want to be Uka Ja - sui, 9o low - ly and m maak ;
For so ona nark'd an ang-ry ward Tbat a-v«r btard kin spaak.
L I want to be like Jesus,
So lowly and sd meek ;
Far no one marked an angry word
That ever beayd Him speak.
2. 1 want to be like Jesus, ^
So frequently in prayer;
Alone upon the mountain topt
He met his Fatber tbere.
dit-ci-
fl«d,ac
Ma.
part
Kland
kway,
n gion
lit*
• name I
Saviour
!
loflove»
mMk;
ijwak.
w b^i
»ll
104.
8. 1 want to be like Jesus,
I never, never find
That He, though persecuted, wa» .
To any one unkind.
4. 1 want to be like Jesus,
Engaged in doing good,
So that of me it may be said,
''She hath done what she could.
5. Alas! rm not like Jesus,
As any one may seei
gentle Saviour, send Thy grace
And make me like to Thee.
EVEN
n
$
FfFFF?
m
Lord, Ibwofthowwof ble«-Ing Thou wt •wt-frlof full wd
ni l 1 1 iii 1 1 iiii I I IN I
fr««Sho«rtntlMthirftty land ro.fre«h.lii«; L«tiom«dfopping«fAllo«
" III I III! I I (ITT71I
mo. B • Ten me, « - van me. Lot ■omodropplngo fall on mo.
1. Lord, I hear of showers of blessing
Thou art scatt'rlng ftiU and free;
Showens, the thirsty land reft'eshingj
Let some droppings fall on me— Even me.
2. Pass me not, God my Father I
Sinful though my heart may be;
Thou might'st leave me, but the rather
Let Thy mercy light on me!— Even me.
8. Pass me not, gracious Saviour!
Let me live an d cling to Thee ;
Oh, I'm longing for Thy favour;
Whilst Thou'rt calling, oh, call me— Even me,
4. Pass me not, mighty Spirit I
Thou canst make the blind to seie
Witnesser of Jesus' merit.
Speak some word of power to me— Even me,
5. Have I long in sin been sleeping—
T ^.%« Vaa«« a1t<w>tfln<y crvlAvinor ThAA?
Has the world my heart been keeping?
Oh, forgive and rescue me !— Even me,
-«#^
v»
6. Love of God— 8M) pure aua cbanig^lese;
Blooa of Cbrist— «o ififcbi so ftee I
Gmce of Ood— »o>8ti?0»g an^' boundlesa,—
Magnify It all in me!— Eren WW.
7. Pass me not—Tliy lost o»e bringing^
Bind ipy h^art, J^r4 to fbee.
W)»U»t tbie streiW^ of li:fi^ are spriuging,
Blessing otbejs, ph, bless me I — ^Even me.
105. TOE BATWUK^B XaVR
How kind is the Savidor Iloirg»ea|^4» his 1ot«! To M#s»«ilt>
tie cl»il4-reii He came from a - bove; He left ho - ly an-geU and
ilwiii brisht ik'bodv. To dwell liec»wi*oUUreii Asd leMhthaM tbtrond.
-- HJMrgrwrf? is His lore! .^
To bless Uttle children
He came from aboYe;
.: . He left boly angela,
A»d tbelr bxigbt abode,
*m c!'^ f - A^a^teach them the roaA
9. ^6 wept in the gardent
And died on the tarae^
To opena fountaia
, For sinner* like fUae;
B5s Wood is tha* fi)wntaln,
Which paixlon bestows,,,
And cleanses the foujiwt
Wherever it jBowB.
.Tr
9.Be went back to gjouyrfc
But lf3ft us Hia^wofd,
^Vj^ jj,^*^ ,, .Wth^ch^tOllt from our 4^aoh«w<f ^
And pastors we' Y^ bear^:
Ottti>i«jarts to infwiiie»
, Wtth jpy i» His servlcij,
And love to His name,
■' 5M.
MX
IfiW^v
^ S<ir« sweetly to praise,
Anpl wa^ In'Th?* fofltstep* '
Ifii^ mt ot W da|^S^„^
Then raise \^ dewr SmIOU^
To<*sfceofTbylov«, , .
A»api»i8e Thee for e^W
With chiXareA al)ov
li..
r come, ye sinners, Wl^^Z'^''^'''
This Is yotrracc^ted hour, ^
jeluB reiy, stands to 8^e^^^
He is ahie^rrr ■ ^ -^^^
He, 1^ wAUw?«' Awt>.* no tao;r«.,
2 Com s ye weaiTv li«w^y *^fi^*
H you tavry *m yo«^'e^^»JJ^ ^.r r,
You wm never t»xn««t;aai. —
Not the righteous,-- "
Slniiemi^sW^^^S?^:*^^^^^'
A Let not consclenb make you Uuger^^
^-^^atSfemnes&heretjilM^
Is ta feelTQuar need of UUU).
1^^. tl^e Si^^ ^W^ J^^^^"*^
4. J,o.5, th' ln<^^^^^^it^of ^^^
•■•^i
T^ 1 1 I' I I iljjl l||
fe=^=r= i
y i..,aa,a.,LJ 1 .IJJ' J.'1.1J_.J..'.' " 'J
"^•t r 1-4
1. My Saviour dear! my Saviour dear 1 •
I love to think of Thee !
Fain '^W I wnnd, through all earth's bound.
Thy life and death, whUe I h»>e breath.
. „ - My constant iiieme shai! be ;
And all my ways, throughout my dtys,
ShaU speak Thy love to me.
2. My Saviour dear! my Saviour fiea-'
I long, I feint to se6
Thy lovely face, in yon Uest p&ca
Ti.« ™**" MS* prepared for mc
There, dothed in light, with angels bright,
, ., I M worship and adore : '
And love and praise-through endless days
A trophy of this poww. "'» "»?»•
108, BEEF DEDICATION.
i^ 'III 'ili-U-UJi
^^^^^^e^^
I'li .Uy,b,^o« I f«r.th«„«. Andgiri«y...lf to Ood.
1. Now that mv {nnvw>Ai»«a t^gi. v^-.^^
My course 8o little trod, '
1 11 stay, before I ferther run.
And give myself to God.
109
S. What sowdwii may my ste{>s attend,
I cannot now foretell ;
' But if the Lord will he my Friend,
I know that all Is well
8. If I am rich, He*ll guard fty heart
Temptation to withstand;
And make me willing to impart
The bounties of his hand.
4 if 1 am poor, He can supply
Who has my table spread;
Who feeds the ravens when they cry,
And fills His poor with bread.
i And, Lord, whatever grief or ill
For me may be in store.
Make me submissive to Thy will.
And I would ask no more.
6. Attend me through my youthful way,
Whatever be my lot;
And when I'm feeble, old, and gray,
Lord, forsake me not
EOCE OF AGES.
lUckof A-gei^ cleft for me» Let m« hid« my - M
ilf
{b Thee ! Let the wa - ter
and the blood From thy wound*
ed tide thai flow'd. Be of sin the dou-blo cnroCliiBteme
froa ite guilt and power. Cleanse me from ite gniU and poweiw
1. Rock of Ages ! cleft for me,
Let me hide myself in Thee 1
Let the water and ine bioDd,
From Thy wounded aide that flow d,
Be of »1n the double cure ,
Cleanse me from its ^ilt and power.
Cah ftiifll Thy law's demands ;
oould my tears for ever How,
An for ski could not atone ;
liiou must 99,Ye, \nd Thou alone,
8. Nothing ih my hatiil* Mirtfiiff j
Sfttiply to Thy cross I clinjil
Naked, come to thiee fordtess:
Helpless, look to Thee for grace:
Vtte, I to the Fonntain tLvL
Wash me, Saviotn-, at I d& I
* S?"® ^ ^^'^"^ *^^^ fleeting breath j
When my eyelids close in death ;
When I soaT to \^orids tlnkn<^w*nl-
|®f J^je on Thy judgment thrones
Rock of Ages! cleft f?r me,
Let me hide myself in Thee!
MO. TBLiw mucM I OW^
When this passing W6fld'i5dw«»,Wh*B In*
sunk yon glo - rioiu «iii^
^^^^.W^l* Chris, V.l««, R.„«„., 6, „..4,,4».ft^ ,„.,
T1.0I., Lord, shall I >l.ly know. Not UA thin, hiw;:;;:^;
When has sank yon potions stitt;
When we stand with Christ abovk
y- . ;5?nsom^« l>y redeeming love: ^
3^"!,,^-d» shall r fiiliy kito^^
JNot till tnen— how much I owe.
rtW»
^
•-S^
2. When I stand before the throne
Dressed in beauty not my own,
Love "iniee with uiwinning-h^rtj
w^f'^^tl?:^ •*'**^ ^^^> &10W-
Nofc till thea-how n-uy^t^^r^.
8. Ev'ii on earth, as thraiMft « tJ^ass,
^" Make forgiveness **fel «© sweet; \
. Make Thv SpirU's.help so meet:
^« ^%^' • Ev'n on eartli, Lord, make me know
rr:~: Ij. q^Q^en ijGt Ibr good Injoe, : "
\^ftkep.'jil ttp from ¥firftth to, fiie^
3fi[li(jl,aen i^ the Sayibur's side,
By thQ 3pi rlt sancti^ ed :
Teach me„l<Qrd, op earth to ,$hov»r,
By^my l9ye, iow m^ph I owe.
HI. ^pw xt)yiwx3f IS JE|i?».
f **7. .*
i
Howlov.ing is Je- sub who «ani3 from th« «ky. In ten-
der-est; pi ;. 4k for«*.nef8,t0 flie! flisUand^^^ W" f««t th»y
tr *-■ '^^ ' 71;, .., .KS» 1I„ -.if-farM for
were nkj|rd to the tree.
And all this He •«£ - £er'd for
Sinners like me, AihI <U1 thi* H^ <*uf.fer'd for ttuners like nje.
XJiow-lo^ng is Jesus, w]xQ came from 4ilx» Sky,,
-^^^rNB^^ree* P^y for signers to die I _^r
Hishands and his feet, they were nalVd to the tree.
And all this He suffered for sinners like me I
^^ydly does Jesus free pardon ImpWft
IWI«M*-<^<
•IT—
Tpalfwho i^ceive Him by faith In their heart!
m evil befalls them, their home is above,
4ij^il[es)is tUrows rcfn^d tl^em the arair. in m» m^
-»«HoWpreeion8l3 JesnstoallwhobelicvKjl .
• And ottt of His fulness wha*-. grace *hey:^«g*J^. ,_.
Whenweak He supports them, whm er irlngCHe guides,
And-everyfhHig lieoami »!«> »»iiutjr pr^^i^^-^^.
4. Oh ! give tben to, Jesus y^^K #rU^ day»5
They /CttiiA' ^r^ blessbd who walK la his w^b :
In life aSJilfi death He will still be their friend;
For those whom He loves, He will love to the end.
1 12. Ti^^T HY WnX BE BONE.
pun
fi
:\
I. My Gad! my Father I While I stmy
Oh^^'S ™y ?«™« injife's rough way.
Oh teach me from my heart to say,
"Thy will be clone 1" ^'
^ I/rT^®^ shouldst call me to resign
What most Im-ize ;~it ne'er was minet
I only yield Thee what is Thine.
'^Tliy win be done r
* S*®S? P'"*"*f sickness waste away
My life in premature decay, ^
^y .^ther," still I '11 strive to say.
"Thy wUl be done !*• ^'
4. Renew my will from day to day.
Blend it with Thine, and take away
Whatever makes it hard to say. -
"ThywiUbedoner* ^ ;.
5. ^en when on cai-th I breathe no mora
The prayer oft mix'd with tears befora
ril sing upon a happie shore, ^
"TliywiUbedone!"
^ JEBVBJS ttlNE.
^1-
l^^^g^^
-f^^J^^:'•f^~". ^'''W■ J.-...U ml.., B^i^^^.
'^^mm
Break every mortal tiiL-^Aon. u «:«::": ^
i^ara is the wilderaess,' "~ ^^^* ' ''
Distant the resting-place;
Jesus alone can blessj— Jesus Is min^ ' ^^ '
2. Tempt not my soul away,— /e^w* is, d:c.
Here would I ever stay,--Ve5M5 is, dx.
Perishing things of clay,
Born but for one brief day,
Pass from my heart away,— -/esMs is, dc.
3. Fare-ye-well, dreams of night,— /^sm* is, &c.
Mine is a dawning bright, — Jesus is, dc.
All that my soul has tried
Left but a dismal void,
Jesus has satisfied, — Jesus is, dc,
4. Farewell, mortality, — Jesus is, Ac,
Welcome, etermty,~n/(e5i« w, i^
Welcome, ye scenes of rest, ^ "^
Welcome, ye mansions blest,
i^ii;:. Welcome, a Saviour's breast,— /esMS is, dc
Mki
inr;
4,
JESUS THE EEFU6E.
' !""■' f r J K CJ r"rJ t±f-r rhN^
Jesus, Lover of my soul, Let me to Thy boasom fly,
hl^^:^^^ X l l J U Lj LJU ^ r IJ J .li l
Wliile the nearer wa-ters roll, iVhile the tesi -pest stiU is high.
Hideme,0 Qiy Sn-viouz hide, Till the storm of life be past t
^^=frJ^MU^r l U r r r I i I iS
Safe in 'to the ha - vea gui4e> ^ O receive my soul at last.
1.. Jesus, Lover of my soul,
Let me to Thy bosom fly.
While the nearer waters roll,
While the tempest still is high.
Hide me, my Saviour, hide.
Till the storm of life be pastj
Safe into the haven guidt,
receive my soul at last
2. Other refuge have I none,
M^'' Leave, oh I isave me not alone, dl
StUl support ftnd cmnfort ma
All my trUftt on Thee Is stuy'd,
All my help from Theei' IMniTt
Cover my defeiicelcfiis^ h^ad
With the shadow of Thy wing.
a. Plenteous-grAfcft with 'Th^eiS tottwir
Grace to pardon all my eia ;
Let the heallh^ iJtt^tohs abottndj
Make and kei&t> trie pure wltfiln.
Thou of life the fountain art,
Freely let md t^tke of The« ;
Spring ThOii Upi^ithln my' li6Att,
Rise to aU eternity*
lis. *tt^ ^0^^ 0* rtlWtf.
Ihtardtb ? «of J«-sus»y, *'Com« un-to m« and M»t|
If f ' Mf frl
I eun* t*. J«-W« •» I was, Wea - ry and worn and sadj
liji i ' iiirMii r I iiJ^Jn.iiiLii
i fodM in ttita * rtrt-fiig p1ae«, An'd Me hasmade *^ gUd,
li I heard tTw voiise of Jc8»*Wr
*• OoJne unto tnei Atid r«fct ;
l.ay dwiwi, th^u weary one, lay down
Tliy head upon my breast."
I came to J^^tis as I %as;
Weary ahd W6rti atid iA6d V
I found:Tti ttm^ x^t\n''p\^(S^
And He htfs iViadfi mie '^d;
2. 1 heard the voice of Jssus say;
•'Behold I freely glT^...^
The living wafe^r; thlrdyon^^
Stoop down, and dfink and ui«^
. 1 came to Jewish arri I ^aHfc
^^tfat ^^A n iw,-^i« : Mlh i i i « :.«rf'y i>< Mna f
V#i i/invw
My thirst wiisquciw*!^, miy wwa rfvived,
,^ j-V .J* I
^J Jieaard the v^qp of Jewie flay,
' ^ " I am tbjbi da^li woridfs %Jit ;
Look unloto*, thy mom /shall rtaei-
AnaalJ thy a^y be l)nghtr'
I looH'd to Jeans, aad I found
In Him wy S<>ar, my Sun ;
A^a .in that, I,ight of life I'H walk.
Till t;rav11in^ day^ ^r? .donjev "
116.
tj. i J I jnJi/pN ir f . 11 , J^
We're travelling ^^^w^.^l^Ji^ijreji^iKbone,, /jyiU you go? Will f^-0f
toeing the SaTiour's dying love, WHl yon gh? Will you go? Mll-Uons
A»vf,»e«ek'd «|i«t blest a - bode, A--n«vite«l liiiigs and priestM^to Ood;
' r;f J:''J'".J'''>f'j; rhZfljrf'!''F''''^-l j "^ J|
AnlJRiUlRlB mozft vrr OJEL ithfi..jraad, Will yeu jg^ JVii^ you 90?
1. We're travelling home to heaven above,
^; WUlyoug©?^
f-o Aing the Saviour^i 4ying love,
Will you 4j;p!?i
Millions have reach'd that blest abode,
Anointed kings and priests to God ;
And millions more are on the road,—
Will you go ?
2. We're going fe^fieetha bleeding l4Mii>h,w"TrtW, Ac,
In joyful stfajo^to pmiBeliig uaa8»e^r-F.»^/, dtc.
The eiijftwn of life we Wiere sliaU -wear.
The eongueroi?'* palms oiu- hands shall bear,
And all the jojys qf heaven share, —
J Will you go ?
S. We're going to jodn th€ hetvenly ohoir^rT-TrtW, <Cr>
Tora^^ OIU' voice and tune the lyre, — Willi «f7C
Ther« isatnts and angialjS gladly siB^
Hosannah to tlidx/ Go^ md King^
Will you go?
4. Ye weary, heavy-laden come,— W^//^ Ac.
In that blest home there still is room,— Tft7( Ac
The Lord is waiting to rccclre
If thou wUt on Him novo believe,
He will thy fainting soul relieve,—
Will you go?
6. Oh sinner turn without delay,— TftW, Ac.
And seek to find the narrow way,— H't/A dtc
The Saviour calls aloud to thee— . , .,
Take up thy cross and follow me, • ^' - *-
And thou Shalt my salvation see ; —
Will you go?
U7.
OH! 80 BRIGHT.
Tbert it a better world tbey say Oli so hrigbt Oh to brij^bi
Where ti« and woe • >e done a- way. Oh lo bright Oh so bright And
mn-tiie filU the balmy air, And an-gtls bright and pure are
I'ljB^ iJ'jjf.-i-^mJ-JpiirFni
there. And faarpe of gold U mansions fair Oh so brighH; O^so bright
1. There is a better world, Ihey say, —
Oh, 80 bright!
Whei^ sin and woe are done away,
Oh, so bright !
.,h MV« And music fills the balmy air,
And angels bright and pure are there.
And harps of gold and mansions fair,
Oh, so bright ! Oh, so blight I
2. No clouds e'er pass along its sky,
Happy land !
No tear-drop glistens in the eye,
Happy land!
They drink the gushing sti-eams of grace,
And gaze upon the Saviour's face,
Whose brightness nils the hol^^ place.
Happy land ! Happy land t
8. Though we are sinners, every one,
Jesus diedt
And though our crown of peace is gone,
Jesus diwd '
We may be cleansed from every stain,
We may be crown'd with peace again,
And ill that land of pleasure reign.
Jesus died I Jesus died!
TH£ DITIKE KEBBEKEB.
Cr« . ■ . tor.. Pr»-te>.ye ^Rt.dMm^r of ™,a, dj . y,^,
jbM f rnn i rl i 7-T-f i | 4^^
ln-ter.c«M^r a-bortt O when bhall th« song of Thy prau
^ i^ * '"• "**"* ®* Thy prau.
^^TI^ I U' l rT f li I III III !■ II
CB ba • ffin. Or finnr alial) I m^^I, ># rm... • • ..
•a ba . glD, Or how aliall I apeak of Thy Ioto? Haa-Tea ia
^
:? r
Ulhng.Andaarthit lavealing, What wondera Thy mercy can prova.
1. Creator, Preserver, Redeemer of men,
Divine Intercessor above,
when shall the song of Thy praises begin
Or how shall I speak of Thy love ? *
Heavdn Is telling,
And earth is revealing,
What wonders Thy mercy can prove.
2. And do I not love Thee, Saviour divine
The chief of ten thousands to me ? '
Yes, infinite beauty and gloiy are Thine,
Whose brightness no mortal can see.
Angels shall bless Thee,
And men shall confess Thee ;
All worlds shall acknowledge Thy sway,
a Thine, thine is the kingdom, the wisdom, and power.
The glory and honour supreme ;
For ever and ever my soul would adore
The unspeakable worth of Thy name !
gloiious Saviour,
I'll <twell on the rapturous themes
IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-S)
1.0
I.I
■so ■^"
mm
^ m
2.0
1.25
4IU4
/
^^
j^. "
Photographic
Sciences
Corporation
23 WEST MAIN STREET
WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580
(716) 872-4503
'<6
iL
119.
i
HBE 'MliNBK>8l WmjIKMm.
■ntn h • •*«ni«r«irtH*iIVlt|lNo«*I>r«1»* ftmmtiil l u **i«l'i »ri«*
H^i^^^^
Ail<r^^it«t«VlaBSeat)iii«itht1tttlood Los* all their guilty tUioii
L There4».a.l<cittiitAl» iiU:d with blood, o f |
Ijciifl^ tlAlr gnllty sfcHna; . i
2. The dyinffthi^f i^ioteed-to see
-^h«tioOTtslirMTit3i^l^ ,/^ ::"
7^# an ii^y f in» away. :
4 Dear Jfjec^ianQ!^^
fm^
:* *r--
f*-V «
^/:
tcf- ■ Srr
11n M~m6 Tammn^
B6 ft^H to ^tn no more.
^ Ir^fTeettiirtgWe'l^Asbeciitnytfifertiev
5. Then in a noMev^ iwwe^t^mtkti
Piling i?h|jr'pQfwert<Hiave«^ f ^
"^ Wli«tt tliisfprttj^r 4uipS«^» i8ttimiiie«*nf^oii gue
Lies sOent In tbe »«*ffe.n^. ^i:
120. BMtTlttft.'fllJ*.
Be»tt.U.fttl M^'ii JMwl.y«£(i«'; BliiUiful t/A-pJ•,Go<lit«light{-
Beantifai gates^ ^fot^iw %HUib ;
BeautllW tc^^vfip^ itt U#it.;^-.
-.^:''
?
• -4MHM.IW-V"
He yflkO was slain 6n Calvaiy
Op€!#i.th<i8to'|ieatiy gaffci^s^^^ :
BeavOM ang<^ cU>thedr;ln %hile ;
Beauuful harps through aU the chotr;
Bean^lfi^ strains^ that never tire ;—
ThBH hheia 1 Jolil tti« ctiioim i^'d^U "^
WbmfplpiH ftt the Savi<>«l^*i ifeett :
8l Beaiitiliil crowns 09 efenr brow^
Beautiful palms the conqueribrs show ; -
Beautifiiii robes the ransoni*d wear;
Beaiitifutiail^lie enter tn^e;—
Thither Ij>ress with eager feet:
Tbereiihau a^y^test b^^^f i^nwciit. "■
iTBeflfuHftilthi^ne of Cffil^ cmrinngr:^^
#«aa^^) soDgst^e angels singt^
eautifiU rest, all wanderings cease ;
Qa(litlfi(diiiliiiei6f!perfett peace ;^^
IWif^ lha fr tl^^eyes^ny^-Si^^^
BA»t.e to tbia heavenly heme with me.
mn mmBJBf.
^
«^%
Awak;'mf90u1f fa Joy-fol lajn, Toslagthf great Ee^
deem - «!i j^M^titjiut-ly cl«lmf W 6«Dgliom mi*. Utttov-titg.
j!JJ|f rEff i frr nirMr.r i. rf i" i^
kindness, HisloYlrg^dndncMObow free HUloving.ktndneesOliow fr?#
1. Awakt^tfty sotelj in|0)tf«llay8, _A
To shi)|¥hy tfl^t Red^etrN^ipi^ef
He jt»tly ^^tewft§ w ^bng frsflto nie ^
His IfMtfiHcindiic^s, hew «refei
2. He saw me ruiriM by th^ fAlL
Yet lov^dknewtwrihstittdWg^I!* •
He saved me from my lost estate,
Hisloirtng-kfndtiessi^hewgKiatt ^ .
8. Often i^fed myitfn^ tieatt ■ ,j ,
Proiie norainir $avltmr to aepif^ -' f : ,^
But thotigh 1 tinve Him ofir f<i*i«^
His loving-kint]m£»s chflng;^8 ret,
4. Soon sball J imas the gloomy thIib $
Soon aU my mortal ponrets mnat fiUL
O may my la^ls expiring breath,
His Io?ing*ldiidneM sing in death.
5* Then let me mouit and soar away
To the blight world of endlei^s day|
And sing, with taptnre and surprise;
His loYing'kindiiess in the skies.
122. XT U FOnSBBD.
j!iVfil|i'|l/JijijJf|if'f
lUrk!tk*v4rfM»f lom md m#r-ejr Swnid*,a-loHdAmBOalT»-
t^ Mi UUA
Tf, 8m it itada tlM racks MuadwSlMkOTllMteffAaadwUatli*
irCTTTTfiilTnrrj .T l ULUUllf iL^
•kfllt fe fl-nitti'djt it S-ttiah*dIiMrtlMd7lB|SftTioarerf.
•'■■■ ' '•■•; ■■.■■■■ V-:-M...i,^ ■ ■
1. Hark I the volee of lon» aiid mercy
jSbimdaiiloiid Irte Calvary.
.; ^1 it rends the ro^ asunder,
Z ; Shakes the earth aiid veils the sky I
"Itisflnish'dr
Hear the dying Savtour ery.
% Oh, the li£B| the peace, the pleasure, ^
Which these precious words afford ;
Heavenly blessings without measure
Flow to us through Christ the iKUrd.
•Mt is finished!''
Sainta the dying Words tecord.
8. Tune yoiur liarps anew, ye seraphs»
Scnrnd aloud Immanuel^s fame \
AIh;reatl^4 iweU the chorii^
xneee atatihtful words piodUttm*
"It Is finished r
Qlory, glory to His I^amel
M
KSuoBt, inr oos, to ibbbi hM
pfilii'ii'liii..i i0
H«ir - ar, my Ood, to Tbw, KfJtr-tr to The. ; Bv*v thoof h it bt
i^
•r Ood, to Th», Ncmr, my God, to Thw. Niar . ir to Thko.
1. Nearer my God, to Thee,
^, Nearer to Thee:
EV'n thouch it be a cross
TSbatralsethme;
StiU im niy song shall be,
Nearer* my God, to Thee, nearer to Thee.
2L Tbongh lilce a wander
n
W-i-it.'-/;
w --^ewnjKone doWn,'
Ijarlaiess comes o*eF me,
l^reslastone;*
Yet in my di-eams Td be
Nearer, my XSfod, to Thee, nearer to Tbe&
8. Here let my way appear
^ Steps unto heathen,
AH that Thou seiidest me,
' ' In mercy git^n ;
Angels to beckon me
Nearer, my God, to Thee, nearer to Thea
4. Then, with my'waiing thoughts
Bright with Thy praise;
Got of my stony gries
^ Bethel Fll raise,-^
, So by my woes to be
Nearer, my God, to Thee, nearir to Thee.
5. And when on Joylhl wing '
Cleaving the sky.
Sun, moon, and sturs forSQti
Still all mvsorigshaU be. *^^^ ^^
Nearer, tty God, to Thee, ceiSSr to T^e.
<hi
ti«, Th«haartm«si cling to Ood a>lM%'Howipettbti«i]Hrroar«v*if c^li^
.j.i, JIJ 4 ^ ill lJ. iAi J. )lli
iMK'Miijiiift ^^9^^ ^f ^Mip i irtato aril*
Re-mem • ber rtlU that ,Mtii p^a^j KtHrt)^ Um 4Mr iTran ar • Vj «ye.
1. When sore aiAi^lQtvic^'i|8|ii^&M|a1,
And rit'n is.cveiry d^k tfe,'
The heart ]|ittst;dit^p t0 g6A,1i\^m^
trough urakiefiii liightsi whcn,.r«Jk'dtWth pain,
On bed M^»ii8m0lila0;ytlKli«^
Bememberf|«^U OmA^CM isiiBar ;
He wip^f^sUtmimm'WiK^Mte.
2. A few short arear^Hfid kdl i»^*er;
Your 9onK)W«^-9aifi-^mn s€K>ft f ass hjs
flMii lean Sa fk»t» on >Goa% dilM* Bmr '
H^ wipes ti]l!w^;fce^,ftTW» ftwiy fy*
Oh I never hiiyf)MM|4,<»^,jown,
Nor let.yoiir JW .d^jspc^ rf^h;
Assured that Gt^ Ml^ tU^c is Love,
Wm wipe t|g,t|f^j(l;9»M*?i93|n^Q.
125.
.f-'i."
MjmtifMs^ M^n^
^ ^mm ^
bun of my soul thon SwHaur daar It4t not niglit {f X^on be near { O
maynoearth-boznaloujMriw To»biA»Tb«« firam T^ lerTaat's ayes.
1. Sun of nay souT, ti[i^i| S»|(^r dear,
It is not Diffllit if l^uu. liv -Mk^tp
I'd hide Thee ftom Thy servant's eyesf
0im
Hf.f^tthly
7 IjJ l |
• • 'ry ©ye.
1th pain,
«r| O
V >
r
& Abide with mriW)
till eve,
. I,
ADide witn mjrivr)i»tiiorii tuiei
For without lliee'rcaAiiot live;
For irlEhoixtrtli^ t4Are^iiot:li&
IK When tlie soft dews otf klttdlysMe^^^
": My w^riedvoyeMft, gently steep,.
:Ja:lBa^1sattii<mghi'^ow 8#e«l^4iri!isr
F6r'«Ver on my yaVibur's breBtfltt
4. Come near and bless me when I wake,
ttf^lSiyeifi^ tiie-ilrorld ti»r'#ay!lr taK«;
i^loseteyseif ItL heaven mboise.
^■■~P ...
•■I \ •
8SJ
BUn-cd J« • tus, SavKlip tiKft jiii inriiy thy pMoe thioT tv- 'ry '
flj^eWcnffilytbit
glessed Jesus, Saviour blest!
reathe thypeaccr t&roujsh tntf mim
Let us in Thine arms reposa
Bfessdd JesQiB, Solt of ISo^
Wash us in Tj^y ^eg to<»| blood.
4iA
.&
fiE,
t""'- ■* •*M--"
I f l ifiro Ugh ihe
Pleased Jesu^ Light Divine 1
■*fi i
.». . % J
c:r-'-|;:^.Oir^^ , _ ,. „_.
Blessed Jesus, Sftviour^rigHiT
Onide us saf\3 tmtmLkmof light.
■* '^-
127. INMraKMT.
PraiM God, from whom all bloap-ingt flow ; PnOae Him
All eitMum hMTO below { Praite Elm iiT boTe,yo hM.
^•nly Iwrt, Piralw lather. Son, and Hb-lyOhott
^28. DOZOLOOT,
H* If ahMi^tbt a«< viMi w« • Mkm , i^
/t\
• - VWHOBOt*
■Vi,
Lprd,4^«p|p i^jHiK Tfcj toA
udpcMi^
m
0«y ••iMl»t^^,I%l^fl-».iP^^
▲ttdlMV«lMX«||^
■ •«©?* «-•*« iit>'i( }.
'I^lo^pf
&« ©;
, i; Y,
EDITORIAL NOTE.
JjThi^ ^* 4 « tW? Httle note must be one of gmtitude
to the Great Head of the Church, for the sinmiLr ac^Inn!
with which He has favoured the former ffi^s ft!
CnttT- °'^?^""'' ^""P- ^^°'« a Million ATO A H^„ OF
w^i" *^* aggregate, have been sold; whUe, from^r^
iS^ion W^.^'i"^'' ^^"•=*'. tl^" South' Seas, and miny
nT^i L i ""^fv^ '^^"^ received, '-•epeatedly, expressioM
of the benefits it has conferred upon the Uttle ones Not^
few have passed into the region of sonir above whnrr. if!
sweet strains and holy sentiments%iv °leW wonThif?
^jn^u''!^ *°r? "^ **' '^Wch is now in the reader's handa
td* ^fjs'^ .J'WMwojw have been made of tunes and words
f tL f'**T**?y?"-^<«>'^ i° tl»e market. ^ *^*^
thA f;i^ "^^iu^**" ^"^^ bestowed upon the selecUon of
s"p<^ra"i?St*Sr°'^ *» *^ Who looiTnto itrai1k"thy^
tei-gely of Hig Spint on many of our schools aa^^lilS,
IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)
/
O
{./
^
4
A^
p
1.0 ^>^l^
-114 ■—
HlUL.
1 1.25 1 1.4 ..6
^ • 6
___ ^
^^
9fk
7
/i
CG
^>>'
^JJ
>^
■»'*
^'<^*
•• ^'''
Of,.
Photographic
Sciences
Corporation
23 WEST MAIN STREET
WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580
(716) 872-4503
^Z^^
'^>^
"'4S
25^ APkiCA,
of Yarriba, founded by the Fella-
taht.
Ango'la, a country of Low«r
Guinea, extending from Congo to
the Coanza, which divides it from
Benguela. The chief traffic is in
slaves to Brazil, of whom many
thousands are annually exported.
Angor'nou, a town of Bornou,
about 16 miles from Kouka. Pop.
30,000.-12, 40 N. 14, 37 E.
Annobon', a pretty little island
off the W. coast of Africa, belong-
ing to the Portuguese. Pop. 3000.
Ar'dra, an industrious city of
Western Africa, on the Slave Coast,
about 'J5 miles inland. P. ?0,000.
Ar'ish, or El Ar'ish, a flrontler-
town of Egypt, towards Syyia, on
the shore of the Mediterranean.
Ascen'sion, a small island in the
South Atlantic, 685 miles to the
N. W. of St Helena, frequented
by ships on account of the great
abundance of turtle and tish. — 7>
56 S. 14, 24 W.
Ashantee', a kingdom of West-
ern Africa, extending about 300
miles inland from the Gold Coast,
and ix)sse8sed by a warlike people
whose king has conquered many of
the surroundujg countries. It is
thickly covered with forests, and
abounds in gold.
Assou'an, the ancient Sy&ne,
the frontier-town of Egypt towards
Nubia, situate on the eastern bank
of the Nile, and surrounded by
mountains of granite. Opposite
is the celebrated island of Elephan-
tine ; and about three miles above
commence the cataracts of the
Nile.
At'las, a lofty chain of mountains,
traversing the greater part of Bar-
bary from N. E. to 8. W. The
height of Mount Hentet has been
estimated at 15,000 feet above the
sea.
Ax'um, a town of Abyssinia, with
a Christian church. In the prin-
cipal square is a remarkaltle ancient
obelisk 60 feet high, of a single
block of granite, and curiously
sculptvued. Pop. f 000.
Azores', or Western Islands, a
group in the North Atlantic, about
800 miles from Portugal, to which
« U;>v Hi^lnnsf. 1'hsv consist of nins
islands, of which St Michael is the
largest, although Terceira is ♦'.c
residence of the governor. The
Azores are exceedingly fertile, pto-
ducing the fineat winei, orangei,
and lemons, but are subject to
dreadful earthquakes. P. 205,000.
BABELMAN'DEB. See p. 215.
Bad'agrv, a large and populous
town of Western Africa, on the
Gulf of Benin.
Ba/tr el Abiad. Bee Nile.
Bambar'rn, a kingdom of Central
Africa, on the banks of the Niger.
It is fertile and well cultivated,
and is irrigated through its whole
extent.
Bambouk (Bambook'), a moun-
tainous country of Central Africa,
between the Senegal and the Fa-
lernd, celebrated far its rich gold-
mines ; hence it has been styled the
Peru of Africa. The climate is
intensely hot, and extremely un-
healthy.
Bar'ca, an extensive but steril
territory, consisting mostly of sand,
between Tripoli and Egypt. The
ancients, however, had flourishing
settlements there; and consider-
able remains of CyrenCt Ptolemais,
&.C. have recently been discovered.
Bassa', Grand, or Great, a sea-
port of Upper Guinea, on the Grain
Coast.
Ba'thurst, a town and settlement
of the British, at the mouth of the
Gambia. Pop. 300a
Beeroo', a country E. of Luda-
mar, and N. of Bambarra, on the
borders of the Great Desert.
Begar'mee, a country to the S.
E. of the lake Tchad, and to the
E. of Bornou, with which it is al-
most constantly at war.
Benga'zi, the ancient Bereni'ce
a sea|)ort of Barca, on the east of
the Gulf of Sidra. Population
2000.— 32, 7 N. 20, 2 B.
Bengue'la, an extensive terri-
tory of Western Africa, S. of An-
gola, between the Coanza and Cape
Negro.
Bengue'ia, San Felipe' de, a sea-
port, tne capital of Benguela. Pop.
3000.— 10,53 S. 13, 50E.
Benin', a kingdom of Upper
Guinea, extending along the coast
of the Gulf or Bight of Benin. It
is intersected by a number of es-
tuaries, now ascertained to be
branche* of the Niger, by which
that great river discharges its
waters into the Atlantic.
Benin', the capitiU of the above
kingdom, situate inland, on an
open plain. Pop. 15,000.
Be'nowm, the capital of Luda-
mar, where Mungo Park was de-
tained gome time in cnptivity.
Berbe'ra, a seaport between Cape
Guardafui and the entrance of the
Red Sea, a place of considerable
trade.
Ber'goo or Dar Sal'ey. See Re-
marks, p. 250.
Bia'fra, a country of Upper Gui-
nea, bordering on the Cameroons
River.
Bir'nie or Bornou', Old. See
Remarks, p. ^50.
Bizer'ta, a seaport of Tunis, at
the head of a deep bay. Population
14,000.-37, 17 N. 9, 50 E.
Blan'co, Cape, the mo»t western
point of the Sahara or GreatDesert.
-20. 47 N. 17, 2 W.
Bojador, Cape(Boyador'),apro-
moiuory of Western Africa, S. of
Morocco, stretching far into the
Atlantic— 26, 7 N. 14, 30 W.
Bon, a cape N. E. of Tunis,
opposite to Sicily 37, 5 N. 11,
BCna, a seaport of Algiers, near
the ruins of the ancient hip' no
Ite'gius.-^G, 54 N. '., 46 E.
Boii'dou, a kingdom of Central
Africa, between the Senegal and
the Gambia. The king's residence
is at Fatteconda.
Hon'ny, a town of Upper Guinea,
at the mouth of one of the branches
of the Niger, which carries on a
great traffic in slaves and pulm-oil.
Population 20,000.
Bor'goo, a mountainous country
of Central Africa, VV.of the Niger,
divided into several small states, of
which the principal are Niki, Loo-
goo, and Fandi.
Bornou. See Remarks, page
250.
Bor'nou or Bir'nie, New, a citv
ofthe above kingdom, the residence
of the sultan. Pop. 10.00!).
Bouibon (BoorbonR'), a fertile
island in the Indian Ocean, about
400 miles east of M loaxascar, hv.
longing to theFrench, 18 miles long
and 36 broad. It is almost entirely
of volcanic formation, and a moun-
tain in the S. emits flame, smoke,
and ashes. Pod. 106.099. St Denis,
the capital, has a pop. of 9000.
Bout'sa, tile capital of a fertile
c.ountry of the same name on the
253
Cla ppcrton and the Landers were
well received by the natives. Po!
pulation 12,000.
tn^fo-'i k''''^'' ''^"^<* ^y ♦he Por-
tuguese Nun, one of the principal
branches of the Niger, which 'se-
parates nito two channels befor«
reaching the sea. The natiga!
tion IS impeded by a dangerous bar
at its mouth. "»"ar
C.VBES, a gulf of the Medlter-
ranean, the Si/r'tis Mi'nor of anti-
quity, indenting the co.ist of Tunis
Ca'bes, ase^iport of Tunis.on the
N?W,ToE. ^°^* 20,000.-33, 50
Caffra'ria, the country ofthe Caf-
tres. See Remarks, p. <2U.
Cai'ro, the modern capital of
*:'gypt, and the largest city in Af
nea. is situate near the Eastern
bank ot the Nile. It is in general
111 built, but contains many elegant
.T'<S'il^^PpP- about 270,000—
ou, 2 N. ol, 15 E.
;al'abar. New, a town of Upper
Guinea, near the mouth of the
isonny, an estuarv ofthe Niger.
Cal'abar, Old, a river of Upper
Guinea, one ofthe principal estu-
aries of the Niger ; it is navigable
for large vessels.
Cameroon^', a river of Upper
Guinea, which falls into the Gulf
of Biafra, opposite the island of
Fernando Po.
Cana'ries, formerly distinguish-
ed by the name of the Fortunate
^Wands, a beautiful group in the
Atlantic, off the N. W. coast of
Africa.belongingtoSpain. Thevaro
seven in number, of which Ttne-
riffe. Grand Canary, and Fueite-
ventura are the principal. The in-
terior is occupied with lofty jn( un-
tains of volcanic orif:[in, presenting
magnificent scenery; the Peak of
Tenerifte rises 12,1,6 feet above
the sea, and is seen bv mariners a
the distance of 140 miles. These
islands are in general fertile, and
enjoy a fine climate; their most
valuable production is wine, of
which I'eneriffe yields 2.i,000 pipes
annually. Pop. 2u0,0U0.
Can'tiii, Cape, a promontory on
the coast of Morocco.— 32, 35 N.
9-. 15 W,
Cape Coast Castle, the capital of
the British settlements on the Gold
Coast, built on a rock, and strongly
8SI AFIIIOA.
fortified. Population 8000.— 5, 7
N. I 9 W.
Cape Colony. See Remarks, p.
244. . ,„
Cape Town, the capital of Cape
Colony, and of the British posses-
sions in Southern Africa, situate
on Table Bay ; a most important
naval station in the passage to tlie
East Indies. Pop. 20,000.-33,
53 S. 18,20 E. , „
Ceu'ta, a strong seaport in Mo-
rocco, situate on the Straits of
Gibraltar, belonging to Spain.
Pop. 8000.— 35, .54 N. 5, 16 W.
Che'licut, a town of Abyssinia,
the occasional residence of the
sovereign. Pop. 8000.
Coan'za, a river of Lower Gui-
nea, which falls into the Atlantic
betweien Angola and Benguela.
Cob'bd, a citv of Central Africa,
the capital of barfOr. Pop. 4»)00.
Com'oro Islands, a group of four,
lying bitweon Madagascar and the
continent. They are mountainous,
and atound in cattle and tropical
flru ♦", but have been almost depo-
pulated by pirates.
Con'go, a country of Lower Gui-
nea, separated from Loango on the
N. by the Zaire or Congo, and
bounded on the S. by Angola. The
soil on ( he banks of the rivi r is itr-
tile: the climate is intensely hot.
Con'go or Zaire, a large and ra-
pid river of Western Africa, which
discharge*! its waters into the At-
lantic Although it has been traced
300 or 400 miles upwards, its ori-
gin and early course are still enve-
loped in mystery.
Constanti'na, the ancient Cir'ta,
the capital of the eastern province
of Algiers, situate on a steep
rock, 2900 feet ahove the sea,
and strongly fortified. It is dis-
tinguished by many fine remains
of Roman architecture. Popula-
tion 40,000.-36, 18 N. 6, 28 E.
Coomas'sie, the capital of the
kingdom of Ashantee, situate on a
rockv hill. Pop. 15,000.-7, N.
1, 24' W.
Corrien'tes, Cape, on the eastern
coast.— -^4, 7 S. 35, 30 E.
Coss'eir, a seaport of Egypt, on
the Red Sea.— 26, 8 N. 31, 4 E.
DAHO'!VIF-Y, a kingdom of
Western Atricit, K. ut the siavu
Coast. The country* to far as
known to Europeans, is very fer-
tile. The government is a san-
guinary despotism, and the people
ferocious savages.
Damiet'ta, a seaport of Egypt,
near the mouth of the eastern
branch of the Nile. Pop. 20,000.
—31,25 N.31,47 E.
Da'raA, a country S. of Mourtt
Atlas, which separates it from Mo-
rocco, to which it Is subject. Its
chief product is dates.
Dar'iftr. See Central Africa,
p. 250.
Delago'a Bay, on the S. E. coast
of Africa, about midway between
Mozambique and the Cape of Good
Hope. It is much frequented by
the South Sea whalers, who find
good stations,abounding in whaleti.
Delga'do.Cape.the ancient Pra'-
sum, a promontory on the Mozam-
bique coast.— 10, 6 S. 40i 50 E.
Del'ta or Lower Egypt. See
Remarks, p. 246.
Dem'nea or Tza'na,Lake of. See
Remarks, p. 247.
Der'na, a seaport, the capital of
Barca, surrounded with gardens,
and watered by refreshing rivulets,
—32,43 N. 2-2, 36 E.
Derr, a town, reckoned the capl.
tal of Lower Nubia, on the east-
ern bank of the Nile. Pop. 3000.
Dib'ble.an extensive lake of Cen-
tral Africa, S. W. of Timbuctoo,
formi'd by the waters of the Niger.
Don'ga, a mountainous country
S. of DartiHr, in which, it is sup-
posed, numerous streams unite in
forming t he Bahr el Aldad, or prin-
cipal branch of the Nile.
Dongo'la. See Remarks, p. 247.
Dongo'la, New, or Marag'ga.the
capital of Uongola, a province of
N ubia, situate on the N ile. P.HOOO.
E'BoE, a town on the Niger,
about 100 miles tVom the sea, the
centre of the trade in slaves and
palm-oil. Pop. 6000.
Eb'samboul, in Nubia, celebrated
for its magnificent ancient temple
and monuments cut out of the sulid
rock.
Eg'ga, a large trading town on
the Niger, the most southern in
the kingdom of Nyffd.
E'gypt. See Remarks, p. 246.
El Mi'na.a seaport of Upper Gui-
nea, the capital of the Dutch pos-
nessiutis Oti the GOiii Uuasi, ana
Strongly fortified. Pop. 10,000.
Eyc'o, a large city ofCentral Af-
rlea, capital of Yarrlba, stated by
Clapperton to be 15 miles in cir-
cumterence.
f hf'l^^.? B A Y, a spacious bay on
S ^""l' *^"*«*' immediately to
the E. ot the Cape of Good Hope.
!ci.nH"'*ill'[° ^"' « mountainous
island off the coast of Guinea, on.
posite the mouth of the Cameroons
River. It is fertile and beautiful,
but very unhealthy. *
Fer'ro, the most westerly of the
canary Islands, formerly used bv
geographers as the first Tier.dian.
I'op. 4000. -27, 45 N. 18. 10 W.
ifz, a city of Northern Africa,
once famous as a seat of learninir
and the capital of a Moorish kiUK-
! n??^w"»'*'^r'' *' »^^« name.-now
inited to Morocco. It h pleasant-
ly situate in a valley, surround-
ed by hills covered with orchards
and orange-groves, and has consi-
(lerable manulaetures of woollen«,
carpets, and morocco leather. Po-
pulation 80,000.-34, 6 N. 5, W
Fez'Kan, a country to the S. of
rripoli, torming an oasis or island
in ttie Great Desert. The heat is
intense, and the soil is a light
sand. It is the great emporium of
the caravan-trade, and a central
P'""t of communication between
i ripoll and the interior of Africa
Fit'trd. a lake of Central Africa.
said to be four days' journey in cir-
cumference, and to be double that
extent in the ramy season.
Forino'sa, one of the principal
estuaries of the Niger, opens into
theliuu ot Benin, and is about two
miles wide.
Formo'sa,Capc,the eastern boun-
t''l "L\^^ ^"'^"f Benin.-i. 25
F.m'laAs, an amiable negro race,
widely diffused through Western
Airica.
Free'town, the capital of theco-
ony o< S.erra Leone, situate on a
""••y at the mouth of the Rokelle.
Pq). 0,500.-8, 5>2 N. 13. 18 W.
1-un'chal. the capital o( the island
of Madeira. Pop. 20,000.
fiinMa, alarge town of Central
Alrica, on the Tchadda, near its
^Ti m"« ''^ ^"^^ ^'Ser. P. 60,000.
«rH A?^ ^'A, a large river of West.
"H Africa, whici) rises amnnw »i,„
iMouniKins of Kong, and fallMnto
the Atlantic, south of Cape Verde.
Gibral'tar Straits of, between
APRIOA4
255
?m3? ^"^^ Africa, unltlbg the
^ilul'' in? Jhe Mediterranean.
The breadth of thechnnnel, in the
narrowest part, is 1,5 miles.
(lOid Coast, a country of Unnei
Gu.nea, extending from E
Apol Ionia to the Rio Volta. on
which the British have severalset-
tlements.
. Gon'dar, the capital of Abyssi-
nia, now in possession of the Galla.
Pop. 6000.- 12. 35 N. 37. 3> E.
Good Hope, Cape of, a celebrated
promontory of Southern Africa,
wnich was discovered by the i^or-
tuguese navigator Diaz in H87.
and was doubled by Vasco de Oa-
fs'' o!? ^^"' JM°^- l*»7.-34, 22 S.
18, 28 E. The British colony "of
the Ca|)e of Good Hope, railed the
Lape Colony, occupies the S. ex-
trenriityofthe continenr, and ex-
tends from near the Orange River
on the west, to beyond the Great
tis\\ River on the east.
Goree', a small rocky I'land on
the w-est coast, about », mile to the
l-rench ; with a town ot the same
Zll' ?[![u"8'y I«rtified, thecapi-
P, V*l' ^^""'^ ^^'^^^^ settlements.
Population 3000.
Gr ham Town, a town of Cape
Colony, tothe W. ofthe Great
t i^h River. Pop. 3000.
GuHrdafui (Gar.iafwee'), Cape,
a bold headland, the mo>t eastern
point of Africa, near the Straits of
Babelmmdeb.— 11, 41 N. 51, 12 E.
Gum ea. the name at first given
to the countries on the western
^Ofs^ deeply indented by the great
gulf of the same name, from Cape
Mesurada to Cape Lopcjs, and
afterwards exte.ided to the Angola
coast. See Remarks, p. 243
irn^V^"';?* ^•'""^ I'-'Oi) miles
from Cape Negro, the nearest
point of the AfVican coast It is
i8 miles in circuit, and presents an
immense wall of perpendicular
rock from 611O to 1200 feet high.
»t Helena is famous, as havine
been the abode of Napoleon Bona-
par e, from 16th Oct. 1815. till his
death on 6th May 18:>1. Poi,
600p.-l.'».55^S.5.42W ^•
Vfh^^^'l* ^^ iieiiiarkg. p. itO.
JAtO'BA. a city of Central Af-
rica, on the Tchadda, Said to be
largfe and flourishing.
255
AFRICA.
Je^d Kum'rah, or Mountains of
the M()on, an extensive chain in
Central Africa.
Jen'nd, a city of Bambarra, in
Central Africa. Pop. 10,000.
KAAR'TA, a kingdom of Cen-
tral Africa, W. of Bainbarra.
Kair'wan, a city of Tunis, once
.1 S9raccn capital; with a grand
mosque, supported by 500 granite
columns. Pop. 40,000.— 35, 40 N.
10, 25 E.
Ka'no, a city, once the capital of
Houssa, and still the chief seat of
the caravan-trade. Pop. 40,000.
—12, 5 N. 9, 20 E.
Kash'na or Kasb'ina, a kingdom
and city of Central Africa, to the
north of Kano.
Kem'moo, the capital of Kaarta,
in Central Africa.
Kia'ma, a country and city to
the W. of the Niger. The inha-
bitants are rude, but hospitable.
The Landers found many of them
dressed in Manchester cottons, and
the royal house adorned with por-
traits of British characters. Pop.
50.000.
Kir'ree, a large trading town on
the Niger, near which commences
the Delta formed by that river.
Kong, a kingdom of Central Af-
rica, between Bambarra and Ash-
antee, traversed by lofty moun.
tains, of which the Jebel Kumrah
appear to be a continuation.
Kordofai/, a country between
Darfiir and Sennaar, at present
subject to the Pasha of Kgypt.
Kou'ka, a city near Lake Tchad,
the capital of Bornou.
Kuiree'chanee', a town of the
Boshuanas, in S. Africa. P. 16,000.
LA'tiOS, a town oti the Gulf of
Benin, at the mouth of a river of
the same name. Pup. 5000.
Lai'takoo, a town of S. Africa,
thecapitaldf the Boshuanas. Pop.
6000.— !27, 10 S. i.^4, ."50 E.
Libe'ria, a colony on the coast of
Upper (juinoa, near Cape Mesu-
rada, founded by the Americans
for the settlement of free negroes
from the United States. Monrovia,
the capital, has a population of
1000.
Loan'da, St Paul de, a fortified
seaport of Lower Guinea, the ca-
pital of Anguitt. FOp. 6000.— b,
48 & 13, 12 £.
JLoan'go, a town of Lower Gui-
nea, tho canital of A kingdom to
which it gives name. Pop. 15,000.
— 4,37S. 11,48 E.
Log'gun, a populous district of
Bornou, S. of Lake Tchad.
Lo'pez, Cape, a long and narrow
peninsula, on the coast of Lower
Guinea 0, 37 S. 8, 35 E.
Lou'is, Fort St, a town of W.
Africa, situate on an island at the
mouth of the Senegal. Pop. 6000.
Lud'amar, a country of Central
Africa, N. of Bambarra. The na-
tives are Moors, and the most in-
tolerant Mohammedims.
Lupa'ta, a chain of mountains
in E. Africa, on the west of Mo-
zambique and Zanguebar.
MAl)'\GAS'CAK, a large and
beautiful island to the E. of Af-
rica, from which it is separated by
the Mozambique Channel. It is
850 miles in length and 21^0 in
breadth : the interior is traversed
by a chait^ of lofty mountains,
covered with valuable trees ; the
fertile plains along the coast are
watered by numerous streams.
Pop. estimated at !j,000,COO.
Madei'ra, a fine island offtheN.
W. coast, belonging to Portugal,
37 miles in length by 1 1 in breadth.
It is famous for its wine, and also
for its salubrious clunatc. Pop.
100,000.-32, 37 N. Ifi, 54 W.
Magadox'a, the capital of a kinf^-
dom of the same name, on the east-
ern coaet. The inhabitants have
ill ways shown great hostility to
Europeans.— 2, 5 N. 45,49 E.
Manda'ra, a kingdom of Central
Africa, to the .S. of Bornou, bor-
dering on a chain of lofty moun-
tains.
Mandln'goes, a mild and hoppi.
table race of iie>f roes, widely dift'us.
ed over Senegiinbia and the in-
terior of W. Africa.
Ma'ntca, a town in the Interior
of E. Africa, on the Sofala, the
principal mart for the trade in
gold and ivory.
Mar./vi, a lake in the interior of
E. Africii, s.itd to Le300 miles lung
and 30 broad.
Mareo'lis, a lake of Egypt, to
the south of Alexandria ; it is 50
miles long, and 20 broad.
Ma'suaA, a seaport^of Abyssinia,
on an island in tiie Keu Sea, yiii'ri
a considerable trade. Population
2000.
MaUri'tlug or Iile of France, an
18 and in the Indian Ocean, 500
inueB E. or Madafiascar. It is about
J 3U miles in circumferpnce. and
produces sugar, coffee, cotton, in-
uigo, and ebony. Since 1810 it
has belonged to Britain. Popula.
tioi) 93.308.-20, 9 8. .57, 28 E.
Mejer'da^i, t he Ba'^radas of the
fu'"*?"'/ * '■•^«'" w'^'ch flows into
the Mediterranean near Tunis.
Mehi/da, once a flourishing city
on the eastern const, now com-
pletely destroyed by the Galla.
Mrq'uinez. a city of Morocco,
situate in a fine plain, watered by
numerous rivulets. It is a favour-
ite residence of the emperor
Pop fi0.000.-33, .58 N. 5. SSf W?
Mera'wd, a town of Dongola, In
Nubia, on the Nile.— 18, 17 N. 31.
Mesura'da, a rapid river of W.
Atrica, which rises in the moun-
tains of Kong, and falls into the
Atlantic at Cape Mesurada.
Mesura'ta, a town of Tripoli,
near the cape of the same name ;
It carries on a trade with Central
A'rica.— 32, 23 N. 15, 9 E.
Mocaran'ga or Monomota'pa. a
country of E. Africa, to the wkt
ot the Sofala coast. Gold-mines
are fouml in it ; but the interior
"«'"iost unknown to Europeans.
Mog'adore, a seaport of Morocco,
on the Atlantic. It is situate in
the neighbourhood of a barren
waste, but makes a fine appearance
Irom the sea, and is the emporium
of the trade with Europe. Po-
P"'?.Von 17,000.-^1, 30 N. 9,
44 W.
Momba'za, a seaport on the
coast ot Zanguebar, situate on an
island, with a good harbour, and
a considerable trade.— 4, 4 S. 39,38
Monasteer', a seaport of Tunis,
with a considerable trade. Popu-
lation 12,000.
. Mornc'co or Maroc'co, the an-
Sl^'il, ^««ri^a'nia, an empire in the
W. W. ot Atrica, and the most im-
portant of the Barbary States.
Mount Atlas traverses it from W.
to L. and from N. to S. The re-
gion beyond the Atlas, corapre-
lie.iding Dirah, Tafilet.andSegeU
; "7 .• tciu3 iiic nnesc uaies, iiui
.^?t "5*'/ KWtiually in the sands
w ine Sahara. The government is
AFRICA.
257
the mo«t rigid detpotlim, the Will
of the emperor being theonlylaw,
and the lives and properties of his
Moroc'co, the capital of the
above empire, situate on the N.
ot Mount Atlas, in a vast plain
covered with date and olive trees.
Pop. 50,000.-31, 39 N. 7, 38 WT
Mourzouk (\Ioorzook'),thecapi-
tal of Fezzan. and the chief seat of
the trade with Interior Africa.
Population above 2,')00-
Mozambiqtt<r', a seatwrt of East-
ern Africa, the capital of the Por-
tuguese settlements on that coast.
It IS 8»tuate on an island, and is
J";»'fied. Pop. 10.000.-15, 3 S.
4U, TO E.
Mozarabiqtttf' Channel, a strait,
o""' "lore properly, an arm of the
Indian Ocean,between Madagascar
and the continent, nearly 30 miles
broad.
NATAL'. See Southern Af-
rica, p. 244.
Ne'gro, Cape, a promontory of
Benguela, in Lower Guinea.— 15.,
50 S. 11,55 E.
Ni'ger or Quor'ra, a great river,
whose termination was long mys-
terious, has its source in the lofty
mountains about 200 miles inland
from Sierra Leone; flowing N. E.,
It is called the Joliba as farasSego,
and even to Tlmbuctoo. It then
turns to iheS. E. and S., and, after
a course estimated at 2300 miles,
falls, by numerous estuaries, into
the Gulf of Benin.
Ni'ki, a large city of Central
Africa, the capital of Borgoo.
Nile, the river of Egypt, and one
of the most celebrated of the Old
World, was an object of wonder
and veneration to the ancients, and
ot eager curiosity to the moderns.
I he main branch, called Bahr el
Abiad, or White River, is now un-
derstood to have its source (which,
however, has never been visited
by any European) among the
mountains of Central Alrica.to the
S. of DarfQr. Uniting in Sennaar
with the Bahr el Azrek, or Blue
River, from Abyssinia, itforms one
large stream, which flows through
Nubii and Upper Egypt, where
it is confined between "the moun-
tain-ranges. Near Cairo, the val-
ley widens, and the Nile, sepa-
rating into two great branches^
m
AFRICA.
m%en t)i« extenilve snd level
plain of the Delta, which it en-
closes, and falls into the Mediter-
ranean by the western branch at
Rosetta, and by the eastern at Da-
mletta. The length otits course is
supposed to be upwards of 2500
miles. Sec Egypt, p. 2i6.
Nu'bJa. See lit marlts, p. 247.
Nvflfe, a fine country of Central
Africa, east of the Niger, where
trade and manufactures are very
floiif'sbinfr.
OBKlD'.the capital of Kordofan,
Cenir.d Africa. Pop. 2n,n()0.
OL'IPH A NT or Kl'ephant lliver,
rises in the mountains of the
Cape Colony, and falls into the
Atlantic.
O'ran.aseaportof Alpiers. Pop.
4000.— 35, ii N. 0, 39 W.
Or'anpe or Gareep, a river of S.
Africa formed l)y the union of
several streams which descend from
the Snowy Mountains : after a cir-
cuitous (ourse of above 1000 miles,
h falls into the Atlantic near Cape
Volta.
PAL'MAS, Cape, a promontory
of W Africa, forming the western
termination of the Ivory Coast.—
4, 23 N. 7. 89 W.
Port Lou'is. the capital of the
island of Mauritius, with a good
harbour. P<'t>. 33.000.
Por'to Fari'na, on the site of the
ancient U'tica, aseaport of Tunis,
at the mouth of tht Alejerdah.
Prince's Island, a small i^lan!1
in the Gulf of Guinea. Pop. 40( 0.
QUI LLl'MANE, aseaport of K.
Atrica,at the mouth of tbeZambezi.
Pop. 30(0.— 17, 58 S. .^7, E.
QuilW, a seaport of Zanguebar,
subject to the Imam of Mas( at.
RAB'BA, a large city ot Central
Afriia, capital of the kingdom of
Nyfld. It excels in the manufac-
ture of mats.
Red Sea. See p. 233.
Ri'o Grande, a river of W. Af-
rica, which ojttns into the Atlantic
by several estuifiies, opposite to
which is a group of islands called
the Archijielafio of Hissagos.
Rosef'a, a town of Egypt, at the
mouth of the western braiH'h of the
Nile. Pop.13,000.— 51,25 N. 80,
&BE.
Hox'o, a c^iiPOii rne w. cosss.
SACK'ATOO, the largest city of
|:cntral Africa, capital of Hous-
la, on » tributary of the Niger.
Pop. 80,000.-13, N. 6, 15 E.
Sal'lee.a seaportof Morocco,wlth
a fine harlmur. Pop. 12,000.-32,
17 N I). 12 W. , T^ *
Saha'ra, or the Great Desert.
Seep. 24':>. .u c w
Saldan'ha, a bay on the b. W.
coast of the Cape Colnny.
Sallee', a seaport on the W. coast
of Morocco, at the mouth of a river
of the same name. It was formerly
a great stronghold of the Mooiish
pirates. Pop. 10,000. New Sallee,
or Rabat', is on the opposite side of
the river. Population 25,000.
SaI'vador, St, or Con'go, a city
of W . Africa, the capital of Congo,
on a steep and rocky hill. Popu-
lation about 24, (M)0.
Se'go, a flourishing city of Cen-
tral Africa, capital of Hambarra,
on the Niger. Pop. 30,000.
Sen'egal, a large river of West-
; iL Africa, which has its source in
the Mountains of Konp, not far
from those of the Gambia and Rio
Grande. In its progress through
the country of the Foulahs it is
swelled by numerous streams, and,
after a course of about 950 miles,
falls into the Atlantic.
Senegan/bia, the name given to
the countries of W. Africa, water-
ed bv the Senegal, Gambia, and
Rio Grande, extending southwards
to Sierra Leolie. 'Ibis extensive
region is divided into a number ot
states or kinedomn, and inhabited
chiefly by the Foulahs, Mandui-
goes, and Yalofis.
Senna'ar, a city of Nubia, on
the Bahr el Azrek, or Blue River.
Pop. yOOO.— 13, 33 N. 53, 30 E.
Seycherie**, a group of 30 i^^lands.
in the Indian Ocean, of which
Mah^ is the chief. Pop. 7000.
Shiir'y, a large river of Central
Africa, which falls into Lake
Tchad. See Tchadda.
Shen'dv or Chen'dy, a town ot
Nubia, near the Nile, the empori-
um of the trade of Interior Airica
with Fgyptand Arabia. I'op.OlOO.
Si'dra, a large gulf on the coasts
of Tripoli and Barca ; the Syr'tU
Ma'jor of the ancients, by whom
the navigation was considered very
dan::erous, from its quiiksands.
crn Africa, watered by the Rokelie,
or Sierra Leone, on which the Bri'
AFBIOA.
U»h fonnad a lettlement In 1787.
Tht climate is extremely un-
healthy and fatal to Europeans.
Pop. Jn 1836. 37,403. *^
Siout' or E-^mout' a cUy of Up-
per Egypt, on the Nile, a place of
considerable trade. Pop. 12,000
Slave Coast, a country of Upper
Guinea, extending from Rio Volta
to the Bay of Lagos.
Soco'tra or Soco'tora, an Island
in the Ipdiaii Ucean, about V20
miles east from Cape GuardafuL
It IS mountainous, and produces
the flnest aloes.
Sal'ala, a country, with a town
of the same name, on the coast of
Eastern Afr-.ca.
Soudan' or M-ri'tia, the name
applied to the partoJ Central Africa
lying to the S. oj the Great Desert,
and to the E. of Senegambia. It
comprehends the basin of Lake
Ichad and the regions watered by
the Niger and its tributaries.
Spar'iel, Cape, a promontory at
the VV. extremity of the Straits of
Gibraltar.— 3), 48 N. 6, .53 W.
Sua'kin, a seaport of Nubia, on
the Red Sea, with a good harbour.
Pop. 8000.— 19, 5 N. 37, 33 E.''
Su'ex, a celebrated isthmuswhich
connects the continents of Asia and
Africa, and separates the Mediter-
ranean from the Red Sea. It is
about 70 miles broad.
Su'ez, a maritime town, at the
head of the W. arm ofthe Red Sea.
Pop. IOOJ.— 29, 58 N. 32, 31 £.
Sye'iid. See Assouan.
TA'BLE BAV, in the Cape Co-
lony, S, Africa, formed by three
loAy mountains.
Td'bra, a city of Nyffd, in Cen-
tral Africa. Pop. 1 8, (KM).
Taf'ilet, a large district south of
Mount Atla«, tributary toMorocco.
It is a vast level plain, of which
dates are the chief produce.
Tan'gier, a sea|X)rt of Morocco,
on the Straits of Gibraltar. Pop.
10,000.-35, 47 N. 5, 48 W.
I'an'ta, a town of Lower Egypt,
containing a sacred shrine, winch
Is visited at a particular season by
150,0'tO pilgrims. Fop. 10,000.
Taroudaiit', a city of Morocco,
famous for the manufacture ot
« in w **°P* 20,000.-30, 10 N.
*K^^''4» »"^ '^^'^> 'wo towM on
tbe S. frontier of Morocco, the
25d
principal itationi from wh«ch tb«
caravans for Timbuctoo tak« their
departure.
«rT''^ »**•." il*^*® ^^^^ or '"land Ma
of Central Alnca, about 200 milef
long and 15<) broad, m which aro
numerous islandii, covered with
rich pastures, and well peopled.
I'chad'da or Shar'y, a lar^c river
of Central Africa, which falls into
the Niger.
Tcmis'sa, a town of Fezzan, the
first reached by the caravans Irom
Cairo, after crossing the Libvaa
Desert.
Ti/tuan, a seaport of Morocco,
within the Straits of Gibraltar.
Pop. 16,000,-35, 38 N. 5. 'i4 W.
i Aom'as,Si,an island in the Gulf
of Guinea, situate nearly on the
Equator. It is remarkable for its
fcrtilay, but is very unhealthy.
Pop. 18,000. '
I'iinbuc'too or Tombuc'too, ace.
lebratcd commercial city and em-
porium of Central Africa, situate
about 8 miles from the bank of th«
Niger, on the borders of the Gre^t
Desert. Europeans for three cen-
turies madelruitless efforts to pene-
trate to Timbuctoo ; at last Major
Laing succeeded in reaching it in
1826, but was murdered on his
return homewards. Pop, about
12,000.-15, i2 N. 2, 40 k.
IremVcen or TIen/san, a city
of Algiers, once the capital of a
Moorish kingdom. Pop. 10,000,
—35, 5 N. 1, 5 W.
'J'rip'oli, the most easterly ofthe
Barbary Slates, to the E. of Tunis,
consisting of a long line of coast.
For a few miles inUnd it is ex.
tremely fertile, but beyond that
IS occupied with deserts of sand,
or wiih mountainous districts.
Pop. 6(50,000.
Trip'oli, the capital ofthe above
state, stands on a rock washed by
the sea, and is defended by nume-
rous batteries. It is the chief seat
of the intercourse with Bornou
and Houssa, the finest countries
of Interior Africa. Pop. 25.000.
— 32,53 N. 1.3, II E.
Tris'ian d'Acuii'ha, three smaU
islands in the S. Atlantic, nearly
1500 miles to the west ofthe Cape
of Good Hope, and about midway
between Africa aiiu Americ .
Tu'nU, one of the Barbary
SUtes, lutuate between AlgiCff
260
APRICA.
and Trl|>oll,and remarkable for its
beauty and fertility. Stretching
into the Mediterranean, it* north-
ern extremity is only about HO
miles from the coast of Sicily. To
the commercial advantage of its
•itualion is to be a5cril)etl the
gre itness of uncieotC.irthage, once
thP rival of Rome. Pop. l.MOO.OOO.
Tu'oH, the rapilal of tho above
state, Hituate 10 niles 8. W. from
the site of Cu)-'tfiage, on a spacious
bay, and stron^'y fortified. Its
trade and manuracturcs are exten-
sive. i*oi>. lOii.O )(),()» whom 30,000
a.e Jewg.— 36, 48 N. 10,11 E.
VE I DK.CAt'E, a l)old headland,
gtrelchiiiK into the Atlantic, and
forming the extreme western point
Of Afiicd.-14, 43 N. 17,32 W.
Verde, Cape, Islands, a group
belonging to Portugal, about 80
miles W. from Ca\>e Verde, are
ten in riumber, three of which are
large, St Jago, St Antonio, and St
Nicholas. JbogOjOne of the small-
est, has a volcano, of which the
eruptions are frequent. Cotton
and sea salt are the btanlc produc-
tions of these l.*land8. Pop. 5,5,000.
Vol'(a, a river of W. Africa,
which f(»rm6 the Iwundary between
the (3old and Slave Coasts.
W A'LE r, a citv of Central Af-
rica, the capital of Beeroo ; it car-
ries on a large trude in salt.
War'ra.a considerable cityof Cen-
tral Africa, the capital of Bergoo.
Waree'.acity of Upper Guinea,
capital of a district of Benin. Po-
pulation .5000.
Wa'wa', a trwn of Central Africa,
subj'ict to B )ussa. Population
18,000.— 9,55 N. 5,55 Ji
Whl'daA, a seaport, ontbe SUvfe
Coast, now subject to the King of
Dahomey. Pop. 7000.
YAll'UlBV or Ev<r'o, a large
kingdom. W. of the Niger. It is
very fruitful, and i* inhabited by a
mild and industrious people.
You'ri, a kingdom of Central
Africa, productive in rice and
other praino, and very fiopuloui.
V'ou'ri, it large city, the capital
of the above kingdom, on the
Nisrer.— I0,35N 6,23 E.
Z AA'fl A or Saba'ra. See p. 242.
Zago'bhi, an Island in the Niger,
opposite Itabba, about 15 mile$
long and 3 broad. The in ha.
bitants manufacture the tinest
cloths in this part of Africa.
Zaire. See Congo.
Zambe'zi or Cuc/ma, a large
river of Eastern Africa, which
flows through the S. of Mozam-
bique into the Indian Ocean.
Zan^uebar^, a country of Eastern
Africa, stretching along the coast,
to the north of Mozambique.
Zanzibar', an island in the In-
dian Ucean, near the coast of Zan-
gucbar. It is fertile, but very un-
healthy. Pop. 1.50,0)0.
Zanzibar', the capital of the
island ; has a good trade, with a
population of 10,000.
Zar'ia, a city of Central Africa,
the capital of Zeg-zeg. P. 50,000.
—11, 4N. 8, 38 E.
Zeg-zeg, a flourishing country
of Central Africa, S. of Kano, now
subject to I he Feilatahs.
Zei'ia, a seaport, the capital of
A del, on an islet, near the Straits
of Babelmandeb, a place of consi-
derable trade.— 11, 16 N. 42, 56 E.
AMERICA
Is bounded N. by the Northern Ocean ; W. by the
Pacific Ocean ; S. by the Southern Ocean ; and E. by
the Atlantic Ocean. ' The superficial area has been esti-
mated at 15,000,000 square miles, and its population
at 40 millions.
REMARKS.
America extends from about 74'' N. to 56"* S. lat., and
frorn S^" to 168'' W. lonir. Its length from N. to S. is
nearly 9000 miles, and its average breadth aboul 2000
miles.
oK]Tn!^^-*'T'^?*" ^""^'J^* '■°'""* °"® °^*he most remark*
ab e eras m the history of the world. Till the close of tht
fifteenth century this vast continent was unknown to Euro^
peans. The celebrated Christopher Columbus, a native of
Genoa, having engaged in the service of Ferdinand and Isa-
bella of Spam, sailed on the 3d of August 1492 in search of
a western passage to India, and on the 12th of October ar^
n ved at St Salvador, one of the Bahama Islands. In a second
expedition he touched at several large islands, supposed
by him to belong to India, and which were therefore called
the ^Vest Indies, In his third voyage, in 1498, he reached
the American continent, which had been discovered in the
preceding year by John Cabot, a Venetian in the service of
Henry VII of England. Amerigo Vespucci, a native of
I-lorence, sailed thither as pilot to Hojeda. a Spanish com.
mander, in 1499; and having published an account of the
country, of which he insinuated that he was the discoverer
It came gradually to be called after his name, America!
which It has ever since retained.
The discovery of this immense region excited, in a very
high degree, the curiosity of Europe, and it became th^
grand object of commercial adventure and scientific re-
search. In magnitude it seemed far to exceed aiiy
ot the great continents hitherto known; while the un-
usual aspect which Nature here assumed, led the beholders
to regard it as a New World, which had risen but recently
under the Creator's hand. Forests of new species of trees
surpassing in extent and magnificence all that they had'
ever seen, vast mountain-ranges, with a single exception,
the loftiest on the globe, and rivers which rolled to the
ocean with the majesty of seas,-.were the sublime features
ot this Western World. Its animals differed no less from
those with which Europeans were familiar, and it appeared
inhabited by a peculiar race of human beings. Its soil
abounded with the richest productions ; and mines of the
precious metals offered the tempting prospect of immediate
and incalculable wealth.
• '^''^ ""happy natives soon had reason to deplore the ar-
rival of these strangers on their shores. The Spaniards and
lortuguese, having obtained from the Pope a rrrant of those
ands, as if they had been at his absolute disposal, fitted out
iarge expeditions, waged a relentless and almost exterminat-
ing war, and spread themselves widely over both the North-
ern and Southern Continents. The natives, supposed by
some to have originally migrated from Asia by Behring's
l2
tftniito, were of a copper colour, t«U, and well formed,— in
fiouth America, generally slender.—in North America,
more vigorous and robust. When first visited by the Span-
iards, Peru and Mexico were populous and comparatively
civilized kingdoms, and native tribes occupied, though par-
tially, both continents from the Northern to the Southern
Oceans. According to recent estimates, the whole amount
of the Indian population in the New World does not ex-
ceed 8,600,000.
EXERCISES.
How is America bounded ? What is its extent in square
miles ? What is the amount of ita population ? Between
what degrees of latitude and lonjiitude is it situate ? What
are its length and breadth ? When did America become
known to Europeans ? What island of America was first
discovered ? Ry whom, and in what attempt ? What islands
did he discover in his second voyage? In what year did he
l«ach the American continent? By whom had it been dis-
covered the year preceding ? From whom did America re-
ceive its name ? What effect did the discovery of this con-
tinent produce in Europe ? V/as this effect increased the
lather It was explored ? In what light were the new visitants
of this continent led to regard it ? What were the sublime
features of the New World ? Did its animals and natives
differ from those of other continents ? By what circumstances
-was the cupidity of its adventurous discoverers inflamed ? Had
the natives reason to rejoice in the arrival of these strangers
on their shores ? What European nations fitted out expedi-
tions for America ? How did they treat the natives ? From
whence are the natives of America supposed to have come ?
What was their personal appearance? In what state were
Mexico and Peru when first visited by the Spaniards ? Were
iere many tribes scattered over the continent ? What is
now the estimated amount of the Indian population ?
This continent is divided into North and South
America by the Isthmus of Panama.
NORTH AMERICA
•
Is bounded N. by the l^rthern Ocean : W. by the
Pacific Ocean ; South by the Gulf of Mexico and
the Pacific Ocean ; and E. by the Atlantic Ocean. It
cittends from 7" 30' to 74' N. lat., and from 55* 30'
to 168* W. long., being in length^from N. to S., 4500
niiies, and in breadth, from the E. of Nova swOtia to
the mouth of the Columbia River, nearly SOOO miles.
1
r
MmtTi. t^ij
I f
^*«i
l^-^l««^
i^'
I'Hii.ii y~j -^
>rmniS>;u)r™„,' , ;. .i .Wr.^:,- is,:.^,,.j.
0^
i>cni.M]ii<n BY nijvHJi viicnn, KDiNiiritdii .
Oliilla, \ 'A .V ,k3 a ± T C ^
l\ . -'1 / *■ y intai'tfiinS""'"' T
S3p«l»*
-~- jO-
,r>
rreiiwicU.
t*"
> IIY »1.IVHJi V IU)YI», KniMII'ltftll .
pre _^
.^gRIC^
*% . ' - i J ' IW"* !
^^^W
il,
;
NORTH AMERICA* ^ ^^
The supei-ficial area has been estimated at 8,000.000
square miles, and its population at 27 millions
The divisions of North America are, 1. Russian
fERRiTORv; 2. British America; 3. United
bTATES; 4. Mexico and Guatimala; 5. West In-
])iA Islands; 6. Greenland.
Its Islands, besides the West Indies, are New-
foundland Cape Breton, Prince Edward, Bermudas,
Aleutian Islands, Queen Charlotte's Isles, Vancouver
Island, North Georgian Islands, Cockburn Island,
bouthampton Island. *
Lakes.— Superior, Michigan, Huron, Erie, Onta^
no; Great Bear Lake, Great Slave Lake, Athabasca,
Winnipeg, M.stassm ; Champlain, Nicaragua. ^- ^
liivEHs.~Mississippi, Missouri, Ohio, St Lawrence,
Huoson Arkansas, Red River, Rio Colorado, Rio del
Norte, Columbia, Mackenzie.
Bays, Gulfs and Straits.— Baffin's Bay, Davis* *
Straits Prince Regents Inlet, Coronation Gulf, Hud. ■
sons Bay, James' Bay, Straits of , Belleisle, -Gulf of
bt Lawrence Bay of Fundy, Chesapeak Bay, Gulf of
Mexico, Florida Channel, Bay of Campeachy, Bay of
Honduras, Gulfof California; Nootka Sound, Behring's
Mraits, Barrow s Strait, Strait of the Fury and Hecla.
CAP£s.--Farewell, Chidley, Charles, Sable, Cod,
Hatteras, Tancha, St Lucas, Prince of Wales, Icy Cape.
Mountains.— Appalachian or Alleghany Moun.
tarns, Rocky Mountains, Mount St Elias, Mount Fair-.
weather, the Mountains of Mexico^
EXERCISES.
What are the boundaries of North America? Between
what degrees of latitude and longitude does it extend > What
mUp ' 9 ^'?gl^ ^"^^ ^''^"^'^ ' ^^'^^^ i^^ i^« extent in square
miles f What is the estimated amount of its populationf
klni *'V^^ divisions of North America? Name it*"
islands. JName Its lakes. Name its rivers. Mention its
Days gulfs, and straits. Name its capes and mountains.
Point out on the map its islands, lakes, &c. ' ""«*"»•
THE RUSSIAnI^RITORY ^
Consists of the extreme north-western region of Ame*
fn^, and a narrow tract of coast exteadiug to Sd'' N. hU
SI64 NORTH AMERICA.
Jt is bounded N, by the Northern Ocean ; W. and S.
by the North Pacific; and E. by British America.
Population 50,000.
REMARKS.
This region, which is in general dreary and unproductive,
is thinly inhabited by tribes, many of which are very feroci.
OU8, It yields valuable furs ; and the fisheries of the whale,
sea-otter, and other animals, are very important. The long
chain of the Aleutian Islands here extends between Asia
and America ?
EXERCISES.
M''hat portion of North America belongs to Russia? What
are its boundaries ? What is the general aspect of this region ?
What is the character of its tribes ? What valuable produc-
tions does this region afford ? What chain of islands extends
between America and Asia ?
BRITISH AMERICA
Is bounded N. by Baffin's Bay and the Arctic Ocean,*
W. by the Russian Territory; S. by the United
States; and E. by the Atlantic Ocean. It is estimated
to contain 2.360,000 square miles. The white popu-
lation^ in 1836, amounted to 1,500,000.
Divisions. Chief Towns.
Hudson's Bay Territories, in-
cluding Labrador. York Fort, Nain.
Upper Canada Toronto. Kingston.
Lower Canada Quebec, JMontreah
New Brunswick Fredericton, St John.
jMfova Scotia Hahfax, Annapolis, Pictou.
Islands. Chief Towns.
Newfoundland Sr John.
Cape Breton Sydney.
Prince Edward Charlotte Town.
I^ermudas St George.
Anticosti, Southampton, North Georgian Islands.
Capes. — Rosier, Sable, Canso, Breton, Ray, Race,
Charles, Cbidley.
Bays, &c. — Baffin's Bay, Davis' Straits, Hudson's
Straits, Hudson's Bay, James' Bay, Straits of Belleisle,
Gulf of St Lawrence, Bay of Fundy, Coronation Gult;
Barrow's Strait, Prince Regent's Inlet.
Lakes. — Superior, Huron, Erie, Ontario, Winni-
BRITISH AMERICA. 265
peg, AthabaBca, Great Slave Lake, Great Bear Lake,
Mistassin. '
KiVERS.— St Lawrence, Ottawa, St John, Niagara,
Coppermine, Mackenzie, Nelson.
REMARKS.
British America, including the Indian countries, extends''
fronr» 42° to 74«' N. lat., and from 55° 30' to 141° W. lone
Its length from Cape Charles to the North Pacific, is 3500
miles ; and its breadth, from Barrow's Strait to the Missouri
Territory, is 2000 miles.
The great river St Lawrence, with the chain of immense
fresh-water lakes, unequalled by any in the world, forms
one of the most striking features of Briiisli America.
Ihe St Lawrence issues from Lake Superior, and, pass-
ing successively through Lakes Huron, Erie, and On-
tario, falls into the Atlantic, after a course of nearly 2000
miles. This majestic stream is 90 miles wide at its mouth,
and IS navigable by ships of the line for 400 miles from the
ocean. These magnificent expanses of water are bordered
by deep and lofty forests ; and even the mountain-rancres,
which are of great extent, are in general covered with wood.
Canada was colonized in 1608 by the French, and con-
tinued in their possession till 1759, when it was conquered
by the British. It is divided into two provinces or govern-
ments, called Upper and Lower Canada. Cold and heat are
here felt in their extremes, and the transition from winter
to summer is very sudden. Although lying under the same
parallel of latitude as France, the thermometer sometimes in
winter sinks 31" below zero ; while in summer it occasionally
rises as high as 90° or even 1C0°. The year is divided between
these seasons,— spring and autumn being almost unknown.
The frost begins in October; and the snow disappears about
the end of April, when vegetation proceeds with great ac.
Uvily. The climate, however, is very congenial to health.
The soil of the Lower Province is fertile, and produces
good crops of grain. The Upper has beautiful plains and
verdant meadows, scarcely excelled by any portion of North
America, and there are large tracts of ri«-h land, stretching
*ar to the north, covered with extensivt • ests. The most
populous and improved districts are along the banks of
the St Lawrence, and the shores of Lake Ontario. Apples
.. — ,,^ 35 gjvai jtciieciiou ill ine iieigiiuuur.
hood of Montreal; fruits of various kinds, particularly
the melon, appear indigenous to the country. Oak,
266
BRITISH AMERICA.
pine, maple, birch, elm, and limes, are the most common
trees in the forests. The lakes and rivers abound with
excellent fish. The moose-deer and the beaver may be
mentioned among the -vvild animals; the Canadian hum-
ming-bird is the smallest known ; the rattlesnake is the most
dangerous of its reptiles. The exports are chiefly furs, tim-
ber, potash, fish, wheat, and flour, f
The population of Lower Canada in 1836 was 600,000,
of whom the greater number are still of French descent, and
the French language and manners are generally retaitjed.
Upper Canada has been colonized from Britain, and partly
from the United States. For the two years previous to 1833
the emigrants amounted to above 50,000 annually ; in 1837
there were 29,884. The population in 1836 was 400,000.
Both the Canadas are under one governor ; and, previous to
the late in>iurnction, the govt-rnment of each province was
administered by a lieutenant-governor, executive- council,
and a legislative council, appointed by the sovereign, and
a house of assembly, chosen by the people.
All the Regions North of Canada, are claimed by Bri-
tain, and admitted by the other powers to belong to her,
though occupying only a few trading forts or factories at
different poiii.s. This immense region is separated from
the territory of the United States by the 49th degree of N.
lat., and from the llu?»siaa Territory by the 141st degree of
W. long.
The countries around Hudson's Bay, included under the
name of New Britain, comprehending Labrador, East
Main, New North and South Wales, present an aspect
dreary in the extreme, being buried under snow for half
the year. The chief native tribes diffused over this region
are the Esquimaux, who are scattered over the N. coast of
Hudson's Bay, and along the shores of the Polar Ocean;
the Chippeway and Cree Indians; and to the north of the lat-
ter the Dog. ribbed, Copper-coloured, and Hare-foot In-
dians, who are described as a hospitable and harmless race.
The enterprise of British navigators has added lately to
our knowledge some large tracts and islands, within the Arc-
tic Zone, — Melville Peninsula, the North Georgian Islands,
&c. Nearly the whole northern coast of America has also
being recently explored by Captain Ross and the Hudson's
Bay Company ; these regions, being still more barren and
dreary, are interesting almost solely lo science and curiosity-.
For an account of New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, &c., see
J)jEscftipi;vE Table.
BBITISH AMERICA.
EXERCISES.
267
How is British America bounded ? What is its extent in
square miles ? What is the amount of its white population ?
Name the divisions and chief towns. What are its capes, bays
&c., lakes, and rivers ? Between what degrees of latitude and
longitude is it situate ? What is its extent in length and
breadth ? M hat is the most striking feature in the aspect of
British America? ^'ame its great lakes. By what river
are they connected ? What is the length of its course ? How
wide IS it at its mouth ? How far is it navigable for ships of
the line ? With what are these lakes bordered ? When and
by whom was Canada colonized ? When was it conquered
by the British ? What is remarkable in the climate ? What
are the states of the thermometer, occasionally, in winter and
summer respeciively ? Into what seasons is the year divided >
At what periods does winter begin and disappear ? Is its
climate congenial to health ? What is the quality of the
sod of Lower Canada ? What are the principal features of
Upper Canada? Which are the most populous and improved
districts ? Name the principal fruits. What are the mo>t
common forest-trees ? With what do the lakes and rivers
abound ? Mention some of the animals worthy of notice,
what are the chief exports ?
What is the amount of the population of Lower Canada,
and of what descent is the greater part ? What language and
manners are generally retained ? l^rom what countries has
Upper Canada been colonized? What was the annual
amount of the emigrants for some years? What is the
amount of its population ? What is the form of government
of the Canadas ? By whom are the Regions North of Canada
claimed ? How are they occupied ? By what parallel of
latitude are they sej)aratcd from the United States ? and by
what meridian of longituJe from the Russian Territory ?
What aspect do the countries around Hudson's Bay pre-
sent ? What are the chief native tribes diffused over this re-
gion ? Which of tliem are described as a hospitable and
harmless race? What lias the enterprise of British navigators
lately added to our knowledge ? What coast has recently
been explored by Captain Ross and the Hudson's Bay Com-
pany ? What are its peculiar features ?
THE UNITED STATES
Are bounded N. by British America ; W. by the Pa-
cific Ocean and Mexico ; S. by the Gulf of Mexico ;
and E. by the Atlantic Ocean. They contain 2,257,300
square miles. Population above 13,000,000, of whom
2,000,000 are slaves.
26ff UNITED STATES.
Divisions. Chief Towng.
Northern, or New Eng-
land States,
JMaine Aupjusta,* Portland, Bath, Belfast.
New Hampshire Concord, Portsmouth, Dover.
Vermont Montpelier, Burlington, IMiddlebury.
Massachusetts lioston, Salem, Cambridge, Lowell.
Rhode Island Providence, Newport.
Connecticut Hartford,Ncw Haven, New London.
JMiddle States.
New York Albany, New York, Buffalo.
Pennsylvania Harrisburg, Philadelphia, Pittsburg.
New Jersey Trenton, Newark, Patterson.
Delaware.. Dover, Wilmington.
Southern States.
Maryland Annapolis, Baltimore.
Virginia Richmond, Norfolk, Petersburg.
Di-*tnct of Columbia Washington.
North Carolina Raleigh, Newbern, Fayetteville.
South Carolina Columbia, Charleston.
Georgia JNIilledgeville, Savannah, Augusta.
Alabama Tuscaloosa, Mobile, Cahawba.
Western States.
Ohio Columbus, Cincinnati.
Indiana Indianapolis, Vincennes.
Illinois Vandalia, Kaskaskia, Shawneetown.
Missouri Jefferson, St Louis, Franklin.
Kentucky Frankfort, Louisville, Lexington.
Tennessee Nashville, Knoxville.
Mississippi Jackson, Natchez.
Lotiisiana New Orleans.
Arkansas Little Rock.
Michigan Detroit.
Territories not yet erect'
ed into States.
Fldrida Tallahassee,StAugustine,Pensacola.
Wisconsin
North-west, Missouri,
Western, Territories.
Islands. — Rhode, Long, Staten, Nantucket.
Bays. — Penobscot, Massachusetts, Delaware, Chesa-
peak. Long Island Sound, Florida Channel.
Capes. — Ann, Cod, May, Charles, Henry, Hatteras,
Lookout, Fear, Tancha or Sable Point.
IMouNTAiNS. — Appalachian or Alleghany Moun-
tains, Rocky Mountains, Ozark Mountains.
* The state-capitals, as given in the American Almanac for 1838,
are placed first.
UNITED STATES,
269
ac for 1836,
Lakes.— Michigan, Cham plain, the southern shores
of the Lakes of Canada, Pontchartrain.
Rive us.— Mississippi with its tributaries, Missouri,
Arkansas, Red River, Ohio, Wabash, Tennessee, Illi-
nois, St Peters; St Croix, Connecticut, Hudson, De-
laware, Susquehannah, Potomac, Savannah, Columbia.
REMARKS.
The territory of the United States extends from 25" to
49" N. lat, and from 67" to 124' W. long. Its length
from the Pacific Ocean to the mouth of the Bay of Fundyj
is 2750 miles ; and its breadth, from the south of Louil
siana to the Lake of the Woods, is 1300 miles.
This vast region is traversed by two great chains of
mountains, in a direction nearly N. and S., viz. the Al-
leghaniei on the li. and the Rocky Mountains on the W.
These divide the country into the eastern, western, and
middle regions ; the latter comprising the greit and fertile
basin or valley of the Mississippi. The range of the Alle-
ghanies is about 900 miles in length, and stretches, in
several ridges, nearly parallel to the Atlantic, at a distance
from the coast varying from 50 to 200 miles. Mount Wash-
ington, in New Hampshire, the highest peak, is 6634 feet
above the sea, though the elevation of the range south of
the Hudson rarely exceeds 3000 feet. The Rocky Moun.
tains, which are upon a grander scale, run parallel to the
lacihc, and bound on the W. the valleys of the Missouri
and the Mississippi. Long's Peak is 15,000 feet above the
^•a. Nearly midway between the Alleghany and Rocky
3Iountams is a ridge called the Ozarks, extending from S.W.
to N.E., and varying in height from 1000 to SOUO feet above
the sea.
Of the magnificent rivers that flow through the United
Estates, the most important are the Mississippi and the Mis-
souri. Although the latter has been classed as a tributary
of the former, it has recently been found to have the longer
course before their junction, and consequently the better
claim to be regarded as the principal stream. The dis-
tance between, its source in the Rocky Mountains and its
conliuence with the Mississippi is 3000 miles ; thence to its
♦T^-ii- '" '*'® ^"'^ °^ Mexico, 1265 miles. The length of
tlie Missouri, including its windings, is therefore 4265 miles;
wtiile that nf tho m:..4:Jcc:««: f,.^^ :,^ ._ *i._ _..
3160 miles. The Missouri is deep and rapid, and receives
numerous nvers in its course, many of them of isiderable
i270 UNITED STATES.
extent. The Mississippi has its source from some small
lakes in lat. 47" N. About 160 miles below its junction
with the Missouri, it receives the Ohio, swelled by the
waters of ihe Wabash, Cumberland, and Tennessee ; and
lower down the Arkansas and lied River. The Mississippi
flows tljrou^h a vast plain, which is so gradual in its de.
scent, that the river is navigable to the Falls of St Anthony,
upwards of 1500 miles from its mouth ; while most of its
great tributaries are navigable nearly to their source. Such
is the importance of these western streams that there are now
from SOO to 'lOO steam-vessels constantly plying on them.
The U Mted Slates are distinguished for the facilities af-
forded to internal commerce, by means of magnificent
canals and railroads. Of the former it may be sufficient to
mention the Erie Canal, which connects the river Hudson
with Lake Erie. It comtnences at Albany, terminates at
Bulfalo. and is 363 miles in length. The Ohio State Canal,
uniting Lake Erie with the Ohio River, is .306 miles long.
The Cbesapeak and Ohio Canal, commenced in 1828, and
designed to unite the Potomac at Washington with the
Ohio at Pittsburg, will be 34 1 miles long, and 60 feet wide;
the tunnel through the Alleghany mountains is upwards of
4 miles in lengtli.
The climate is remarkable for its inconstancy; passing
suddenly from extreme cold to scorching heat, and from
dienching rains to withering droughts. To the west of the
Alleghany Mountains the weather is more equable and tern-
perat'e. 'I'he general aspect of the country is that of a vast
forest, becoming denser as the traveller proceeds westward.
On the west of the Alleghany Mountains, it expands into
immense level meadows or savannahs, called prairies. The
soil in general is fertile. Among the trees which it produces
are the larch and pine, several species of oak, walnut, poplar,
maple, the white cedar, the occidental plane, the tulip-tree,
and the magnolia. The last of these, for its gigantic size,
its sjiiendid flowers and fruit, stands unrivalled even amidst
the wonders of these magnificent forests.
In the northern and middle states, the common species of
grain are raised. Maize and wheat are cultivated with
success. The potato is here in its native soil. Rice, cot.
ton, indigo, and tobacco, are the chief productions in the
southern states. Apples and pears, of the finest flavour,
abound in the northern and middle regions; and there are
large orchards of peaches, from which brandy is distilleu-
The bison or bufi'alo, the moose-deer, the elk, and caribou
UNITED STATES.
271
or rem-deer are found in the plains and forests ; the more
ferocious animals are the bear, the wolf, the spoKed tiger
and the couguar or American panther. The feathered
creation are highly distinguished by the splendour of their
plumage. In general, however, their notes have little of
beauty or variety, though the power of imitation in the
mocking-bird is very surprising. The humming.bjrd is the
most beautiful of all birds. The serpent brood is numerous
and formidable. The rattlesnake, armid with a deadly
poison, is peculiarly terrible, and various other species are
met with in the forests. The coasts abound with fishes, ge-
nerally of the same species as in Europe; there are also
numerous amphibia, the most important of which is the
otter, inhabiting the western coast, and whose rich bkin is a
valuable article in commerce.
The United States have the more useful metals in abund-
ance, and the gold mines of North Carolina have risen to
some importance. Coal is found in the New En. -land
Slates New York, Pennsylvania, and Virginia; and on the
west side of the Alleghany iMountains there is an immense
coal-field. Salt-springs are numerous in the great valley
of the Mississippi; and on its western side are plains of great
extent, which are periodically incrusted with salt.
The government of the United States is repubUcan. The
admmistration of affai-s is confided to a Congress, consist-
ing of a Senate and House of Representatives, and to a
president. The Senate is composed of 52 members, two
from each state, who retain their places for six vears, one-
third of them being elected every two years. The House
of Representatives is composed of members from the several
states, elected by the people for the term of two years; in the
26th congress, the number of representatives is '242, besides
one delegate from each of the territories of Florida and
Wisconsm. The president, chosen bv delegates from each
state, holds his office fo.ir years. The Union at present
consists of 26 states, 2 territories, and 1 district.
jEach state has, besides, its own government, for the re-
gulation of Its internal concerns. These local administrations
fiave the power of making or altering laws relative to pro-
perty and private rights, police, the appointment of judges
and civil officers, the levying of taxes, and all other rights
and powers not vested in the federal government.
There is no religious establishment sunporfed by the
^T^ V^"' Christianity, in some form, is generally piofess-
W, Ihe most numerous sects are the Presbyterian, Epis-
272 UNITKD STATES.
cupalian, Methodist, Baptist, and Independent. The Atne.
ricans are characterized by the good and bad qualities that
naturally sprint^ from the freedom enjoyed under a pure;
democracy. 'I'hey are active, enierprisiuK* acute, frank,
high-spirited, and brave; but there is a coarse bluntness in
thi'ir manners, with a prying inquiNiiiveness into the busi.
ness of others, that is often extremely offensive to strangers.
Much attention is paid to education, particularly in the
northern and middle states. They have inany literary insti.
tutions, and can boast of some very distinguished names in
science and letters.
Tiiis vast and important country belonged to Britain till
the year 1775. when the colonists were roused to rebellion
by the attempts of the government to tax them against their
will, and they finally succeeded in throwing oil' the British
yoke. Their independence was acknowledged in 1783.
EXERCISES,
How are the United vStatcs bounded ? What is their ex-
tent in square miles ? What is the amount of the population ?
What states are included in the Northern Division? Name
their chief towns. Wliat states are coniained in the Middle
Division ? Name their chief to wna. Of what does the South-
ern Division consist? Name the chief towns. What are
the Western States ? Name the chief towns. What arc the
territories not yet erected into slates ? Wliat towns do they
contain ? Name the islands, bays, capes, mountains, lakes,
and rivers.
Between what degrees of latitude and longitude does the
territory of the United States extend ? What are its lenph
and breadth ? By what chains of mountains, and in what
directions, is it traversed ? Into what regions do those moun.
tains divide the country ? At what distance are the Alle-
ghanies from the Atlantic ? What is the height of Mount
Washington ? Describe the Rocky Mountains. In what
direction do the Ozarks extend .-* What is their height "
What are the most important rivers lu the United St' '!.
Which is the larger of these two rivers ? What is the _
length of its course ? \N hat length of course has the Missis-
sippi ? What is the character uf the IMissouri ? What rivers
does the IMississippi receive after its junction with the 31is-
souri ? How i\\r can vessels ascend the Mississippi and its
tributaries ? W'i: w.^ are the number of steam-vessels con-
stantly upon t'i,ei '■
For what are th- United States distinguished ? What river
and lake does the Erie Canal connect ? Mention its com;
mencement and termination, with its length. What lake and
river afe united by tiie Ohio Swte Cwiai? Whai cunai was
i*.
■.•■■»
MKXirn ANl) GUATIMALA. 273
rommenml in HI'JM? Wliat \n its desi'^n ? What arc it«
length unci width ?
Kor what is tho climaJc of il?e Ur.ifed States remarkable ?
What is the general aspect of the country ? V\ Imt is the gel
neral qualify of the soil ? 3Ienfion some of the forest -tree?.
Which of those is the most remarkable? M'hat are the chief
np;ricnltural productn ? Mention some of the fruits of this
country. What wild animals are to be found ? Ily what
miality are the feathered creation distingui>hcd ? V^'hich of
these is the most beautiful ? What power docs the nmcking.
bird possess ? What dangerous reptiles swarm in the forests?
Do the coasts abound with fishes ? What valuable animal is to
liefoimd on the we^ tern t .ast ? Does this country possess much
niineral weal :.? Where is coal found ? What is reinarkable
jibo\it some c* th< plains in the valley of the Alississippi ?
What i'. the form of government in the United JStates ?
To wiioi.i is the administration of {tffairs conhded ? Of how
many members is the Senate composed ? iMention the nutn-
l)er composing the House of Heprescntatives. How and
tor what period is the president elected ? Of what docs
the Union at present consist ? How are the internal concerns
of each State regulated ? What power have these local ad-
ininistrations ? Is there any established religion ? What re-
ligion is generally professed ? What are the most numerous
sects? Describe the manners of the Americans. Is much
attention paid to education and literature ? Till what period
(lid this important country belong to Britain ? By what were
the colonists then roused to rebellion ? When was their in-
dependence acknowledged ?
MEXICO AND GUATIMALA
ARE bounded N. by tho United States and the Gulf
of Mexico; W. and S. by the Pacific Ocean; and E^
by tbe United States, the Gulf of Mexico, and the
Caribbean Sea. Mexico contains 1,610,000 square
miles, Jird. Guatimala 1 84., 000. Population of Mexico
7,500,000,-— of Guatimala l,6o0,000.
Divisions of Mexico. Chief Towns.
New rtJexico Santa Fe, Taos.
New California Monterey, San Francisco, Santa Ei,r-
bara.
Old California Loretio.
^Jonora Arispc, Cinaloa, Culiacan, Guaymas.
Durango or New Bis-
ha^Luis Toiosi San Luis Potosi, Monterey, Tampico,
^aeattecM Zacatecas.
,1^
€
274 MEXICO AND GUATIMALA.
Divisions of Mexico. Chief Towns.
Guadalaxara ....Guadalaxara, 8an Bias, Tepic. )
Ouanaxuato Guanaxuato, Zelaya.
Valladolid Valladolid, Pascuaro.
Mexico Mexico, Queretaro, Acapulco.
Puebla Puebla, Tlascala, Cholula.
Ouxaca Oaxaca or Guaxaca.
Vera Cruz Vera Cruz, Xalapa, Orizaba.
Yucatan Merida, Campeachy, Balize.
Chiapa Chiapa.
J exa"*
Divisions of Guatimala. Chief Towns.
Guaiiiuala Guatimala, Vera Paz.
St Salvador St Salvador.
II Olid uras Comay agua, Triycillo.
jVicarasjrua Leon, Nicaragua.
Costa-Rica Costa- Rica, Cartago.
Capes. — Mendocino, St Lucas, Corrientes, Gracias
a Dios, Catoche.
Gulfs and Bays. — Gulfs of Mexico, California;
Bays of Campeachy, Honduras.
Mountains.— i?opocatepetl, or the Smoking Moun-
tain. Peak of Orizaba, Jorullo.
Rivers. — Rio Bravo or del Norte, Rio Colorado.
Lakes. — Nicaragua, Chapala, Pascuaro.
REMARKS.
Mexico, formerly New S|jain, with Guatimala, extends
from 8° to 42° N. lat., and from 83° to 124° W. long.
The length, in a direct line from N. to S., is about 1500
miles ; the breadth varies from 120 to 1000 miles.
The most remarkable feature in their aspect is the exten.
sive plateau or table-land, of wliich they chiefly consist,
varying in elevation from 6000 to 8000 feet above the level
of the sea, and from which, as from a base, the volcanic
peaks of Orizaba and Popocatepetl tower to the height of
17,000 or 18,000 feet. A necessary effect of this great ele.
vation is, that the climate of this country, though great part
of it is situate within the torrid zone, is more generally cold
and temperate tlian excessively hot. Indeed, the temperature
of all the three zones, torrid, temperate, and frigid, i^ here
experienced according to the varyujg elevation ; and the tra-
veller, in ascending from the burning coasts of Vera Cruz to
Mexico, the capital, situated 7000 feet above the ocean, passes
throUcH KPVArai /t!<:>inr>* r»\inta*t^a «»<J -^....„ ^C..^ t.-Mt
Another consequence of this striking inequality of teffl*
perature is the great variety of trees and other vci
.;»•
MEXICO AND ttUATIMALA. ^75
productions. While the parched aridity of the soil is con-
fined to the most elevated plains, the fertile tracts bordering
on the ocean are clothed in the richest tropical vegetation.
The common articles of cultivation are cotton, indicro
sugar, tobacco, pimento, the vine, and cochineal. Among the
alimentary plants, the banana holds the first rank. Maize
wheat, barley, a species of Indian cress, potatoes, and yams!
are the other articles of food. Fruits of the finest kinds
and varying accordingto the altitude, abound in this country!
One of the greatest inconveniences under which 2/Iexico
suffers, is its deficiency in navigable rivers. The Rio del
Norte, which rises among the Rocky Mountains, is of little
commercial importance, owing to the numerous bars which
impede navigation, and the uncultivated tracts through
which It flows. The Rio Colorado, though more navi-
gable, passes through an equally unproductive country. Al-
though Mexico abounds in lakes, none of thtm can vie in
extent or importance with those of Canada and the United
States. The lake of Nicaragua, in Guatimala, 150 miles in
length by 50 in breadth, and navigabk for the largest vessels
communicates with the Atlantic bv the river San Juan • and
by this expanse of water it has been proposed to unite the
Atlantic and the Pacific Oceans.
Among the animals are different breeds of dogs. The co.
endoo, a species of porcupine, the apaxa or Mexican stag, the
Mexican squirrel, and the wild sheep of California, are peculiar
to these regions. Of the other animals the most remarkable
are the jaguar and couguar, resembling the tiger and lion, and
the tapir, whose bite is said to cut through the hardest wood.
No region in the world is richer in minerals than this
portion of the American continent. Previous to the revolu-
tion, Its mines produced gold and silver to the amount of
more than £4,500,000 annually; but the political disorders '
reduced their value to one-haif of this sum, and the iftbrts
ot l^ritish capitalists have not yet availed to restore them
to their former productiveness. There are, besides, mines
of copper, iron, lead, and tin.
This fine country was wrested from thi natives by the
.'jpaniards under Cortez, in 1521. From that time it con-
tinued m the possession of Spain till her oppressions roused
toe people to rebellion, and in 18'2i Mexico became an in-
S!"?!f 'Z^''^"^' republic. Its constitution is modelled
- -.«^. vi in« uiiiiea otaleu j the government being vested
rll!^''^?' 5**"^'«"*"g o^ 'wo houses and a presidenu The
^atii^io rehgion is established by the new constitution, the
-^
276 MEXICO AND*fifATIMALA.
public exercise of every other being prohibited. The native
Indian;;, who amount to nearly three millions, still retain
many of their Pagan superstitions.
EXERCISES.
How are Mexico and Guatimala bounded ? What is tie
extent of Mexico in square miles? Of Guatimala? "What
is the amount of the population of Mexico ? Of Guatimala ?
What are the divisions of Mexico ? Name its chief towns.
What are the divisions of Guatimala ? Name its chief towns.
Name the capes, &c. Between what degrees of latitude and
longitude are Mexico and (iiritimala situate ? What are
their length and breadth ? What is the most remarkable fea-
ture in their aspect ? What is the height of the table-land ?
To what height do some of the mountains rise from it ? What
is remarkable about some of those mountains ? What effect
has this elevation upon the climate ? To what changes of tern-
perature is the traveller sometimes exposed ? What other con-
sequence arises from this variety of climate ? What are the
common articles of cultivation ? What holds the first rank
among the alimentary plants ? What are tne other articles of
food? Does the country produce fine fruits? Under what
iilconvenience does it labour? What renders the principal
rivers of little commercial importance ? Does Mexico contain
very important lakes ? Describe the principal of them.
Lnumerate some of the animals of Mexico. AVhat is the
annual produce of its gold and silver mines ? What other
metals docs it possess ? By whom and at what time was this
country wrested from the natives ? When did it become an
independent republic ? On what model is its constitution form-
ed ? What is the established religion ? What is the number
of the native Indians ?
THE WEST INDIA ISLANDS
Are situate in the Atlantic Ocean, at the entrance of
the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sta, and extend
in a curved line from near the S. point of Florida to the
coast of South America. They contain ahout 72.500
square miles, and a population of 2,600,000, ^tff whom
only 460,000 are whites. ; ;*-
Of these islands there are five principal g^'^cpw*
Mands. Chi^^eprni.
1. The Bahamas Britain.
Bahama.
V:
New Providence , .....NaH^DM*
Oi o_i I
2. The great Antilles.
Cuba
Spain
*•.!•*««
...Hftilitiiih.
WBST JN&IA ISLANDS.
JamS Britain " ^'^'"^'^''«'"••
«77
Spanish Town, King-
ston.
StD<miin^ootBaytUndependent...Pon *au Prince,
. Domingo.
^pam San Juan.
St
.Williamgtadt.
. Christ ianstadt.
•St Thomas.
Tortola.
Porto Rico
3. The Little Antilles.
g^'^a^oa. Holland..
iionaire dg^
Oruba ^q
4. The Virgin Isles.
l[Sl°^^ Denmark
Stlhomas.. do
Si John do
'f,?«9^a;; '.Britain....
Virgin Gorda do,
Anegada..... do,
6, The Caribbee Islands.
Leeward Islands.
^"f"^"*;--- Britain Anguilla.
ttr.?^::^!: t ^--^--
MS?;at:v;;: t -If '^\
Nevis 2 Plymouth.
nr,rr.:J."- ^^ Charlestown.
£r/"9^ do, Charlotte-to^n.
M Kustatius do St Eustatius.
stBanhoiome» ::::s;;*z.r::."6J„r;fa?
DSda™':';;:;:;:;;::::;;:^:.''«- ^^'^""''-
Maricgalante do.
Windward Islands.
oi liUCia Britnin f^««*-V
St Vincent do t ^^"''' ^
Grenada [ Z do K'^^^town.
Barbadoes... '2 St George.
Tobago ... r: t Bnd^^etown
Trinidad ^ 'Scarborough.
iff ™ do Port of Srain
^^"'"'q"e. France::.:::::::.FTiR^^^^
Mf«T^^'nV^lV^, Mountains, Jamaica ;' Copper
MoQutums, Cuba; Volcano of Morne Garou, St Vincent,
™» BEMARK8.
ItL «« J:^'* '""^'^ ^'^^'"^^ ''^' between 10» and 127^ SO' N.
nlM J il'T?" .^'° ?"^ '-''^ ^- '°"g- They re. ei ved the
ftbev* J^ir ^''' *"""'? ^*"'" '"*^ belief at first entertained that
'0«y wm connected with India. In honourof their disco-
iM>i^»ii^. . •""'». ill iiuiiouror lueir ai
w«wr tiieyar* someumes called the Columbian Archipel
ago.
M
278 WEST INDIA ISLANDS*
Here, as in all tropical countries, the year is divided
' -tween the wet and the dry seasons. Spring may be said
to commence about the middle of May, when the first peri-
odical rains set in : these continue to fall every day at noon
for about a fortnight, creating a bright verdure and a rapid
and luxuriant vegetation. The weather then becomes dry,
clear, and settled. The sun glows with a heat that is almost
insupportable, till, the sea-breeze springing up about ten in
the forenoon, all nature revives, and the temperature m the
shade becomes pleasant. At this time the nights are ex.
tremely beautiful ; the moon is so bright that the smallest
print may be read by her light ; and the planet Venus shines
with such lustre, that a shade is cast from trees, buildings,
and otljer objects that intercept her rays. This state of
the weather ceases about the middle of August, when the
steady diurnal wind from the sea is succeeded by faint
breezes and alternate calms, the preludes to the second or
autumnal rainy season. In October the rains become ge.
neral, pouring down in torrents. Between the beginning
of August and the end of October, these islands are occa-
sionally visited by dreadful harricanes, which spread ruin
and devastation far and wide. In November or December,
the weather becomes serene and pleasant, and continues
cool and refreshing till the end of April. In general the
low parts of the islands may be described as exposed to a hot
and unhealthy temperature ; while the mountainous regions
enjoy an equable and salutary climate.
-> These islands are rich in almost every tropical produc.
tion. Fruits are delicious and abundant, — as oranges, le.
mons, limes, shaddocks, cocoa, citrons, pomegranates, pine-
apples, melons, &c. Great variety of valuable trees grow
on the mountains, as cedars, lignumvitae, mahogany, and
others, which take the finest polish, and are admirably
adapted for cabinet-work. Sugar, coffee, and cotton, are
the staple articles of culture ; but ginger, indigo, pimento,
tobacco, maize, and various medicinaldrugs, are likewise to
be numbered among the productions of this archipelago.
The annual exports from the British West Indies alone
amount in value to above six millions sterling.
Of the wild animals indigenous in these islands, it has
been observed that they are in general small. Those de-
serving notice are the aj^outi. which appears to be an interine-
A'.^tr^ ...'>^>y.;..« Ufif imroon tlio t-attltit' anri ihp rat • fho ArmadiHOi
opossum, racoon, musk-rat, alco, and smaller monkeys ; one
,iinimul peculiar to tbtise islandti is the land crab} w|ucU »
WEST INDIA ISLANDS. 279
esteemed excellent food. The feathered creation are dis-
tinguished by brilliancy of plumage and elegance of form,
and comprise the parrot in all its varieties, the flamingo,
and the humming-bird. In the woods and marshes wild-
fowl abound in the greatest variety, and of exquisite flavour.
Lizards and different kinds of serpents are not unfrequent •
but few of them are noxious. '
A most important change in the social condition of the
British West Indies was elFected by the Slave Emancipation
Act, which came into operation on the 1st of August 1834 •
when slavery ceased throughout the British dominions',
and the sum of 20 millions sterling was appropriated by
Parliament as a compensation to the planters. Population
of the British West India Islands about 700,000, of whom
70,000 are whites.
EXERCISES.
How are the West India Islands situate? What is their
extent m square miles ? What is the amount of their popu-
lation ? How many principal groups are there ? Name the
tirst group and the islands of which it consists. What is the
chief town of New Providence ? Name the second group and
Its islands. What are the principal towns in the (Ireat An-
tilles ? Name the third group with its islands. What is the
principal tmvn of Curayoa ? Name the fourth group and its
islands? What are the chief towns ? Name the Hfth group
and Its islands. What are the chief towns ? Distinguish the
Windward from the Leeward Islands. Name the mountains.
Bjtween what degrees of latitude and longitude do the West
India Islands lie ? l^y what name are they now sometimes
called.-' How is the year divided in these islands? When
(Jo the hrst periodical rains set in ? How long, and at what time
ot the day do they continue to fall ? What kind of weather .
succjads ? At what hour does the sea-breeze usually spring
up :• \Vhat effect does it produce ? Describe the appearance
ot the nights during this season. When does this state of the
aY. *^ wm ^ ^y ^^^^ ^^ ^^^ steady sea-breeze then suc-
ceeded ? VV hen do the rains become general ? At what sea-
son are these islands occasionally visited by hurricanes ?
VYlien does the weather become serene and pleasant ? How
long does It continue so ? In what respects does the climate
in general differ in the low grounds and the mountains ?
i^numerate some of the fine fruits of the West India
isiands. 3iention some of their valuable trees. What are
the staple articles of culture ? Vl^hat other articles are to be
numbered amontr their productions ? What i- thp amnnnt
01 liie annual exports ? What observation has "been made '
concerniiijr their wild animals ? Mention those most worthy
01 notice, lor what are the feathered creation here disiin^
s*-
280
GRBENLANB.
guished ? Mention Rome of them. What important change
has been recently effected in the British West Indies ? At
what period did slavery cease throughout the British domi-
nions ? What sum was appropriated by Parliament as a com-
pensation to the planters ? What is the amount of the popu-
lation of the British West India Islands ?
GREENLAND
Is an extensive region which lies between Baffin's Bay
and the Northern Ocean ; from Cape Farewell, in lat.
t»0% it stretches northward indefinitely towards the Pole.
REMARKS.
Greenland, long supposed to be part of America, but
now ascertained to be disjoined from that continent, is de.
scribed as ** a mass of rocks, intermingled with immense
blocks of ice." Yet there is some land that admits of cul-
tivation. During the short summer, the air is pure on the
mainland ; but obscured in the islands by fogs. The long
night of winier is relieved by the shifting splendours of the
aurora borealis. The animal productions of the country
constitute the subsistence and tlie wealth of the inhabitants.
Of the land-animals the principal are large hares, valuable
fo* their flesh and fur, rein-deer, foxes, and large dogs tm.
ployed in drawingsledges,and distinguished by the peculiarity
of howling instead of barking. The seas swarm with turbot,
herrings, and whales. But the marine animal most prized
by the natives is the seal. Its flesh is their principal food —
its skin supplies them with dress, and with a covering for
their canoes, — its tendons are made into thread, — and so
essential an article of subsistence does the Greenlander ac-
count the seal, that he cannot comprehend how man could
live without it. Large flocks of aquatic birds frequent the
seas, rivers, and lakes.
Providence, which adapts the endless diversity of produc-
tions to every variety of climate and soil, supplying the de-
flciencies of one region by the abundance of another, fur-
nishes thesteril shores of Greenland and other arctic regions
with limber, which is borne by the tides and currents of the
ocean fiom the coasts of America and Asia, in such quan-
tities, that a year's fuel may sometimes be collected during
*\io cUiwi coatinn r>f ciintmur . anH in ciu<h nrPKprvntlon IS it
found, as to aflbrd excellent materials for building houses
und canoes,
..>'
KORTH AMt:ilICA.
281
The Greenlanders are a branch of the Esquimaux : they
are of short stature, with long biack hair, small eyes, and
flat faces. The country is subject to Denmark, which main-
tains a few small settlements on the W. coast, whose laud,
able exertions for the conversion of the natives to Christian
ity are at length begij.njng to be crowned with success.
Ihe papulation, including the Moravian establishments, k
estimated at 20,000.
EXERCISES,
What is Greenland, and where is it situate ? What de-
scnpnon is given ofit ? How does the weather of the short
summer differ on the mainland and in the islands ? How is
nni r-^i?'i;-/ ""^ ""'"'"." '!^'%^^^ - ^" ^*^«' ^^^^ the wealth
1 V"wh f "i!' T"''f I ^^^' ^'^ '^^ P""cipal land-ani.
mals ? What kinds of fish abound in the seas ' What
marine animal is most prized by the natives ? To what useful
purposes do they convert it ? How are the shores of Green-
land and oiher arctic regions supplied with timber ? In what
1 an ties and in what state of preservation does it arrive ?
Uf what people are the Greenlanders a branch ? What is their
personal api)earance? To what European power is Green-
land subject ? At what number is the population estimated ?
DESCRIPTIVE TABLE OP NORTH AMERICA.
ACAFUI/CO. a seaport of Mtx-
icf>,()n the Pac fie, wi'h an excel-
lent harliour. Pop. 4000.— IG® 50'
N. lat. iifjo iiK w. long.
^Mal)a'ina, one of the United
states, to the west of Georgia. The
toil IS tortile, proaucing cottorK
susar, wheat, oats, ahd barley. Kx-
'!,';' ;^<>.«"0 square miles. Pop.
•W'.w. Tusc.ilo./sa is the state-
capital. I'oj). HiOO.
Alas'ka, a narrow peninsula, with
roiky c()a>t.s, nearly 400 miles in
engtii.nn the N.W, coast, botween
Bristol B..y and Cook's Inlet.
Albany, a city of New V'nrk,
uniti'd States, situate on the Ilnd.
^on, at Its junction with the Erie
tanal. It is a placeof consi(ieral)le
4i'w' ^''^' ^*'238.-42, 39 N. 73.
Aleu'tian Islands, a volcanic
group, situate in the N. Pacific,
between C.pe Alaska, and KaintI
[^chaika in Asia. The burround-
ingsca^^ swarm with fi>h and the
iea-otter. liie Fox Islands are
rnH'^fVi,''"^""""^ "f *''^' group.
Skf these Oonemak and Ooni:
labhkaitretiie principal
Alexan'dria, a town of the Unit-
ed States, district ot C >lunibi%on
the Potomac. I'op S'iC'S. ^
Al'leg/fany, or Appala'chian,
Mountauis. Set- Remarks, p. 269,
Am'heistburgA, a town and fort
of Upper Cinada, on the Detroit,
at Its entrance into Lake Erie.
An'dover, a town of Massichu-
setts, United States, with several
man u fa< t u i e?. Fop. 4 540.
Anega'da, Ihe mo,>t northern of
the Virgin Islands, West Indies.
Pop i>5().
Anguil'la, or Snake Island, one
of the Leeward Islands, to tlie N
of St Martin. Pop 2000.
Ann, Cd)iR, on the north point
of Boston Bay, in Massachusetts.
United States — V2, U N.7(), 15 W.
Aiinap'olis, a seaport of Nova
Scotia, on the Bav of Fundy.
Pupj.'5T8~41, 50 N. 65, 55 W.
See Maryland.
Antico>'ti. an island at tlie mouth
of the river St Lawrence, li>5 miles
in length by 30 m brcait'.h. !t jg
coveied with wood, and dangeroui
rocky reefs extend to a considerable
distance from the shore.
#
283
KORTH AMERICA.
#
Anti'gua, one of the Leeward
Inlands, about 20 miles long, and
nearly of the same breadth. The
staple articles of export are juear,
molasses, and rum. Pop. 3-5,000,
of whom iOOO are whites. St John
is the capital, with a population of
5000.
Antil'les, a name given to por-
tions of the West India Islands.
The French apply the term to the
West Indies geneniUy, exclusive
of the Bahamas. See p. 2*6.
Aris'i'd, a city of Mexico, in the
province of Sonora.
Arkan'sas, a large river which
rises in ihe Kocky Mountains, and
flowing S.E. tails into the Missis-
sippi, atter a course of 2l)00 miles.
Arkan'sas, one of the Unite<l
States, extending from the Missis-
sippi westward to the frontier of
Mexico. The region along the
lower course of the Arkansas is
lertjle but swampy, and covered
with dense forestf.' Extent iLM.Oi
square miles. Poi'. in lh30, oO.'J^S.
Lilt !e Rock, on the Arkansas, is the
stale capital. Pop. 800.
Athabas'ca, or Athapes'cow, call-
ed also r he Lake of the Hills, in
Jlriiish America, is situate al)out
170 miles t^. K. of the Great Slave
Lake. It is nearly 200 miles long;
atRsN.W. extremity is FortChip'-
''pewyan, a tradiiig station.
Augus'ta, a town of Gcorpia,
United Slates, on the Savannah,
ll is the great liepot for the cotton
of Upper Georgia. Population
66i)i). See Maine.
HAF'FIN'S BAY, a largo Rulf,
between the N. K. siiores of the
continent and the western coast
of Greenland, opening into the At-
lantic by Davis' Straits ; and into
the Polar Sea by Barrow's Strait
Baha^nas, or Luca>'os, a nume-
rous group of islanUfi ttretchin;,'
from Florida to St Uomingo, on
those remarkable sandbanks and
coral reets called the Bahama
Banks. They expoit cotton, fine
timber, dyewtmds, and salt. 1 he
principal island-s are New Provi-
dence, St Salvador, Long L>land,
• and Crooked Island. Total popu-
lation ii0,00O. Nassau', the capi-
tal of New Providence, is also the
seiit of eoveriim(>iit. Pop, Camq..
.Bailee (BaleezO, the chief town
of the British settlement of Hon-
duras, on the coast of Mexico, at
the mouth of the river of the same
name. Population 3794.— 17, 30 N.
88, 8 W.
Bal'limore, an important city and
Beaport of Maryland, Unled States,
situate near the head of Chefapcak
Bay. It has one of the finest har-
hours In America, and carries on a
very extensive trade. Pop. 80,C'J5.
—31), 17N.70, '^8 W.
BarbaM( es, the most eastern of
the Windward Islands, i'2 miles in
length, and 12 in breadth. Besides
sugar, which is the great staple, it
exports molasses, ginger, cotton,
and arrow-root. Pop. 104,000, ot
whom lf),000 are whites. Bridge'.
town, the capital, is one of the
handsomest towns in the West
1 1 .dies. Pop. 20,000.-15, 15 N.
59, 45 W.
Barbu'da, one of the Leeward
Islands, to the N. of Antigua.
Pop. 1500.
liarn'stable, a seaport of Massa-
chusetts, on a Imy of the same
name, which is also called Massa-
chusetts, or Cape Cod Bsiv. Pop.
3975.-41,42 N. 70, 18 W.
Bar'row's .Strait, a broad inlet,
leauing from Baffin's Bay into the
Pohir Ocean.
Bar'row, Point, the extreme
N. W. point of the coniinent vet
discovered.— 71, 5i3 N. 15tJ,yi W.
Bath, a considerable seaport of
Maine, United States, at the mouth
otthe Kennebeck. Pop. 3773.
B( //ring's Straits. See Asia,
p. i-'lfi.
Belfast', a seaport of Maine,
United States, situate on Penob-
.-cot Bay. Pop. 5U77.— 14, i!U N.
Gl>, 5 \V.
Beli<^i4le', a small rocky i.slandat
the N. K. end of the channel be-
tween Labrador and N wfound-
land, called the Straits ol Bdkisle,
Bcn'nington, a town of Vermont,
United States, at the foot of tiie
Green Mountains. Pop. 3419.
Bermu'das, or Som'ers Uiands,a
group in the Atl.intic, about GuO
miles E. of S. Carolina, and sur-
rounded by coral reels. They pro-
duce cedar, coflf'ee, and cotton.
Population 10,000. St George,
the largest, has a town of liie
same name, with a nouulation of
3000.
Booth'in, a large peniniulai con-
NORTH AMERICA.
£83
nected by a narrow isthmus with
the most northern part of Ame-
rica. It is about 500 miles from S.
to N., but its extent fj-om K. to W.
is unknown. This country, recently
explored hy Captain Hoss, is naked
and barren, but contains valuable
tur.bearing animals, and is inhabit-
ed by some tribes of Ksquimaux.
Bos'ton, the principnl city and
seaport of Massachusetts, L'nited
States, beautifully situate on a
peninsula of Massachusetts Bay.
It possesses a secure harbour,
with a very extensive trade. Bos.
ton is celebrated as the birthplace
of Franklin, and the cradle of
American independence, and may
be considered the literary capital
of the union. Pop. 61,392.— .12,
21 N. 71, 4 W.
Bris'tol, a seaport of Rhode Isl-
and, United Slates, situate on a
bay. P. 3054.— A beautiful town
of Pennsylvania, on the Delaware,
I'O miles above Philadelphi.i.
Brook'lyn, a town of New York,
Uiiiied States, situate on Lon;? Isl-
and, opposite the city of New
York. Pop. l.'i,39f).
Buffalo, a flourishing commer-
lal town of New York, United
i ates, siiuiite at the junction of
the Erie Canal with the lake, 18
milt'S from Niagara, and f)'^3 from
the city of New York. P. 12,{}00.
— 1-<?, 53 N. 18, 55 W.
Bur'lington, a town of Vermont,
United States, on tne E. shore of
Lake Champlain ; It is the seat of
a university. Pop. 352G.
CAH AV\'BA, a town of Alaba-
ma, United States, at the junction
of the Cahawba with the Alabama,
90 miles from Mobile.
California, a long narrow pe-
ninsulaof Mexico, in the Pacific,
separated from thecontinent by its
f?ulf 800 miles in length, and from
60 to SO in breadth. Pop. li'.OOO.
Cam'bridge, a town of Massa-
chusetts, United States, 3 miles
from Boston, the seat of a univer-
sity. Pop. (5071.
Campeach'y, a town of Mexico,
provnue of Yucatan, on the bav of
the same name.— 19,51 N. 90,30 W.
Can'ada. See Remarks, p. ifi5.
^tWeo^a small island at the N.
^ txtrejuUy of Kova ocoiia, with
Jr*18*M W * Mme name.-46, 19
Cape Brct'on, an island, se^.
rated from Nova Scotia by the
narrow strait called the Gut of
Canso. It is about 1(K) miles in
length and 80 in breadth, and is
penetrated by a navigible iim of
the sea, which divides it nearly
into two parts. The climate, like
that of Newfoundland, is cold and
foggy. The coal-mines and flhij-
erits are of great importance. Pop.
30,000. The once fctrong town of
Louisburg is now de>erted ; Syd-
ney has a pnpulatinn of 500.
Cape Bret'on, the eastern olnt
of the island of the same nam. .
Cape Cod, the ea.Htcrn pi ejection
of Massachusetts, Unittd States,
formmg the S. E. point of iVIas-
.sachusetts Bay. — 4i;, 2 N. 70, 4
W.
Car'ibbee Ij^lands, the most east-
ern of the West India Islands, ex-
tending in a semicircle (rom Porto
Rico to Trinidad, and divuled into
Leeward ;ind Windward Islands.
Caril)be'an Sea, th.tt pait ot the
Atl intic lying between the islands
of Jamaica, St Uomingo, and Por-
to Hico on the north, and the coast
of Colombia on the south.
Caroli'na, Xorth, one of the
United ."^tates, to the south of Vir-
j^iiiia, which it resembles m soil
and climate. Its gold-mines are
productive, but its innnuiacturea
and commerce are limited. Ex-
tent 43,S0li squ.ire niiUs. Pop.
7:i7,!)87, of whom 5i'l.),(;oi are
slaves. Ra'leigh is the slate-capi-
tal. Pop. 17t)U.
Caroli'na, South, one of the Uni-
ted States, to the south of North
Carolina. For 100 miles inland
from the coast, the country is low,
swampy, and unhealthy ; beyond
this it is tiiiely diversiheu wi' h hill
and dale, and is fertile and richly
wooded. The chief products, col-
ton and rice, are extensively cul-
tivated. Extent .50,080 square
miles. Prp. 581,185, of whom
315,401 are slave-. Cdhm/uia is
the state capital. I'op. 3311).
Carta'go, a town of (Jnatimala,
provuice of Costa Hica. P. t«000.
Catochc', a cape of Mexico, in
the province of Yucatan.— 21, 34
N. 80, £8 W.
Cham'piain, Lake, in Vermont,
United States, 128 miles in length
and 14 in its greatest )l)readtlu
m
NORTH AMERICA.
Chapala, a lake ot Mexico, pro-
▼Inee of Ouadnlaxara.
Cnarle«. Cape, at the eastem ex-
tremity of Labrador —52, 20 N. SI,
45 W.-r-\notherin VirRinia, Unit-
ed States, on the N. i>olnt of Che-
«Apeak Bav.— 37, 20 N. TS, 50 W.
Charles'ton, the principal city
and sca|)ort of South Carohna, si-
tuate at the head of a bay on a pe-
nln-^ula formod hy the Ashley and
Cooper. It carries on a consider-
able trade Pop. 30,289.— It', 16
N. 79, .57W.— .\ town of Massa-
chusetts. near the celclmited Bun-
ker's Hill, and connected with
Boston liy a bridge. Pop. 8787.
Ches'apeak, the largest and
safest bay of the United States,
extending N. about 130 miles, from
between Cape Charles and Cape
Henry, in Virginia.
Chia'pa, atown of Mexico, In a
province of the same name, for-
merly belonging to Guatimala.
Population 4000.
Chid'ley, or Chudleigh, Cape,
the northern point of Lai)rador, at
the entrance of Hudson's Straits,
—fit), 2,5 N. fi4, 30 W.
Chihu I'hua, a city of Mexico,
province of Durango, in the vici-
nity of rich silver-mines. Pouula-
lloh 30,000.-28, 45 N. 101, 30 W.
Chillic'thd, a niunufacturing
town of Ohio, United States. Po-
pulation 28K).
Chohi'la, a city of Mexico, pro-
vlnce of Puehla. Here is a great
pyramid 177 feet high ; the length
of its ba<e is 1^23 feet. P. 16,000.
—19, N. 98, 15 W.
Cinalo'a, a town of Mexico,
province of Sonora. Pop. 9500.
Cincinna'ti, the chief town of
Ohii», Uiiised States, finely situate
on the Ohio. It has a college,
flourishing manufactures, and is
a great emporium of trade. Pop.
above 3i).(»()0 — 39, 6 N. 84-, 27 W.
Cleve'land, a thriving town of
Ohio, United States, situate on
Lake Erie. Pop. 1070-
Colum'bia, a district of the Un'.t-
ed Stal'S, situate on both sides of
the I'otom ic, and surrounded by
Virginia and Marylaml. It is under
the immediate jurisdiction of Con-
gress, and contains WashiuKton,
^ne seai oi govcrnrncni, and Capi-
Ul of the Union. Extent 100
«qu^e milcf. Pop. 99SH*
Colum'hln, or Ore'gon, a larg(*
river of North America, rises in
the Rocky Mountains, and, after
a course of 1090 miles, falls into
the Pacific Ocean.
Comaya'gua, a city of Guati-
mala, capital of the province of
Honduras. Pop. 18,000.-14, 10
N. 88, 15 W.
(?onnee'ticut, one of the United
States, to the south of Massachu-
setts. It possesses a fertile soil,
with considerable trade and manu-
factures. Extent mT"! square
miles. Pop. 297,«65.
Connec'tlcut, a river of theUnit-
ed States, has its source on the
N. borders of Vermont and New
Hampshire, and flows southward
into I>(>ng Island Sound.
Cook's In'let, an arm of the sea
on the N. W. coast, which, wit!)
Prince William's Sound, encloses
a large peninsula of the Russian
Territory.
Cop'permine River, discovered
by Mearneln 1771 ; it flows north-
ward into the Arctic Ocean.
Corona'tion Gulf, a large bay of
the Nortliern Ocean, discovered
by Captain Franklin. At its east-
ern entrance is Point Turnagain.
('orrien'tes, a cape of Mexico,
province of Guadalaxara. — 20, 25
N. 105, 39 \V.
Cos'ta Ri'ca, a town of Guati-
mala, capital of a province of the
same name. Pop. 20,000
('vi'l)a, the lar«est of the West
India Islands. It is 700 miles in
length by nearly 80 of average
breadth, and is traversed from £.
to W. by a chain of mountains, co-
vered with noble forests. Its soil
is very fertile, producing excellent
su«ar, coffee, and tobacco ; and it
contains rich copper-mines. This
island enjoys a delightful climate,
and hurr canes are rare. Extent
51,000 square miles. Population
432,000.
Culia'can, a town of Mexico,
provinciMif Sonora. Pop. 10,80i).
Cura^(/a, an island of the Little
Vintilles, at)t)ut 30 miles long and
10 l>road. Pop. 13,000. Willlaffl.
stadt, its capital, has a fine har-
bour. Pop. HOOO.
DAVIS* STR.MTS,^ a narrow
in 1595, when in search of a N.W.
passage, it extendi •bout 20 de«
NOltTM AMKRtCA.
285
gt€» from CajM; Farewell, In
rcenland, and connrctii the At-
lantic Ocean with Baitin's Bay.
Delaware, one of the smalkst of
the United State8, lying along the
western coaNtofthcbay ot the suine
name. It produces fine wheat,
aiiil has some important manuCac.
tures. Extent ''2{)(]8 square milt's.
Pop. 70,718. Do'ver is the slate-
capital, with a \}op. of 10()0.
Dei'aware, a river of the United
States, is formed by two streams
in the state of New York ; sepa-
rating IViinsylvani.i from New
JiTsey, it flows past Philadelphia,
and enters Delaware Bty, an arm
of the sea about (iO miles lung, be-
tween Delaware and New Jersey.
DeseaMa, or Dosinide', one of
the Leeward islands, to the east of
Guacialoupe. l»op. 1^40.
Detroit ( i )etroa w'). See Michi-
gan, Territory of.
Domini'ta, one of the F.eoward
Ishiids, about i'S) miles in length,
and IG in breadth. Its lofty rug-
ged mountains, intorlpersed with
fertile valleys, yield large quanti-
ties of coffee, Migar, and fine tim-
ber. Population 18,6(50. Korean'
18 the capital, with a population of
22r)().
iVver, a town of New Ham p.
shire, United States. Pop. 5149.
ixv Delaware, State of.
Ouran'go, a city of Mexico, pro-
vince of Durango. Population
E'RIE, Lake, one of the great
chain of lakes which divides Ca-
nada from the United States. It
is 280 miles in length, and 50 in
breadth, covering an area of about
iAOOO .squ;ire miles, and discharg-
ing its waters by the Niagara into
■^Ke Ontario. It is subject to
violent storms, which, with rocks
projecting many miles from the
snore, render the navigation dan-
gerous. In 1834 there were 30
steam-boats on the lake.
E^rie Canal. See Remarks,
p. 270. *
FAIR'WEATHER, Mount, n^
lotty mountain in the Russian Ter-
i!. -X' /'"*'"8 ^" the height of
i^,/3G feet above the sea.
Fare'well, Cape, the most south-
em nninf nf w r^- i_„_i e.i
49 N. 43, 54 W.
FayetuKville, a town of North
Carolina. United States, with con-
siderable trade. Pop. S868,
Fear, Cape, on the coast of N.
Carolina, at the entrance of Cape
Fear River, where there is a daii.
gerous shoal.— 34, N. 78, 5 W.
Flattery, Cape, on the W. coast
so named by Captain Cook in 1778.
—48, 20 N. 124, 30 W.
Flor'ida, a territory of the Unit-
ed States, to the south of Geor.
gla. It forms a penmoula 380 miles
in length, stretching southward
between the Gulf of Mexico and
the Atlantic. Theseacoast and the
l)anks (if the rivers are swampy,
but well adapted for rice and corn|
the interior is hilly, and covered
with valuat)le timber. Florida be-
longed to Spain till 1821. Extent
.'57,7 JO square miles. Pup. 34,730
of whom 15,.510 are slaves. Tall
lahas'see is the capital. Pop. 2000.
Flor'ida, or Baha^ma Channel
between the coast of Florida, Cu-
ba, and the Bahamas, through
wiiich a remarkable current, called
the Ciulf Stream, (roin the Gulf of
Mexico, rushes with such impe.
tuosity to the N. E., that it is per-
ce|)tible upon the northern coasts
of Europe.
Fox Islands. See Aleutian
Islands, p. 281.
Frank'lin, a town of Missouri.
United States, on the Missouri-
also the name of several other
towns in the Union.
Fred'cricksburg, a town of Vir-
ginia, United States, 56 miles N.
Irouj Richmond. Pop. 3507.
I'rcu'erickton, the capital of New
Brunswick, situate on the river St
John, 83 miles from its mouth
Pop. DOOO — 46, 3 N. 66, 45 VV. '
Fred'erickstown, a town in Mary-
land, United States. Pop. 4427
Fun'dy, a bay which extends
about 200 miles between Nova
Scotia and New Brunswick, and
at the upper part divides into two
arms, where the rise of the tides
sometimes exceeils 60 feet; while
in Verte Bay, on the St Lawrence
side of the isthmus, the rise is not
more than 10 feet.
Fu'ry and Hec'la Strait, between
Hudson's Bay and the Northern
Ocean, discovered by Capt. Parry,
but fersdcffd i.'r.prtssabie ay ice.
GEORGEMOWN, a town in
the district of Columbia, Uoite(|
m2
286
KORTH AMERICA.
StfttM, on the Potomac, near the
city of Wwhington. P. 84U.~.\
|own of S. Carolina, at the mouth
pf the Great PeUee. Pop. 20<)0.
Oeor'gU, one of the United
States, »ej>arate<l from South Ca-
rolina by the Sivannah. In the
lower (lUtncts, the chmate is un-
healthy: Its chief protliicts are
cotton, rice, and Indian corn.
Extent .')8,':'0 • square miles. Pop.
616,82.1,01 whom ai 7, 5.3i;areslaves.
Mil'ledgeville, the Ntate-capital,
has a p ipulation of l^i)!),
Gloucester (Ulos'ter), a seaport
of Massachusetts, United States,
on Boston Day. Pop. 7513.
Gra'oias a Ui'os, tape, on the
north of Guatimala, province of
Honduras.— IT). N. 8;j, 10 W.
Great liear Lake, in the N. W,
of British America. It Is 150
miles In diameter, and commu-
nlcates with Mackenzie Hiver,
and also with the Great .Slave
Lake. Fort Frank'lin is on its N.
W. Shore. ^ ^^ „,
Great Slave Lake, in the N. W.
of British America, said to be 2.'>()
miles long and fiO broad. It re-
ceives from the south the Macketi-
lie, under the name of tlie Slave
Kiver, which again issues from its
"W. extremity.
Green'land. Step. 280.
Grena'da, one of the Windward ,
Islands, 25 miles in length and ^
12 in its greatest breadth. This
beautiful and picturesque island
U finely wooded, and produces
sugar, rum, cocoa, and cotton.
Pop. 25,638. St George is the ca-
?ital, with an excellent harbour,
'op. 4000— 12, 4 N.G I, 19 VV.
Guadalaxa'ra, a city of Mexico,
capital of a province of the same
name, situate on the Hio Grande.
Pop. 45.000.-21, i) N. 10:i. 2 W.
Guadaloupe (Gadeloop'), one of
the Leeward Islands, Wtst Indies,
about 60 miles long and 25 broad,
divided into two p ^rts by a narrow
channel. Its plains are fiuitlul,
and in it is a volcano, called the
Mountain of Sulphur. Population
12T,668. Basseterre', which ranks
as the c:ipital, has a population of
9000; but Pointe-ii-Pitre is the
chief commercial town, with a
nnnulation of 15.000.
Guanaxua'to, a city of Mexico,
Ihe capital ot a i)roviace of (ho
tame name. In the vicinity are
numeruua silver-mlnei, lome of
which are deemed the richest in
the world. l»o|). tJO.OuO.— 311,
N. UK), M W.
Guaiima'la, the capital of the
republic of Guatimala, situate in
a larK« plain surrounded by hills.
Pop. .50.000.-14, 15 N. ni, VV.
Old (Juatimala, about 25 miles
south of the present capital, wai
totally destroyed by p.n earthquake
in l7rV. and riiost of its inhubiiaiits
perished ; it now contains a popu-
lation of IS. 01)0.
Guay'inas, a deanort of Mexico,
on the Gulf of California.— 27, 50
N. Ill, ')0 W.
H \ L'l F A X, the capital of Nova
Scotia, situate on the south-cast
coast. Its nolde harbour is the
chief naval station ot British .Vme-
rica- It is the »eat of a considera-
ble fishery, and carries on an ex.
tensive trade. Pop. 21,000.-44,
3a, N. ()3, 36 W.
Har'risburg. See Pennsylvania.
Ilari'ford.a manufacturing town
of Connecticut, United States, on
the river Connecticut, 50 inilts
fiom its mouth. Pop. 97H0.
Hal'teras, a remarkable and dan-
gerous cape of N. Carolina, Uiiittd
States, which extends far into the
ocean —35, 14 N. 75, 34 W.
Havan'nah, or Havan'a, theca-
pital of Cuba, situate on the N.
coast of the island. It is strongly
fortitied, atid its port is the finest in
the West Indies, or perhaps in the
world; as a commercial city, it is
one of the greatest and most Hour-
isliing in the New World. Fop.
115,001).— 23, 9 N. 82, 22 W.
Hay'ti, or Hai'tL See St Do-
mingo.
Hen'ry, Cape, in Virginia, at the
S. point of the entrance of Chesa-
peak Bay.— 37, 5 N. 75, 55 W.
Hondu'ras, a province of (iuati.
mala, lying along the Bay of Hon-
duras, between the peninsula of
Yucatan and the Mosquito shore.
It consists of mountains and fertile
plains, covered with large forests
of mahogany and logwood trees,
For the British settlement on the
Honduras coast, see Balize>
Hud'son, a city of New York,
United States, »)n the river Hud.
son, 30 miies south oi' Aioauy^wKa
9 good traae, fop. ^^,
JlORTII AMBRICA.
Itud'ion.a flnerlrerofthe United
Statei, has its source in the moun-
tains between I^kes Ontario and
Cliampiain, and flowing south ward,
falls uilo the »pa at Now York
J, after a cour-.e of 3i() miles. '
Hiul'soii's Hay, a great Inland
oca, aimut T.")!) miles in li-ngth
and 60<) at its great e>t breadth,
communicating with the Atlantic
by Hudson's Strait, and on the
north, by the Strait of the Fury
ami Hecia, with lialBu's IJay, and
also with the Arctic Ocean. Its
navigation is open during only four
months in tlie summer, and is, be-
sides, extremely diingerous from
its numerous shoals, rocks, and isl-
ands. Yhe British settlements of
Churchill Fort, York Fort, Albany
Fort, 4iid Moose Fort, arc all on
the Western coasts of Hudson's and
James' Hays.
Hu'ron, Lake, one of the groat
lakes which separate Canada irom
the United St.ites; in lingtb t»50
miles by U»o in bre.idth, with a
depth of 8(K) fett. It communi-
cates by straits with Lake Superior
and also with I.ake Michigan on
the \V., and by the Lake ot St Clair
ami the river Detroit with Like
Erie on the S. K. Along its lunth-
em shore Is a chain of richly,
wooded islands, called the Alanl.
touiin or Sacred Isles.
I'Cy CAHI<:, on the N. W. coast,
the iarthest point reached by Cap.
tain Co()k.~7.(), i.'9 N. 1(51, 42 VV.
Illinois (ll'llnav), one of the
United States, bouiideil E. by In.
diana; S. by the Ohio j and \V.
by the Mi>sissippi, which separates
it troni Mi^sourl. The greater por-
tion of this tine state is composed
of fertile prairies, interspersed
with groves of wood. It possesses
rich lead-mines, abounds in coal
and in salt-springs, and has besides
the advantage of extensive water,
communication. Extent 59,000
sq. miles, p,,,,, jn 1S30, 1.57,'l5,);
in 18.M nearly 3()0,0uO. Vanda'lia,
on the Kaskiskia, is the state cai.i.
tal. Fop. 6U0.
IlTuiois, a river of the United
S>tates, Hows 40) miles throogh
lllm»is, and falls into the iMissis-
*y!'!iw "^''^s alcove the Missouri.
ai.„a na, One of the United biaUs,
between Illinois and Ohio, boundl
ed on the s, by the Ohio, which
287
separated It n-om Kentucky. The
;o I is rich, resembling that of
Illinois. Extent 3«,5.'50 tauare
miles. Pop. 34,5,031. Indlansp'oll*
is thestate-capital. Pop. 1200.
Ith'aca, a town of New Yot-k,
Unitccl States, at the south end of
Cayuga Lake. Pop. 5^70.
.,..-'^^''^.?'*^*'V'l'''^. a town of
Illinois, United States. Pop. 1800.
Jamai'ca, the larg^ st and mo«t
valualdeof the British West India
Islands, situate 90 miles W. of St
Domingo and the same distance
S. of Cuba, is 1.50 miles long, by
40 in average breadth. It U tra
versed from E. to W. by the loay
range of the Blue Mountains, co-
vered with m.'ijestic lorests. The
principal exports afe sugar, rum,
coffee, spices, and ii great variety of
tnipical fruits. P 48i),0()0,<>f whom
35,000 are Europeans. Span'ith
Town, 16 miles from Kingston, Is
the seat of government. P. 6000.
James' Bav, nt the southern ex-
tremity of Hudson's Bay,
James Kiver, in Virginia, Unit-
ed States, rises in the Alleghany
Mountains, and flowing eastward
falls into thesapeak Bav. '
Jorul'lo, a remarkable volcano
of Mexico, i)rovince of Valladolid,
which rose Irom the pl.iin to the
height of 1010 leet, ysth Septem-
ber 1/.^!), and continues to throw
up smoke and lava Irom thousands
ot small cones.
KaSKAvS'KIA, a town of lllU
nois, United States, In a Hue plain,
on a river of the same name.
Kcntuck'y, one of the United
States, to the W. of Virginia, and
bounded on the N, by the Ohio,
which separates it from Ohio
and Indiana. The soil is hi gene-
ral remarkably fertile ; wheat
maize, hemp, and tobacco beine
the chief objects of culture. Ex-
tent 3i),(i00 square miles. Pop.
08/ 917. Frank'fort, on the Ken-
tucky, is the state capital. P. 1987.
Kings'to ), the principal city and
seaport of Jamaica, situate in a
hue plain, on the N. 8i<!e of Port
Royal Bay. it is strongly fortiHed,
aiid IS the seat of a great trade. .
Pop. 33,(i00.— 17, 68 N. 7f5, 46 W.
Knigtiton. a stronelv.rrtrtiAsd
(own ot Upper Canada, situate at
the entrance of the Hldeau Canil.
on the N. £. point of Lake OntAriA
288
NOHTH AMERICA*
and near its outlet by the St Law-
rence. It is a naval depot, and a
place of considerable trade. Pop.
60 -O.-.**, 8 N 76, 40 W.
KnoxMUe ,a town of Tcnnesspe.
United Statrs, on the HoKton.
Pop. 2000.— /!5, 55 N. 8^, 5 W.
Kotzc'bue's Sound, a birRC bay
in Behring'8 Straits, discovered by
the Russian navigatorof that name.
LABRADOR', a wild and steril
region between Hudson's Bay and
the Atlantic, extending from fiO
to ai" N. lat, artd from 56" to /8°
W. long. Its prevailing features
are rocks, swamps, and mountains
covered with forests. The Mora-
vian Missionaries have several set-
tlcments on its inclement shores,
which are inhabited chiefly by the
Esquimaux.
Lan'caster, a town of Pennsyl-
vania, Uniteil States, 64 miles from
Philadelphia. Hop. 7704.
Le'on, a city of Guatimala, ca-
pital of the province of Nicarapu.i.
Pop. ^8,000.-12, 21 N 86, 45 W.
Lex'ington, a town of Kentucky,
United States, with a college snd
several manufactures. Pop. 6104.
Litrh'fleld. a town of Connecti-
cut, United States. Pop. 41.5(».
Long I'sland, an island of New
York, United S ."tes.separatedfrom
Connecticut hy Long Island Sound.
It extends about 140 miles by 10
of medium breadth. Pop. 69,495.
Lookout', Cape, in N. Carolma,
United Stiites, S.of rai)eHatteras.
—.14, 37 N. 76. .35 VV.
Lorei'to, a town of Mexico, in
the province of California, on the
gulf ot that name.
Louisia'na, one of the United
SUtes, bounded S. by the Gulf of
TVIexico, and W. by the river Sa-
bine, which separates it from Mexi.
CO It comprehends the Deltaof the
Mississippi, which annually over-
flowsa largeextent ofcountry. The
soil generally is very rich, produc-
ing sugar, rice, and coUon. Kxtent
48,220 square mi*le«. Pop. 215,739.
.New Or'Uans is the capital.
Louisville, the principal com-
mercial town of Kentucky, United
States, situate on the Ohio, just
above the ranids. Pop. 10,352.—
Low'ell, a flourishing town of
MMsachuictts, United States, at
the Junction of the Merrimack and
the Concord, 23 miles from Boston.
It is the chief seat of thecotton anil
woollen manufactures. P. 10,254.
MACKEN'ZIE RIVER, so
named from its discoverer in 17S9,
is lormedby the union of the Atha-
basca and the Peace rivers, which
have their sources in the Rocky
Mountains ; flowing northward, it
passes through the Great Slave
Lake, and falls into the Frozen
Ocean, after a course estimated at
1600 miles.
Maine, one of the United States,
at the N. E. extremity. The soil
along the seacoast is fertile, but
there are large tracts consisting ot
swamps, and mountains covered
with timber. A great trade is car-
ried on in shipbuilding and the
fisheries. Extent 35,000 square
miles. Pop. 399,955. Augus'ta,
on the Kenrebeck, is the btate ca-
pital. Pop, 5980.
Mar'blehe;id, a seaport of Mas.
sachusetts. United States 19 miles
N. E. of Briston. Pop. 5ir>0.
Mariegalanu', oncof the Leeward
Islands, West Indies, to the S. ot
Guadaloupe. Pop. 1238.5.
Martiniq'MP, or Mariini'co, one
of the Windward Islands, West
Indies, 46 miles long by 16 br().id,
in which are three loitv mountuina
and several fertile valleys. Po|).
1 17,502. Fort Royal is the capital.
Pop. 7000.-14, 35 N. 61, W.
Ma'ryland, one of the United
States, situate on both sides ot
Chesapeak Bay, and separated from
Virginia by the Potomac. It ex-
ports largely, iron, tobacco, flour,
and other agricultural products.
Extent 10,800 .Mpiareuiilcs. Pop,
447,040. Annap'olis is the stale-
capitnl. Pop. 2t.23. .
Massachii'setts, one of the United
States. In manufactures it is ra-
pidly rising into importance ; while
in commerce, shipping, and tishcry.
it takes a decided lead of all the
.Stiites. Extent 7800 square miks.
Pop. 610,408. Bos'ton is thecapitdl.
Massachu'selts, a bay ot the
United States, extending from
Ciipe Ann on the N. to Cape Cod
o»^ t'*6 ^ .. « u »
Matan'ras.a seaport of Cuba, on
\t» V- cQ;.«t. with a considerable
trade. P. 15,000.— 23,0 N. 81,3^ W.
May, Cape, the S. point of New
I Jersey, United States, at the en-
NORTH AMERICA.
289
tranceof Delaware Bay— 58, 56 N.
74, 53 W.
Mazat'lan, a seaport of Mexico,
near the entrance of the Gulf of
Califarnia.-.5?3, 1.5 N. 107, W,
Mendoci'no, Cape, in Mexico, on
the coast of New California 40.
'^9 N. 121, 29 W.
Mer'ida, a city of Mexico, capital
of the province of Yucatan, situate
on an ;irid plain. Pop. 10,000.—
L'l, 45 N. 89, 35 VV.
Mex'ico, the capital of the re-
liublic of Mexico, xituate in the
centre of an elevated plain, sur-
rounded by lofty mountains, with
the beautiful lake of Tezcuco in
tlieviciiiity. Its strcetsand squares
are very spacious, and many of its
public ediHct'S are of great extent
and magnirtcencp. Pop. 180,000.
-19. 2.) N. 99, 5 W.
Mex'ico, Gulf of, a largo bay or
Rulf of the Atlantic, extending, at
ifs entrance, from the coast ot Mo-
nda to that of V^icatan, and
bounded N. Iiy Florida and VV.
and S. by Mexico,
Mi'chigan, a large lake of the
United States, 300 miles long by
o5 broad, and navigable for vessels
ot'any burden. It coinmunic.fes
with the N. VV. extremity of L;iko
Huron, by the Straits of Michiili-
inakinac-
Mi'chigan, one of the United
States, surrounded on three sides
by Lakes Eric, St Clair. Huron, and
Michigan. Extent 5-l-.()0() square
miles. Pop..-)|,(j.ii). Detroit, on
the strait of the s;tme name, be-
tween Lakes St Clair and Erie, is
thostate.capital. Pop. :J0UO.
Mid'dlebury, a t«)wn of Vcr-
inoiit, United States, with a col-
lege. In its vicinity are line mar-
ble-quarries. Population .'MfJS.
MulMletown, a town of Connec-
ticut, United States, on the t:on-
iiecticut; it has considerable trade.
Population G87G.
Miramichi', a port and river of
.^ew Brunswick ; the latter falling
into a bay of the same name, and
rtistinpuished for the extensive fo-
rests on iu banks, whence large
shlinnents of timber are made.
™>»8ip'pi,Kiver. Seellemurks,
p. zny.
Mississip'pi, one of the United
^tates, bounded on the west by the
Breat river of the same name, and
eastward bordering on Alabama.
Though Mable to inundation, the
soil in general is very rich, pro-
ducing corn, cotton, and tobacco.
Extent 43,:i.i0 square miles. Pop.
1.36,«21. Jack'soii, on Pearl River,
is the state-capital. Pop. 1000. .
•Misiou'ri, lliver. See Remarks,
p. i'69.
Missou'ri, one of the United
States, lying on both sides of the
Missouri, and bounded on the east
by the Mississippi, which separates
it from Illinois. It possesses a fer-
tile soil, and abounds in lead. Ex-
tent fiO.300 square miles. Pop.
140,145. Jefferson, on the Mis-
souri, is the state-capital. Popu-
lati(m500.
Mistas'sin, a lake of British
America, to the N. of Lower Ca-
nada. It is above 250 miles in
circuit, surrounded by mountains,
and discharges its waters by trie
Rufiert into James' B.iv.
iMo'bile, the principal seaport of
Alal)aina, United States, situate
at the head of a bay on the Gulf of
Mexico, with a HouriNhuig trade.
Pop. lO.OOO.— 30, 40 N. 88, 11 W.
Montfc'go Biy, a so.i|>ort of Ja-
maica, on ihi- N. W.side of the isl-
lat.d. Pop. 4000.— 18, 33 N. 78,
10 W. *
Mon'terey, a city of Mexico, pro-
vince of S.UI Luis Pot SI, on the
Fernando. l>op. 15,000 A sea-
port of Mexico, province of New
California. Pop. 2501).
Montreal, a city of Ix)wcr Ca-
nada, situate on ttie S. side of the
islmd of Montreal, which is form-
ed liy the confluence of the St
Lawrence and the Ottawa. It is
the cerilre of tfie fur-trade, and
also of the commerce between
Canada and the United Slates.
Vessels of (jOO tons come up to
.^lontreal, which is IHO miles above
Quebec. Pop. 35,000.— i), yi N.
73, 35 VV.
Montserrat', one of the Leeward
Islands, West Indies, 12 miles
lori>; and 7 broad. Pop. 7()0(», of
whom 300 are whites. Plymouth
is the capital. Pop. tiOO.
NAI.M, a town on the coast of
Lalirador.
chusctts. United States, on an
Island of the same name, 15 miles
long and 11 broad. It is a g^eat
290
NORTH AMERICA*
seat of the southern whale-fishery.
Pop. 7202.— 41, 17 N. 70, 6 W.
Nash'vilie. See Ten'nessee.
Nassati'. See Bahamas.
Natch'ez, the principal town of
Mississippi, United States, situate
on the river of that name, with a
thrlviuK trade. Pop. *->79().
Nel'son, a river of British Ame-
rica, issues from Lake Winnipeg,
and falls into Hudson's Bay near
York Fort.
Ne'vis, one of the Leeward Isl-
ands, West Indies, 7niiles long and
6 broad, separated from St Chris-
topher by a nurrow channel. Pop.
10,000. Charlev'town is the capital.
New'ark, the principal town of
New Jersey, United States, beau-
tifully situate at the head of a
bay, 9 miles from New York. It
has extensive manufactures. Pop.
10,953.-40, 45 N. 74, 10 W.
New Bed'tbrd, a seaport of Mas-
sachusetts, United States. P. 75U2.
Nt'wberi/, the principal town of
North Carolina, United States,
carries on a considerable trade.
Population 3776.
New Bnmo'wick, a large pro-
vince of British America, to the
N. W. ol Nova Scotia, and E. of
the United States. 'I'iio greater
part is covered with forests, inter-
sected by numerous rivers and
lakes. Extent t.'7,704 square miles.
Pop. 110,4.57.
New Biuns'wick, atown of New
Jersey, Unitei States, with consi.
derable trade. Poj). TS'^l-
New'burypnrt, a flourishing sea-
port of Massachusetts, United
States, near the miiuth ol the Mer-
rimack, over which is an iion sus.
pension bri<fge 244 feet long.
Population ('3S8.
Newfoundland, a large island,
situate near the entrance of the
Guh Of St Lawrence, and separat-
ed from Labrador by the Straits
of Belleisle. Tense f<'gs render
the climate particularly unpleas-
ant. Newfoundland is chiefly va-
luable for the great cod-Hshery on
its banks, and along its shores, in
which 30,000 persons, and ship-
ping to tlie amount of 03,000 tons,
are aruiually eni^aged from April to
Oi:t(«ber= Extent 3G.0OO square
miles. Pop. about 75,000.
New Ham'pshire, one of the
United States, bounded E. by
Maine, and W. by the river Con-
necticut, which separates It from
Vermont. Although principally
devoted to agriculture, its trade,
manufactures, and fishery, are con-
siderable. Extent 9'2B0 square
miles. Pop. 269,328. Con'cord, on
the Merrimack, is the state-capital.
Pop. 3727.
Newhav'en, the principal town
and seaport of Connecticut, Unit-
ed States, situate at the head of
a bay. It contains Yale college,
a flourishing seminary, and has a
good trade. Pop. 10,678.-41, 18
N. 72, 57 W. ^ .r . .
New Jer'sey, one of the United
States, bounded on the E. by the
Atlantic, and on the other sides by
New York, Pennsylvania, and
Delaware. The soil is various, but
it possesses thriving manufactures.
Extent 6900 square miles. Pop.
3t'0,8i;3. Tren'ton, on the Dela-
ware, is the state-capital. Pop.
New Lon'don, a town of Con-
necticut, United States, on the
Thames, with considerable trade.
Pop 4356.— 41, 2i N. T2, 9 W.
New Oi'leans, the capital ot
Louisiana, United States, situate
on the Mississippi, about 105 miles
frotn its mouth. It has an exten-
sive foreign trade, with a groat
command of internal navigation.
It is built on low marshy ground,
and is very unlualthy. Pop.
46,310.-29, 57 N. 90, 6 W.
New'|)()rt, H seaport in Rhode
Island, United States, with a fine
harbour and considerable trade.
Pop. 8010.-41, I'BN. 71, '-'I W.
New Prov'idence. See Bihamas.
New York, the most populous,
and one of the most extensive of
the United States, bounded N. and
W. by the St Lawrence, and Lakes
Ontario and Lrie ; S. by Pennsyl-
vania. Us aspect and its soil are
equally various. Possessing a great
extent of inland navigation, its
trade and manufactures are in a
flourishint; state. Extent 46,200
squaremlles. Pop- 1,91 8,6C8. Al-
bany is the state-capital.
New York, the commercial ca-
pital of the United btiites. situate
on the S. extrt mity ot Mmhat-
tan Island, at the mouth oi inc
Hudsoti. Many of Us public buiW-
ing« are elegant, and it is diitm*
NORTH AMERICA.
guished by numerous benevolent
and literary institutions. Its admi-
rable situation and excellent har-
bour have rendered New York the
greatest emporium of the New
World. Pop. in 1830 was 203.007 ;
in 1855, 2tiy,873.— 40, 42 N. 74, 1
w «
Nlafi'ara, River, issues from
Lake Erie.anr^ ^alis into Lake On-
tario. Its cr .0 is only 3(5 miles,
but it varies .rnm halt a mile to a
mile and a half in breadth. Its
falls are peculiarly stupendous,
their magnificence consisting in
the volume of water precipitateii,
which has been computed at loo
millions of tuns per hour. That
on the Canadian side is the Great,
or, as it is called from its forming
a crescent, the Horse-shoe Fall.
Here the breadth of the stream is
600 yards, and it is precipitated
over a height of 150 feet ; the
other, on the United States side,
18 350 yards wide and 164 feet high.
Niag'ara, a town of New York,
United States, defended by a fort.
It is 17 miles N. from the falls of
Niagara.— Pop. 1401.
Nicaragua, a city of Guatima-
la, on the S. W. shorp of the Lake
Niwragua.— i 1, 2i M. 83, 7 VV.
Nicarag'ua,Lake. See Uemarks,
Noot'ka Sound, a bay of the Pa-
cific, on the west side of Vancou-
ver Island.
Nor'/olk, a seaport of Virginia,
united States, near the mouth ot
James Kiver. Its trade is consi.
derable. Pop. 98 1 G.— 36, 50 N.
76, 18 W. *
North Geor'gian Islands. See
Remarks, p. s>66".
Nor'«,ich, a town of Connecti-
cut, United States, with consider-
able manufactures. Pop. 5UVJ.
Wo va Sco'tia, a province of Bri-
nsn America, connected with New
Brunswick by a narrow isthmus,
» miles broad. Although the soil
" «n general steril, there are
TtlflT'^' rii^tric'ts. A greLt
part 01 the country is covered with
lorests mt.rsperseil with lakes.
«r» .'i °"I' *"^ tiinberare the chief
Sr ^^"'''"'^^ ^"^^'''t 15,617
*^'i.^':^.f?."e''- Pop. 150.()(K).
ca^tai^o'?^'^' * ^"5^ °*" Mexico,
««ml ^ a province of the same
awne#ontbe Rio Verde. Iti«H
291
place of considerable trade. Po-
Ijulation 40,000.-16, 45 N. 97, 20
Ohi'o, one of the United States,
between Pennsylvania and Indi-
ana, bounded on ihe S. by the
great river o» the same name, is in
beauty, fertility, and climate, one
of the finest states of the Union.
It is watered by several navigable
streams, and offers so many ad-
vantages, that it has risen with re-
markable rapidity. P:xtent3!),-<i00
square miles. P. 9.37,905. Colum'-
bus \i the state capital. P, Hi^-J.
Ohi'o, an important river of tlio
United States, is formed by the
union of the Alie^^hany and Mo-
nongahela, at Pittsburg, and, after
a *outfi. western eour,^e of 12(0
miles, joins the Mississippi 160
miles below the Misaoini.
Ohi'o State Canal. See Kemarks.
p. 270.
Onta'rio, the most eastern of the
Great Ameriean Lakes, is 1 72 miles
in length by 50 in breadth, and
IS of great depth. It receives the
waters of Lake Erie by the Niag-
ara, and discharges them by th«-
St Lawrence. There are above 20
steam vessels, one of them 710
tons, which ply between the Bri-
tish and American Mdes. The
country along its shores is rich
and well wooded.
Oonalash'ka. See Aleutian Isl-
ands.
Oriza'ba, a town of Mexico, pro-
vince of Vera Cruz, near which is
the Peak of Orizaba, a volcanic
mountain, 17,390 feet hij/h. Pou
8000.-18, 25 N. 96, 55 W. ^
Ol'Uwa, a river of British Ame-
rica; It forms the principal bound-
ary between Upj>er ami Lower
Canada, and enters the St Law-
rence above the island of Mon-
treal, after a course of 420 miles
in which are numerous rapids and
islands.
Ozark' Mountains. See Re-
marks, p. 269.
PASC U A'U O, a town of Mexico,
province of Valladohd, beduiituliy
Mtuate near the E. shore of the
lake of the same name 19, 20 N.
_ .. . ..... ., I ,, ,^.^,j jj, ;yjg.^„
ico, nrovince of New Mexico, on
the Rio del Norte.
Fai'tefBon, a town of New Jer^
292
NORTH AMERICA^
sev, United States, 14 miles from
New York ; it has great cotton-
manufactures. Pop. 7731.
Pennsylva'nia, <»ne ofthe United
States, and, next to Now Yorii, the
most important in the Union, is
boutxied N. bv New York, and K.
by tiie lOelaware, whicli divides it
from New Jerscv ; with a sod ge-
nerally rich, it abounds in coal and
iron. Its trade and manufactures
are both extensive and flouri>li-
inp. Estoiit 1.1,95'^ square miles.
Pop. 1,3IS,'J'53. Har'risburR, on
the Susquch nnah, is the stale-ca-
pital. Pop. 4311.
Penob'scot, a river of Maine,
United Strifes, which flows into
Penobscot B iv.
Pvnsaoo'ia, a seaport of Florida,
United States on a bay of the
Gulf of Mexico. Pop. 1000.— 30,
28 N. 87, 11' W.
Pe'ttrsbvir.c[, a thriving town of
Virpinia, United States, oji^ the
Appomatox. Pop. S5i2-2.— 57» 15
N. 77, '-^0 W.
Phiiadel'phia, the principal city
of Pennsylvania, United States,
situate oii the Delaware, near its
junction with the Schuylkill, V20
miles (rnm the Atlantic. Besides
a flourishing university, it contains
various literarv and scicntilic es-
tablishments. 'In extent of ship-
ping, millaiielnhia ranks next to
New York anil Boston. Popula-
tion 167.811.-59. :u N. 75, 11 W.
Pictou', a seaport of Niva Sco.
tia, on its north coast, with a safe
ana capacious harbour. Tts trade
in timber, coals, and fish, has ra-
pldly increased. Pop. 450i>.
Pittsa)urg, a flourishing town of
Pennsylvania, United 8tiite8,situ.
ate at the pnint where the Alle-
Khany and Monongahela unite in
forming the Ohio. Its numerous
maiiutactures, particularly its iron-
works, are very extensive. Pop. in
1830 was ie,51i'; in 1854, 25,000.
—40, 52 N. 80, 2 W.
Platte, a rivt-r of the United
States, has its souice r.car that of
the Arkansas, and, flowing east-
ward, joins the Missouri after a
course of ItiOO miles.
Platts'burg, a town of New
York. United States, on Uike
Chantiplain, a place of seme trade.
Pop. 4913.
fljm'outh, a seaport of Massa-
chusetts, United State*, v;lth con.
Biderable trade. Pop. 4751.— 41
07 N.70, 40 W.
Pontchar'train Lake, In Louisi-
ana, United States, 36 miles loriK
and 24 broad ; it communicates
with the (7ulf of Mexico, and also
with the Mississippi.
Port-au-Prince, the capital of St
Domingo or Hayti, situate on the
W. coast of the island, at the bot-
tom of a deep gulf. Pop. 20,000.
-18, 33N. 7'J, ^7 W.
Port Hay'tien, a seaport of St Do-
mingo, on its N. coast. P. 10,000.
Porl'land, the principal city and
seaport of Maine, United States,
on Casco B.ty. Its foreign trade is
considerable. Pop. 12,(501.-4,),
39 N. 70. "20 W.
Poi t of Spain, or Span'ish Town.
Sec Trinidad.
Por'to-P.i'co,one of the Great An-
tilles, West Indies, to the east of
St Domingo, about 110 miles lonp
and 3ti broad. It is very firtilc,
with fine woods and pastures, and
is the centre of an extensive com-
merce. Po|». 1.10,000. San Ju'an,
on the north coast, is the cnpital.
Pop. :;0,000.— 18, .38 N. (56, W.
Ports'mouth, the principal city
and seaport of New Hampshiro,
United States, strongly fortified,
with an excellent harbour. Pop.
808>.— 4.S, 4 N. 70, 45 W.
Poto'mac, a river of the United
States, which rises in the Alle-
ghany Mountains, and, afterforra-
ing the boundary betwe^^n Mary-
land and Virginia, flows into Che-
sapeak Bav.
Poy'aij, a town and district of
Guatimala, on the Honduras or
Mosquito coast.
Prince Kd'ward Island, called
formerly St John, is situate in a
Bay of the (Julf of St I^wrence,
and separated from New Bruns-
wick and Nova Scotia by Nor-
thumberland Straits. It is about
140 miles in length by 20 in mean
breadth. This fine island is deep.
Iv indented by bays, and is favour-
ably situate for .agriculture and
fisheries. Po)). 33,000. Charlotte-
town is the capital. Pop. 2.)00.
Prince ot VVales, Cane, the most
western point_of NorUi Amoric^,
Kcparaied bv iichring's sif^i^s, ■.—
miles broad, from the Eastern
C»l)eofA»ia.-^5,45 N. 168, HW*
NORTH AMERICA,
29a
Prince William's Sound, a gulf
of the Pacific, on the N.W. coast,
so named by Cook in 1778.
Prov'idence, a flourishing sea-
port, thccdpital of Rhode Island,
United States, sitUHte on both sides
of the river of the sanne name.
Pop. 16,832.— 41, 49 N. 71, 21 W.
Pueb'la.acity of Mexico, the capi.
tal of a province of the same name.
Its churches are uncommonly
splendid, and it has flourlshinR nnu
nulactures. Pop. 70,000.-19.
N. 98, W.
QUEBEC, the capital of Ca-
nada and of British America, on
the north bank of the St Law.
rence, about 400 miles from its
mouth. It is very strongly Ibrti.
fied, and possesses an extensive
trade. In i759 it was taken from
the French by the British, under
Gent a! Wolfe, who (ell in the en-
gagement. Pop. 30,0U0.— 4G, 49
K71, 16W.
Qiiereta'ro, a city of Mexico, not-
ed for the beauty of its edifices
and its cottoii-manulactures. Pun.
;io,oO().— JO, .'10 N. 100, 10 vv.
RAY, CAPE, the S. W. cxtre-
rj'^y 0' Newfoundland.— 17, 4U N.
Read'ing, a town of Pennsylvania,
United States, on the Schuylkill,
with considerable trade and ma-
nufactures. Pop. 5S59.
Red River, or Ri'o Hox'o, rises
near the Rocky Mountains, in
i\ew Mexico, and, after a south-
easterly course of 1.500 miles, joms
the Mississippi about i>40 miles
above New Orleans.
RAodc Island, one of the United
Mates, the smallest in the union,
between Connecticut aid Massa-
chuselts. it is celebrated for its
orchards and dairy produce. Kx-
tent lofiO square miles, P. 97, 199.
Prov'uience is the capital.
.Rich'mond, the capit&l of Vir.
ginia, on J;imes Kiver, about l.')9
miles from its mouth. It is flourish-
ing and opulent, and its situation
s jnghiy pi,.turesque. Pop. ,„
S*,o'v^'i'^^J in 1834, iii.OOO.
-37, 3'J N, 77, ^0 W.
nv»i!l^*" ^'^"^' < "'I'"'). In Canada,
extending (rom Kingst<.n, on Lake
Ontario, to the Ottawa nr (Jr.n^^
'^'vcr. nag been executed bv the
Ri'o Colora'do, a river of Mexico,
rises in the Rocky Mountains, and,
alter a snuth-v^est course of 700
miles, falls into the Gulf of Cali-
fornia.— Another rivtr in the State
of Texas, also ri^es in the Rocky
Mountains, and flows into the Uulf
of Mexico.
Ri'o del Nor't6, a tiver of Mexi-
co, which has its source in the
Itocky Mountains, and, flowing S.
E. falls into the ii tilt of Mexico.
Roch'estcr, a flourishing town
of New York, United States, on
the Eric Canal, at the grtat falls of
the Genesee. Pop. l-l.OOO.- i3, 8
N. 77,61 VV.
Rock'y 3Ioun'tains. See Re-
marks, p. 'Jt.9.
Rob'ier, a Cape of Lower Cana-
da, at the mouth of the bt Law-
rence.— 48, .'yO N. G4, 15 W.
-SA'HA, one of the leeward
Islands, West Indies, N. W. ot ht
Eustatius. I'op. oOi).
Sa'ble, Cape, ifu- S. W. point of
Nov;i Sc(iiia.— 43, 24 N. 6,), 38 W.
See Tanchii, or Sable Point.
ft :,. i. '*" "^" executed bv the
o/ni- i^^i^^'IJ'"®"^' a^^n expense
Of nearly £1,000,000 sterling.
Sa'bic, a small and liarreti island
in the Atlantic, about Ho miles S.E.
of Cape taiiseau, in Nova Seotia;
dangirous to maiiners.— 43. 59 N.
59, 48 W.
Saek't'tt's Harbour, a town of
New York, United States, on the
shore of Lake Ontaiio, strongly
fortifitd.— Jl, 5) N. 7.i, 57 W.
St .Au'mistiiie, a seaport of Flo-
rida, United States. Pop. 5UU0.—
29,48 N. 81,35 W.
St Rartho'lomt'w, one of the
Leeward Islands, West Indies, 24
milts in circuit. Pop. 8U10. Gus-
ta'via IS the capital.
St C//ri>'toplier, or St Kitts «ne
of the Leeward Islands, West In-
dies, 12 miles in circuit. Pi mei-
p;il exports, sugar, molasses, and
rum. Pop. i;3,-^90. Ras-eteneMa
the capital. Pop. 800u.— 17, 20 N.
02. 53 W.
St Croix (Croaw'), or San'ta
Cruz, one ot. the Virgin Mand*,
West Indies, 'il miles long and 9
bro.-td. Pop. 31,387. Clln^'tian-
stad/is the capital. Pop. 6UU0. -
St Croix', a river which separates
New Brunswiik from the United
Stati's.
St Domln'go, or Hay'ti, one of
the Great Antilles, and, next to
Cuba, the largest of the West In,
294
NORTH AMEllICA.
dia Islands, beliiR about 450 miles
in length and Hi) in breadth. The
soil of the plains is exceedingly fer-
tile. It abounds in excellent ttni-
ber and valuable mines. 1 his hne
island is now an independent negro
republic. Pop. upwards of 50U,000.
Port-au-Prince is the capital.
St Domin'go, a 8ea|)ort of the
above island, on its S. E. coast.
Pop. 10.000.-18. 28 N. 69, 59 W-
St Eli'as, a lofty mountain on
the N. W. coast, rising to the
height of 15,000 feet above the
level of the pea.
St Eusta'tius, one of the Lee-
ward Islands, West Indies, N. W.
ofStChiiPtopher. Pop. 20,000. ht
Eusta'tius is the capital. Poj). (iOOO.
St John, one of the Virgin Isl-
ands, West Indies, 1'2 miles ni cir-
cuit. Pop.t.'50i>.
St John, the principal seaport ol
New Brunswick, on the IJay of
Fundy, at the mouih ot the river
.St John, which has a course of
nearly fiOO miles. Pop. 84(J8.— 'la,
15 N.Cifi, 6 W. ^^^ _
St John, thechipf tnwnof Ne<«r.
foundlanri. on the S. E. side ot the
island. It is strongly tortilied, and
lias a great trade in the cod-ti-hery,
Population about '-'0,000.-47, 33
N. .Vi, 38 W.
St John. See Antigua.
St Kitt's. See St Christopher.
St Law'rence, Kiver. Sae Re-
marks, p. 5?Gi.
St Law'rence, Gulf of, a large
bav or gulf of the Atlantic, the
principal entrance to which, from
the ocean, is between Cape Breton
and Newloundland. It receives
the waters of the St Lawrence.
St Lou'is, the principal town of
Missouri. United States, situate on
the Mississippi, "Jb miles below the
influx of the Missouri, and 1200
miles from New Orleans. It is the
centre of a considerable trad<'. P.
in 1850 was 5852; in 1834, 10,000.
—58, or, N. 89, 55 W.
St Lu'cas, a cape of Mexico, the
southern extremity of California.
— y?, 50 N. 109, 45 W.
St Lu'cia, one of the Windward
Islands, West Indies, between
Martinique and St Vincent, 32
, rM\e% long and 12 broad. Pop.
16,116. iJah'tries li the capital.
Pop. S.'iOO.
{It Mar'tin, one of the Leeward
Islands, West Indies, 44 miles in
circuit. Pop. 7400.
St Pe'ters, a river of the United
States, flows into the Mississippi
a few miles below the Falla of St
Anthony. , . ,
St Pierre', the principal com-
morclHl town and seaport of Mar-
tmique. West Indies. Pop. 18,000.
— 11, 45 N. 61,13 W. , , .,,
St Sal'vador, or Guanahr/ni Is].
and. See Bahamas.
St Sal'vador, a city of Guatima-
la, capital of the province of the
same name ; it has a great trade in
indigo. Pop. 59,000.-13, 40 N.
89 W.
St T/iom'as, one of the Virgin
Islands, West Indies, 25 miles in
circuit. Pop. 7000. St Thomas
is the capital. Pop. 3000.
St Vin'cent, one of the Wind-
ward I>lands,West Indies, IS miles
!or.'^ and 11 broad. It is very
mountainous, with fertile interme-
diate valleys. Chief exports, suirar,
rum, and molasses. Pop. 'iG.IlOO.
Kings'town is the capital. Pop.
8000.-13, 11 N. 61,17 W.
Saiiites three small islands
West Indies, between Guadiiloupc
and Dominica.
Sa'lem, a flourishing seaport of
Massachussefs, United States. P.
13.886 -42, 31 N. TO, 64 W.
i-nn Bias, a seaport ot Mexico,
province of Guadalaxara, at the
mouth of the Santiago. P. 30(10.
San Prancis'co, a seaport ot Mex.
ico, province of New California, on
an extensive bay.— 37, 40 N. iJil,
50 'w.
San'dv-Hook, a small island of
the Un'itcd States, near the W.
end of Long Island.
San Ju'an. See Porto Rico.
San-Lu'is Poto'si, a city ot Mex-
ico, capital of a province of the
.sauie name. Pop. 20,000.-22, 1,.
N. 100. 30 W. , „ .^
San'ta P6, a town of Mexico,
province ot New Mexico, with se-
veral manufactures. Pop. 4000.
Saritia'go, a seaport of Cuba, on
the S. E. side of the island, with a
fineha.bour. Pup. 27.000.-^iO,0
^'sl^van'nii/i, a river of the United
States, forming the boundary W-
and falling into the Atlantic.
Savan'na/i, the principal mpox}
iiahr/ni h].
of Georgia, United States, on the
Mavannah, ITmilesfrom Us mouth.
Pop. 7303.— 32, 4 N. 81, 7 W.
Sci'tiiate, a town of Hhode Isl-
nnd, United States, II miles from
Providence. Pop. 68.')3.
Shavv'neeiown.a townnf lUhinis
United Statec, on the Ohio, btlow
its junction with the Wahash.
Sono'ra, a town of Mexico, in
the province of the same name.
Span'lsh Town. See Jamaica.
Spiing'field, a thrivinct town of
Massachusetts, United States, on
the Cnnnecticnt. Pop. 6781.
Sfa'ten Island, belonging to New
York, United States, 18 miles
lonpand 8 broad, and divided from
Long Island by the strait called
the Narrows.
Supt'rior, Lake, the largest of
the great American lakes, and
the greatest body of fresh water on
the globe. It is 400 miles in length
and 1-10 in breadth, lis depth is
79i? feet, and it is (517 above the
level of thesea. Numerous i.-laiids
are scattered over this lake, which
receives 2vO rivers and strean.s,
and discharges its waters through
St Mary's Strait into I,ake Huron.
S(lsquehan'n.^//, a river of the
tnited States, has its source from
Lake Otsego, flows through Peon.
s\iv;ii,iii, and enteis the head of
thesapcok IJay,
TAMFI'to; a seaport of Mexico,
V {5^ P"lf>«' that name.— a-^, "M
TaiiVha, or Sa'ble Point, the
joiithcrn extremity of Florid.i,
United State:r-i>4, .50 N. 8 1 , I.) \V.
.irf'os, a town of Mexico, pro-
vince of New Mexico.
Taiin'ton, a town of Massachu-
setts, United States on the Taiin-
lon; with several manuiactures.
^ op. (i()i5.
Ten'nojce, one of the Unil.Hl
Mates bouDdeil N. by Kentucky,
and Vv. ly „,^ Mi.ssisMppl. |,'
ranks among the most fertile states
01 the Union, and is distinguished
2 oiIm'^'"'^'^"^ scenery. Extent
i-m) square miles. I'op. fiM 1 ,i»()4
Nashville is the capital. P. .V,(>b.
^t.tZ 'l^'^f e,a river of the United
Maters tormed by the un.o.i of
inel?"'''*'*^'""^^''^''a'-Knox.
^"le, and.a)ft.rao;..«..'.„ ,
S„"'«<->''io, 50 miles above Us
confluence with the MifisUsippl.
NORTH AMERICA.
295
. Tep'ic, a town of Mexico, pro-
vince of Guadalaxara, on the sum-
nut of a mountain.
'^^^^,^^*\Vro\iucc of Mexico to
me I. of Kio del Norte, but now
erected into an independent re-
public. Pop. G.^.OOO.
Three RivVrs, a town of Lower
Canada, situate at the confluence
ot the St Maurice and the St Law-
rence. Pop, 3.'J00.
TlascaKa, a town of Mexico, pro-
vince of Puebia, once a most po-
pulnuscity; with some manufac-
tures. Pop. 3400.
Toba'go, one of the Windward
Islands. West Indies, N. E. of
Irinidad, 32 miles long and VJ
hroad. It is fitxly divcrsified^hy
hills and vales. Population 13,200.
Scar'borough is the capital. P.aooo.
Toron'to, until lately called
Vork, the capital of U|)i>er Canada,
situate near the head of Lake Un-
tario, 184 miles above Kingston,
wuh an excellent harbour. Pop.
y.VlO.-i:^, 31 N. 79. 20 W.
lorto'la, the principal of the
Virgin I^Ics, West Indies, 12 miles
l;;ng and 4 broad. Pop. 7731.
lorto'lii is the capital.
'I'riiiiilad', next t<. Jamaica, is
the l,<rf<est of the Rritish West In-
dia Manils, beinti f'Q miles long, hv
50 broad. It is separated from the
eo<ist of S. America bv the Gulf of
Paria, and is equally tlistinguished
tor its uiu-oininoii fertility,^ pictur-
esque scenery, and m.tgnificeiit^w-
rrsts. Exports, sugar, molasses, co-
coa. Pop. .-,0,Ol,i. Port of Spain or
SiKii/ish Town on the west coast
IS the capital. Pop. 10,800.
Trinidad', a seaport of Cuba, on
the S. coiist of the island. Pop.
L'3,00()-i'1.37 N.80, 3W.
^ Tro\ , a flourishing'town of New
York. United States on the Hud-
son, «> miles above Alb.iny. Pop.
11,40).— jy, 44 N. 7r>, 40 W.
'J'ruxil'lo, a seaport of Guafi-
mala, province of Honduras.— 15.
51 N 80. 7 VV.
li'TICA, a flntirishing town of
New York, United States on tho
Mohawk, where the Erie Canal
joins that river. Pop. 8323.-43,
6 N. 7.), in \V.
VAL'LADOLin', a city of Mex-
ico, c.ipital of tiie province of VaU
ladolid or Mechoacan. P. S.'i.tMK).
Vancouv'er, called al<o Qu^^rn
296
NORTH AMERICA.
and Vancouv'er, an island on the
N. W. coast, about 300 miles long
and 80 broad, covered with im-
mense woods. See Noolka Sound.
Ve'ra Cruz, the princiiKil seaport
of Mexico, and capital ol the pro-
vince o»" the same name. It is si-
tuateon the Cull of Mexico, and
is ilelended by the strong castle ot
San Juan de UHoa. Pop. 15,0UU.
— 19, II N. 1«5, 8 VV.
Vt'ra Paz, or Co'ban, a town ot
Guatimala, on a river which flows
into the Lake ot Dulce.
Ver'mont, one of the United
States, bounded on the west by
New York, and on the east by the
Connecticut, which separates it
from New Hampshire. The centre
is traversed by parallel ranges ot 1 he
Green Mountains, which enclose
many fertile valleys. It carries on
a very active commerce by Lake
Champlam. Extent 10,-2l':: square
miles. Pop. 280,052. M.>i.tpe'lier
ig the state-capital. Pop. UW.
Vil'la del Prin'ciif;, a town ot
Cuba, in the interior ot tl.e island,
the scat of the supreme court.
Pop. 4H.()t)« ~i.'0, 51 N. 77, 50 W.
Vincentit./, a town ot Indiana,
United Suites, on the Wabash.
Pop. IHl)i>. , rT •. 1
Virgih'ia, one of the United
States, the Ian. est and most power-
!ul of all the Southern States, is
bounded on the snuth by North
Carolina, and traversed by succes-
sive ranges of the Alleghanies,
fio-n wliich descend numerous
htrcums. Although the soil is va-
riou^, it is highly favourable tor
agriculture. Ti)bicco, wheat, and
maize, are its great staples, hx-
tent G4,()0() square miles. Pop.
1.211,105, of whom 4(i5»,7.'7 are
slaviii. Kich'mond is the capital.
Vii'gin Isles, a immerou-. group
in the We t Indies, between Porto
Kico and the Leeward Islands, bo-
longing to the Bntish and Danes.
Pop. 77. "50. ^^, ,-. .
Vii'gin Gor'da.one of the Virgin
Islands, West Indies. Pop. «0 0.
WA'UASH, a river of the United
States, rlset oil the W. border of
Ohio, separates Indiana from llli-
noi8?and join, the Ohio 100 mdc,
aliove its confluence with the Mis-
* ^vVa'r'wick, a town of Rhode Isl.
and, United States, at the head ot
Naraganset Bay, with cotton-ma-
nuf.ctures. Pop. 5529.
Wash'ington, the capital of the
United States, finely situate ori the
Potom-ic, 111 the district of Colum-
bla, about 120 miles Irom Us June
tion with Chesape'ik Bay. lop.
18.827.-:^8,5'2N.77, 1 W.
Wheeling, a town of Virginia,
United States, on the Ohio. Po-
pulation 5'-22l. , . , ♦„..,„
Wil'mlngton. the prlncipaltown
of Delaware, United Stales, with
flourishing trade and inaniilac-
tures. Pop. e«yH.-A thriving sea-
port of N. Carolina on Capo Fear
River. Pop. 2«t)8.
Wind'sor, a town of Vermont,
United States, on the Connecticut.
*'"{vin'ni'peg,alargelakeofBritlsh
America, N. W. of Lake Superior
280 miles in length and from hO
to 15 in breadth. It receives seve-
ral large rivers, and dischar«es its
waters into Hudson's Bay, by tfie
Nelson and the Severn.
XA'LAPA,a handsome city of
Mexico, province of Vera Crui,
-ituate 40 10 feet above the sea.
Pop. 13.000.-19. 30 N. m, 50 W.
y AU'iMOUTH, a thriving eea.
port of Nova Scotia, on the west
coast. P. 1500.-43,5.5 N.bO, 5 W,
Yt)rk. See loronto.
Yu'cataii.a province and pemn-
8ula of Mexico, projecting Iron
the continent 3G0 miles, -"d sei*
rated from the island ot tuba m
a channel about ItJO mile* broajl
It is washed on the b. E. by tt|
Hay of Mondnras, on whicn is
British settlement. .
ZACA rtl'CAS, a city of Mex«
CO, capital of a province ot j
same name, surrounded by rii^
silver-mines. Pop. 25,000.— -<)if
N. 101,35 W.
%
SOUTH AMERICA
bounded ^r. hv the Isthmus of Panama and the ta-
by
rifebean Sea; W. by the
Paciac Ocean ; S. by th«
lll^
. border of
I from lllt<
lUU miles
;h the Mis-
Rhode Isl-
the head of
cotton-ma-
pltal of the
Luate on the
t of Colum-
am its June-
Bay. Top.
1 W.
of Virginia,
Ohio. Po.
Inclpal town
Slates, with
d iimnutac-
thriving sea-
a Cape Fear
uf Vermont,
Connecticut.
ike of British
jke Superior,
and from !iO
eceives seve-
lischarues its
i Bay, by the
n.
dsome city of
■ Vera Crui,
lOve the sea.
»J.9(>, 50 W.
thriving sea.
/on the west
,5 N.ti6,5W,
0.
ce and penin-
ojecting tron
iies, «nd sei*
id of C uba b|i
) mde> btmi
S. E. by
»n which isi
city of Me4
ovince of m
ndtd by rici
25,000.-23,1
Lnd the ta-
S. by thi
^
*
vTHUsnKn m- oijvku »: woyi>, KKiNim
., iirrtiiiilii
111' 0,,
i.» M.iiihiruii
'■lwUillhl<<\
Ti<hit
rfct'llii- ilim,>,;>
Vl«:..iU...J.fe''S*-"-' >.
S-AMBJil
,11 O^ » I
fi
HUSnKD HT OWTKll * JH»yi>, K1IINI1I KOJI .
•--• V
SOUTH AMKniCA. 29?
Southern Ocean; and E. by the Atlantic. The su-
perficial area has been estimated at 7,000,000 square.,
miles, and its population at 13,000,000.
DlvUloni. , Chief Towns,
Colombia Santa Fe de Booota, Carthagcna,
Popayan ; Caruccas, La Guuyra,
IVIaracaibo, (uinana; Quito, Guay-
aquil, Cuenya.
Guiana George Town, Paramaribo, Cayenne.
Brazil Kio Janki no, Uahia or St Salvador,
l*ernambuco, Maranhani, Para.
Peru IjiaiAjCalluo, Cuzco,Guamanga,Are-
quipa, Puno, Truxillo.
Holiviaor Upper Peru..Iial*lata, (ial*az,Potosi,Cochabamba.
Para|?uay Assumption, Villa Rica.
LaPlaia Buenos Ayiiks, Cordova, l\Ien-
doza, Santa Fe.
Banda Oriental Monte Video.
Chili Santiago, Valparaiso, Conception.
Patagonia Port-Desire.
Capes — St Roque, Frio, St Maria, St Antonio,Horn.
Gulfs, Bays, and Straits — GulfotParia, Gulf of
Maracaibo, Gulf of Darien, Bay of Panama, Gulf of
Guayaquil, Bny of All Saints, Straits of Magellan,
Straits of Le Maire.
Isthmus. — Panama or Darien.
Mountains, — Antles or Cordilleras, Parime Moun«
tains, Mountains of Brazil.
Lakes. — Maracaibo, Titicaca, Xaraycs.
RivEHS. — Amazon or Maranon, La Plata, Orinoco,
Magdalena, Essequibo, Madeira, Kio Negro, Paraguay,
Parana, Para or Tocantin, San Francisco, IMendoisa
or Colorado.
Islands. — Margarita, Galapagos Islands, Juan Fer-
nandez, Chiloe, Terra del Fuego, Falkland Islamls,
South Georgia, New South Shetland Islands.
BEMARKS.
, South America extends from 12° N. to 56° S. lat., and
jrom 35" to 81" VV. long. ; being upwards ot\4C60 miles in
length from north to south, and 3160 miles in breadth froai
east to west.
in 110 part of the world are the features of nature so bold
and marked as in South America. Its mountains, its ri-
?eii|i and elevated plains; are on ^ scale of unusual magni..
298 SOUTH AMERICA.
ficence. The gigantic Andes form the longest unbroken
range of lofty summits on the globe. They extend above
4000 miies, from the Straits of Magellan to the Isthmus of
Panama, and consist of parallel chains or insulated moun-
tains, rising far within the region of perpetual snow, and
enclosing table-lands, whose general elevation is 6000 feet
above the level of the ocean. Cotopaxi, one of the loftiest,
and the most dreaded of all the volcanoes of the Andes, is
described by Humboldt as a perfect cone, which, covered
to an enormous depth with snow, shines with a dazzling
splendour at sunset against the azure vault of heaven.
Still farther to the east rises another plateau, inferior in ele-
vation and extent to the western table-land. Chimborazo,
whose summit is 2I,4S6 feet above the level of the sea, has
been hitherto supposed to be the loftiest of the Andes; but,
by the late observations of Mr Pentland, it would appear
that the peaks of lllimani and Sorata, in Upper Peru, rise,
the hrst to 24, '200, and the second to 25/250 feet, and are
consequently the highest in America.
The mountains and plateaus of Thibet may vie in eleva.
tion with those of South America; but in the magnitude
of its streams the latter is altogether unrivalled. The Cordil-
leras contain the sources of the two greatest rivers in the
world. Of these the Amazon, called likewise the Maranon,
which is navigable for about 2000 miles, holds the first
rank. It is composed of the united waters of the Ucayal
and Tunguragua; and is swelled in its course by numerous
tributaries, which are in themselves majestic rivers. It
rolls nearly eastward through a space of 3300 miles, ex.
panding, before it reaches the Atlantic, under the equator,
into an estuary 180 miles wide. So great is the force of its
current that it repels the waters of the ocean, and forces
itself, pure and unmixed, upwards of 200 miles into thesea.
The tide, on the other hand, is perceptible at Obidos, 400
miles from its mouth. The second in magnitude is the La
Plata, formed by the unioji of several large streams, of which
the most important are the Parana and Paraguay. At Bu-
enos Ayres, 200 miles from its mouth, this river is about 30
miles broad ; and after a southerly course of nearly 2200
miles, pours its waters into the Atlantic by a magnificent
estuary, 1.50 miles wide. Next, though much inferior to
these, is the Orinoco which insues frotn a small lake in the
Parime Mountains, and, after winding round them, pursues
a northern direction, It is increased by many important
ftvreams, wUeiii bending t;astward, it roUs along with ^^^^
SOUTH AMERICA.
'299
unbroken
end above
[sthmus of
ted moun<
snow, and
i 6000 feet
he loftiest,
Andes, is
1, covered
a dazzling
f heaven,
rior in ele-
limborazo,
he sea, has
ndes; but,
ild appear
Peru, rise,
t, and are
e in eleva.
magnitude
?he Cordil-
/ers in the
i Maranon,
Is the first
the Ucayal
■f numerous
rivers. It
miles, ex.
he equator,
force of its
and forces
nto the sea.
)bidos, 400
e is the La
IS, of which
f. At Bu.
is about 30
learly 2'iOO
maj^nificent
inferior to
lake in the
jm, pursues
y important
; with great
force and rapidity, until it enters the Atlantic to the south
of Trinidad, by a delta of about fifty channels, and after a
course of 1480 miles. It is navigable for about 1000 miles
from its mouth, and in an early part of its course forms a
remarkable communication by the Cassiquiari with the Rio
Negro, a tributary of the Amazon.
In South America the climate varies with the elevation
no less than with the latitude. Under the equator the infe-
rior limit of perpetual snow is at the height of 15,800 feet,
—and this boundary is invariably and strongly defined. The
climate and ve^retable productions of different regions of the
globe are found in regular succession, as the traveller as-
cends from the level of the ocean to the summit of the Andes.
Between the tropics, cassava, cocoa, maize, plantains, indi-
go, sugar, cotton, and coffee, are cultivated from the level of
the sea tp the height of from 3000 to 5000 feet. There, too,
oranges, pine- apples, and the most delicious fruits, grow
luxuriantly.
Extreme fertility is the general character of the soil in
South America, and its magnificent rivers and internal re-
sources seem to mark it out as destined to become the most
important part of the globe. Under the thraldom of the old
governments of Spain and Portugal, the colonists seemed
scarcely aware of the advantages of their situation ; but now
that they have succeeded in throwing off the yoke, the con-
sciousness of independence, and the security of a free go-
vernment, may be expected to call forth their energies, and
prompt them to avail themselves of their exhaustless re-
sources.
Of this vast continent, Spain, before the late revolutions,
possessed New Granada and the Caraccas, Pe*!i, Chili, and
Paraguay, which are now independent countries; Brazil
belonged to the Portuguese; Guiana now belongs to the
British, Dutch, and French; Patagonia is occupied by
native tribes. Of her former extensive possessions in South
America, Spain retains not a single spot Her oppression,
long endured with servile patience, at last provoked her
subjects to rebellion, and several important republics have
been founded on the ruins of the old government.
EXERCISES.
What are the boundaries of South America ? What is its
extent in snnaf.^ t-r^n^^ S »I''l,~. :- iU_ -• J n
Tr riai, i3 ine csuiiimea amounc or
"8 population ? Name its divisions. What are the chief
towns of Colombia ? Of Guiana ? Of Brazil? Of Peru ?
V^t Bolivia ? Of Paraguay ? Of La Plata ? Of Chili ?
300 SOUTH AMERICA.
What are the principal capes of South America ? What are
its gulfs, bays, and straits ? Mention its isthmus. XSameits
mountains, lakes, rivers, and islands. ., , , 0*1,
Between what degrees of latitude and longitude does South
America extend 't What are its length and breadth ? Of
what character are its features ? pt^.^cnbe the Andes. What
is their extent ? What is the height of the table-knds ?
Describe Cotopaxi. What are the respective heigh s of
Chimborazo, lUimani, and Sorata? In what circumstaiice
is South America unrivalled? Which is the greatest of its
rivers? Of what streams is it composed ? What is the
length of its course, and its width before reaching the Allan-
tic ? How far does it penetrate pure and unmixed into the
ocean ? How far from its mouth is the influence of the tide
distinctly felt ? What is the next river in magnitude ? Wha
are the most important of the streams which unite to form it
What is its width at Buenos Ayres, and at its mouth ? VVha
river is next to these in magnitude ? Where to it rise
How is it connected with the Amazon ? What is the length
of its course? , ,. . /. o *u a,,,«
With what circumstances does the climate of South Anie-
rica vary ? What is the inferior limit of perpetual snow under
the equator? M^hat products ^re cu^^^^'Sit^^, J^^'^it
tropicJ from the level of the sea to the height of from 3000 to
5000 feet ? ^Vhat is the general character ot the soil in SouUi
America? By what circumstance does it seem destined to
become a mosf important part of the globe ? What former y
prevented the colonists from availing themselves ot their ad-
vantages ? By what circumstances are they now likely to be
country is occupied by native tribes ? Does Spain retain an)
of her South American possessions ?
DESCRIPTIVE TABLE OF SOUTH AMERICA.
ALAGO'AS, a town in Brazil, the
capital of a province. P 14,000.
All .Saints B^iy "'» a large and
commoinnus Imy ot Hrazil, on the
coast olBihia, containing several
fertile i-lajuls.
Aiii'azon or Mar'anon River.
See Roinarks, p. t'98.
An'clca, 'ir C )rai/leras. See Re-
marks, p. i'j8.
Arequ/|)a a city of Peru, capi-
a tine valley. Ne.ir it is a great
volcano. Pop. 30,000.--16'' iJV S.
Jat-Tl'-SV VV. long
Assumi/tion, the capital ol i*ar-
acuav, on the river of that name.
/op.li',000.— 25, l.J S. .57, 35 W.
BXHl'A, or St Sal'vailor, a
large commercial city and seaport
of Brazil, situate at the entrance
of the noble Bay of All Saints.
The publiciniildmgs are numerous.
Pop. IVO.(»00.--I3, .5 S. S«. -i'S W.
Baii'da Oriental', or IJr'nguay,
bounded N. bv Brazil, and W. b\
La Plata, was erected into an m-
di-uendent state in 1829. Kxte"'
80,0110 square miles. Pop. 1 /(l,iw-
Berbice', a district of Ouim
belonging to Britain, S. E. of Ue-
merara, Its chief e^-porta arcc oN
SOUTH AMERICA.
fee aud lugar. Extent 30.000
square miles. Population £4,560.
TJew Amsterdam, at the mouth of
Beibice River, is the capital.
Blan'co, Cape, in the Pacific
Ocean, the S. point of the Gulf of
Guayaquil.— 4, 17 S. 81, "20 W.
Bogota' or San'ta F6 de Bogota',
a city of Colombia, the capital of
New Granada, situate in a lux-
uriant plain, elcvtted 8720 feet
at)ove the sea, and surrounded by
grand mountain scenery. Pop.
•10,000.-4, 35 N. 7t, 13 W.
Boliv'ia or Upper Peru'. See
Peru.
Brazil', an extensive empire, ex-
tending from the Amazon to the
La Plata; bounded N. hy Guiana
and Colombia ; W. by Peru, Boli-
via, Paraguay, and La IMata; S.
by Banda Oriental, and E. by the
Atlantic. 'I'his country belonged to
Portugal till 18Jl,when it asserted
its independence, and, having ob-
tained a free constitution, is now
governed by a prince of the house
ot Braganza, with the title of im-
pcror. Extent 5.0(10,000 square
miles. Population 5.()00,0()0.
Bue'nos Ay'rcs, a city ot La Pla-
ta, capital ot the |)rovince of Bue-
nos Ayres, situate on tlie S. shoie
of tiie PJo de la Plata, about 2(;0
miles from the ocean. It is well
fortified, and is a great emporium
of trade. Though the river is here
30 miles broad, owing to its shaU
lowncss large vessels cannot ap-
proach neaier than 5 or 6 miles
from the city. Pop. 80,000.-34,
36 S. 58, 21 W.
CALLA'O, a seaport of Peru,
province of Lima, with an excel-
lent harbour. It is the port of
Lima, from which it is 5 miles
distant. Pop. 4000.—' i>, 3 S. 77, 14
W.
Carac'cas, a city of Colombia,
capital of Venezuela, in a tertile
vailt-y, surrounded by lofty moun-
tains. It carries on considerable
trade. P.SO.OOO.— 10,31 N. 67,5W.
Carthage'na, a seaport of Colom-
bia, capital of the province of the
^anie mime. It has a tine harbour,
with a naval arsenal, and is strong-
ly fortified. Pop. 18,000.-10, 25
4/\ ^«T
^u vv.
Caxamar'ca, a town of Peru,
province of Truxillo.distinguished
as the place where, in 1533, Ata-
301
hualpa, the last of the Incaa« tvtog
put to death by Pizarto. P. 7000.
Caxoei'ra, atown of Braiil, prd-
vince ot Bahia, the mart for thepro*
duce of the gold mines. P. 16»u00.
Cayenne', a district of Guiana be-
longing to the trench, bounded dh
the W. by the colony of Surinani.
It is extremely unhealthy, beinjr
low and swampy, and covered with
majestic forests. Extent 3K,^
square miles. Population SS,684.
Cayenne', the capital, is situate on
an island, at the mouth of a rivet-,
both of the same name. Pop. ?000.
Chi'li, a long and narrow terri-
tory between the Pacific OcieaA
and the Andes, which separate it
from Lu Plata. In 1K18 it wftt
proclaimed an independent stat^,
and '• for ever" separated lyom
the monarchy of Spain Extent
170,000 square miles. Population
1,400,0(0.
Chi'lod, a cluster of island* kt
the S. extremity of Chili. Chilnd,
the largest, is 110 miles lor>g and
40 broad. The soil is fertile and
the climate salubrious.
Chimboia'zo.a celebrated moun.
tain of Colombia, province of Qui-
to, one of the loftiest of the Ande^,
being 21,436 feet above the level
of the sea. On 23d June 1802,
Humboldt and Bonpland ascend,
ed it to ihe heigh' of 19,2'- Gleet
above the sea. The upper region
is covered with |)erpetiial snow.
Cochabam'ba, a town of Bolivia,
capital of the province of the same
name, in a fruitful valley. Pop,
30,000.— 17. 21 S. 67, 25 W.
Colom'bia, foimerly the Spanish
viceroyalty of New Granada and
the Caraccas, is hounded N. by the
Caribbean Sea; W. by Guatimala
and the Pacific Ocean ; S. by Peru
and Brazil ; and E. by British Gui-
ana. It established its independ-
ence in 1820, after a struggle of
ten years, Lut has been more re-
cently divided into the thiee re-
publics of New Granada, Vene-
zuela, and Ecuador; united,
however, by a federal compact,— a
forui of government framed upon
that or the United States. Extent
1,100,000 s(5. miles. P. 2,8()(),000.
Concep'tioii, s seaport of Cniii,
on a fine bay, near the mouth of
the Bioliio. Pop. 10,000.-36,
49 S. 73, 4 W.
N
302
SOUTH AMERICA.
Cioquim'bo, a seaport of Chili,
capital of a province abounding in
gold, silver, and copper. Pop.
12,000.-29, MS. 71, 19 W.
Cordilleras, a name frequently
applied to the chains of the Andes.
See Remarks, p. 298.
Corcio'va, a city of La Plata, ca-
pital of a province ; with consider.
able manufactures. Pop. 15,U00.
—31,20 8. 62, 58W.
Cotopax'i, a volcanic mountain
of Colombia, 41 miles S. K. of Qui-
to. It is a perfect cone, risiiiR
18,868 feet above the level of the
sea,and is the most beautiful of the
colossal heights of the Andes.
Cuen'^a, a city of Colombia, ca-
pitalof'aprovinceofthes.imename.
Pop. 20,000.-2, 65 S. 79, 13 VV.
Cuma'na, a seaport of Colombia,
capital of the province of Cumana,
on a gulf of the Caribbean Sea,
noted for its commercial activity
and enterprise. Pop. 10,000 — 10,
27 N. 64 9 W.
Cuya'ba, a town of Brazil, pro-
vince of Matto Grosso, on a river
of the same name. Pop. 10 OOD.
Cuz'co, a city of Peru, formerly
the capital of the Incas, and held
sacred by thePeruvians. It retains
traces of its ancient splendour.
Pop. 32,000. —13. 10 S. 71, t'O W.
DA'KIEN, an extensive pulf of
Colombia, on the coast of the isth-
mus of Panama or Darion.
Demera'ra, including Esse(]uibo,
a district of Guiana, bounded on
the W. by Colombia and on the
E. by Berbice, extending nearly
200 miles along the coast. The
soil is naturally very rich, produc-
ing cotton, coffee, sugar, rum, and
molasses. Extent 70,000 sq. miles.
Pop. 80,000. Geor^^e Town, at
the mouth of the river Demerara,
Is the capital of the united colony.
Population fiOOO.
ECUADOR (Ekjuador'). See
Colombia.
Essequi'bo, a river of British
Guiana, rises in the Parimt; Moun-
t^tins, and flows through m.igni-
ficent tropical forests. After a
course of 400 miles, it falls mto
the Atlantic by an estuary iO miles
broad.
FA7,K'LANn ISLANDS, a
groijp in the Atlantic, to the E. of
the Straits of Magellan, consisting
of two large and a number of small
islands. They are rocky, but
abound with seals, and contain
large and safe harbours.
Fri'o, Cape, in Brazil, N. E. of
Rio Janeiro.— 23, 1 8. 42, 3 W.
GALAPA'GOS, a cluster of isl.
ands in the Pacific Ocean, off the
coast of Colombia, and immtdiate-
ly under the equator. They abound
with turtle, and also with cedar.
Guam.in'pa or Huaman'ga, a
handsome city of Peru, 180 miles
S. E. of Lima; near it are mines
of gold, silver, and mercury. Pop.
25.000. —13, 10 S. 74, 5 W.
Guay'aquil, a flourishing com-
mercial city and seaport of Colom-
bia, the capital of the province of
Guayaquil, situate at the head of
theRulfof the same name. Pop.
22.000.-2, 11 S. 70, 58 W.
Guia'na, a country on the N. E.
coast, between the Orinoco and the
Amazon ; bounded W. and S. by
Colombia and Bnzil. It compre-
hends the possessions of Demerara,
Esscquibo, and Berbice, ceded in
ISH to the British, in whose hands
they have become flourishing co.
lonies : the Dutch colony of Suri-
nam ; and the French possession
of C.iyenne. Extent 176,000 sq.
miles. Pop. 187,000.
HORN, Cape, a celebrated pro-
montory on the S. coast of Terradel
Fuego ; the most .southern point
of America.— 5.'). 58 S. 67, 11 W.
II.LIMA'NM. S.jeUemarks,p.-2JK,
.lU'AN FEIINAN'DKZ, an isl-
and in the Pacific Ocean, lying 110
leagues from the coast of Cbil;. Itis
about 1 5 miles long by 5 broad, and
is noted as the solitary residence of
Alexander Selkirk upwards of four
years,— an event upon which De-
foe founded his ceh-tirated Advcii-
ture^ of Robinson Crusoe.
LA GUAV'llA, aseaportofCo.
!ombia, about 12 miles from Ca-
raccas, of which it is the port. Pop
4000 — 10.3s N. G7, 4 VV.
La Paz, a city of Bolivia, capital
of the province of the same name;
near it are the mountams Uliinain
and Strata, the loftiest of the .Mi-
des. P.40,000.— 17, 20 S. 68, 52 W.
La Pla'ta, a large territory, ex-
tending nearly across the conti-
nent from the Atlantic to t!ic A'l"
des, bounded N. by Bolivia; VV.
by Chili ; S. by Patagonia ; and E.
bv theAtlantic, BandaOncntal.aud
SOUTH AMERICA.
303
I'araguay. Having thrown off the
Spanish yoke in ISIO, it has since
assumed the name of the United
Provinces of La Plata. Extent
!J04,()()0 square miles. Population
700,000.
La Fla'ta, or Chuquisa'ca, the
capital of Bolivia, or Upper Peru,
on the Cachimayo. Population
12.000.-1.9, 15 S.6(), 40 W.
L:itacun'ga,a town of Colombia,
near the lofty volcanic mountain
of C'otopaxi. It was almoi>t de-
stroyed by an earthquake in 1098.
Pop. 17,000.-0, 50 S. 7H, 15 VV.
Le Maire, Straits of, a channel
or passage between Statcn Island
and Terra del Fuego, discovered
in 1616 l)y the Dutch navigators
Sehoutcn and Le Maire, who pass-
ed through it, and round Cape
Horn into the Pacific Ocean.
Li'ma, tl.e capital of Peru, situ-
ate on the Rimac, was founded
by IMzarro in 1535. Its numerous
churches and convents, before the
late revolution, were extremely
rich. Lima is the seat of a uni'-
versity, and has very considerable
commerce. Pop. 70,000.-12, 2 S.
77, 7 W.
MADEPRA, the principal tribu-
tary of the great river Amazon,
rises in Bolivia to the N. of Po-
tosi, separates Peru from Brazil,
and jouig the Amazon after a
course of IbOO miles.
Magdale'na, a river of Colombia,
has its source in the Andes to the
S. of Popayan, flows northward,
and after a course of 820 miles falls
into the Caribbean Sea by several
)nouths.
Magei'lan, Straits of, a passage
from the Atlantic to the Pacitic
Ocean, between the continent and
the island of Terra del Fuego, up.
wards of 300 miles in len^tli ; but
owing to its being winding, and dif-
ficult, navigators now sail throu»>h
the Straits of Le Maire, or outside
of Staten Land, and round Caue
Horn. ^
\laracai'bo, a city of Colombia,
capital of tlie province of Maracai-
1)0, situate on tlieoutlet of the lake
of the same name, with a con-
siderable trade. Pop. 20,000.
Maracai'bo. a lake of Colornhia
about 120 miles long and 90 broad,
which communicates by a strait
^^itli the Gulf of Maracaibo.
Mar'anhani, or San Lu'is, a city
and seaport of Brazil, capital of a
province, i.s situate on an island
of the game name. It carries on
a great trade in cotton and rice.
Population 28,000.-2, 30 S. 44,
IG W.
Margari'ta, an island of Colom-
bia, in the Caribbean Sea, near the
coast of Venezuela. Pop. 12,000.
Assump'tion is the capital.
Matt'o Gross'o, formerly Vill'a
Bell'a, a town of Brazil, capital of
the province of Matto Grosso. Po-
pulation GOOO.— 15, S. 60, 50 W.
Mendo'za, a city of La Plata, ca-
pital of a province, situate in a
plain at the foot of the Andes. Pop.
8000.— a2, 5+ S.()8, oO W.
Mer'ida, a city of Colombia, near-
ly de!,troyed by the great earth-
quake which, in 1812, overwhelm,
ed tlie city of Ciraccas, 320 miles
to the N. E. It stands in a rich
vale, surrounded by mountains.
Pop. 5000.-8, 12 N. 71. 5 W.
Mon't6 Vid'eo, the capital of
Banda Oriental, on the La Plata,
about CO miles from the raoiUh of
that river, fortified and surro mded
by a strong wall. It exports large
quantities of hides. Population
10,000.-34, 54 S. 56, 13 W.
NEW GRAN'ADA. Bee Co-
lombia.
New South Shet'Iand, a cluster
of considerable islands, situate
in C3«» S. lat., to the south of
Cape Horn ; they are bleak, cold,
and uninhabited, but abound in
sea-elephants and seals. To the
east is a smaller group of the same
description, called the New South
Orkneys.
ORINO'CO. See Remarks, p.
298.
Otav'alo, a town of Colombia,
30 miles north of Quito, with se-
veral manufactures. Population
15,000.
PANAMA'.orDa'rien, Isthmus
of, a narrow neck of h nd, in the
N.W. of Colombia, washed by the
Atlantic and Pacific Oee.ms, and
uniting North and South America.
It extends 360 miles in the form
of a crescent round the Bay of Pa-
nama on the S., and, in the nar-
i;o\v<j>>t I'arti is not more than 30
miles broad.
Panama', a city and seaport of
Colombia, on the bay of the same
3d4
SOUTH AMERICA.
nunc foil. 10,000.— 8« 59 N. 79.
all W.
Pa'ra, • city of Brazil, capital of
the province of the same iiiime,
situate on the estuarv ui' the Fara,
at the mouth of the buama. The
chief exports are cotton, cocoa,
rice, and drugs. Pop. formerly
2<»,000, but reduced since 1834 to
6000.-1, 28 S. 48, 30 W.
I'a'ra, a river of Brazil, formed
by the union of the Tocantin and
the Arapuay; after a northerly
course of 15U() miles it (alls into
the Atlantic, to the south of the
Amazon.
Har'aguav, a country or province
to the S. W. of Brazil, Letween
the rivers Parana and Paraguay,
is de8|>oticaily ruled by a person
nameii Dr Francia, who has pro-
hibited all intercourse with the
neighbouring states. It abounds
in the valuable herb called mati^
or Paraguay tea. Extent 90,000
square miles. Pop. 250,000.
Par'aguay, River, rises in Brazil,
and, flowing southward 1200 miles,
forms the boundary of Bolivia, and
also of La Plata to its junction
with the Parana.
Parai'ba, a seaport of Brazil, ca-
pital of the province of the same
name, near the mouth of the Pa-
raiba. P. 6000.— 7, 6 S. 34, 53 W.
Para'na, River, has its source in
the mountains of Brazil, to the
■west of Rio Janeiro ; flowing s.
W. It receives the Paraguay, and
at Buenos Ayres unites with the
TTruguay to form the River Plata.
Pa'ria, Gulf of, a large bay be-
tween the coast of Colombia and
the island of Trinidad, the en-
trance to which is called the Dra-
gon's Mouth, on account of the ad-
verse currents encountered here
when the island and continent wcie
discovered by Columbus in 1498.
Pai'imd Mountains, parallel
chains, in the south of Colombia,
about 600 miles in length.
Patago'uia, a country in the
southern part of the continent,
bounded N. by 1^ Plata and Chili,
and extending to the Straits of
Magellan. The natives of this
mountainous and ba;rcn country
are uil, stout, and well made,
isssny of then: between 5 and 7 leei
in height. Extent 340,000 square
mitei. Pop. 500,000.
Pantos, a laitf or lagoon iu tiie
south of Brazil, which communi-
cates with that of Mirim, and, by
the Rio Grande, with the Atlantic.
Pemambu'co, a seaport of Brazil,
capital of a province of the same
name, ranks as the third city in
the empire : it comprises 4 towns,
— Ollnda, Recild, San Antonio.and
Boa Vista, and carries on an ex-
tensive commerce in cotton, hides,
and suL'ar. Pop. 60,C00 —8, 3 S.
34, 52 VV.
Peru', acountry extendlngalong
the western coast, is boundrd N.
by Uriizil and Colombia; W. by
the Pacific Ocean; S. by Chili and
la Plata ; and K. by Brazil. Har-
ing estalilished its independence
in 1825, It was diviiied into the two
repuljlics of Upper and Lower
Peru. The former has lately re.
ceircd the name of Bolivia from
Bolivar, who effect cd its liberation.
Extent of Peru, 494,00i) ; of BolU
via, 400,000 square miles. Pop.
of Peru, 17,00,000; of Bolivta
1,300.000.
I'ichin'cha, a volcanic mountain
of Colombia, near the city of Quito.
It is 15,924 feet high, and was
twice ascendeil to the mouth of the
crater by Humboldt.
Popay'an, a handsome city of
Colombia, beautifully situate on
the river Cauca, in the vicinity of
gold-mines. Pop. 7000.
Portale'gre, a town of Brazil,
capital of the southern province of
Uio Grande, situate at the head of
Lake Patos. Pop. 13,000.-29, 56
S.6I,20W.
Por'io Bel'io.a seaport of Colom-
bia, on the N. coast of Panama.
It has a fine port, but is very un-
healthy — 9, 33 N. 79, 35 W.
Poto'si, a city of Bolivia, or Up-
per Peru, capital of a province of
the same name, is probably the
most elevated citv in the world, be-
ing situate I3,3.')0 feet above the
sea, on the side of a celebrated co-
nical mountain which contains the
richest silver mines in the world.
Pon. 9000.-19, 35 S. 67, 40 W,
Pu'no, a town of Peiu, capital of
a district rich in mines of silver,
on the western side of Lake Titi'
caca. Pop. 16,000.— 16, 26 S. 70.
25 W.
QUITO (Kee'to), a city of Co-
lombia, the capital of Ecuador,
SOUTH AMERICA.
305
situate at the base of the volcanic
mountain Pichincha, 95li} feet
above the sea. The climate is
that of perpetual spring, but its
situation renders it particularly ex-
Sioscd to trememlous earthquakes,
'op. 70,000.— 0, 14 S. 78, 45 W.
RIOBAM'BA, a town of Colom-
bia, province of Quito : near it are
mines of gold and silver. Pop.
20,000.— 1,40 S. 78, 48 W.
Ri'i) de la Pla'ta. See Remarks,
p. 298.
Ri'o Grande, or San Pe'dro, a sea-
port of Urazil, in the y. province of
Kio Grande, at the outlet of Lake
Patos, a place of considerable trade.
-m, S. 52, .-50 w.
Ri'o Janeiro, or St Sebas'tian,
the capital of Brazil, ranks as the
largest and most flourishing city
of South America. It is beauti-
fully situate 1 a noble bay studded
with upwards of 100 islands, and
has one of the linest harbours in
the world, which is defended by a
citai'.el and several torts. Of its
public bui';lings, the churches are
very splendid. The principal ex-
ports are sugar, coif'ee, cotton,
liide<, drugs, cabinet and dye
woods, gold, diamonds, and pre-
cious stones. The trade of Rio is
chiefly io the hands of the British.
Pop. 140,000— v!2, 61 S. 15, 15 VV.
Ri'o Mendo'za, or Colora'do, a
river of La Plata, rises in the Cor-
dilleras, east of Cotjuirnbo, runs
across the Pampas, and, after a
course of above 1000 miles, falls
into the Atlantic.
lli'oNe'gro,a river of Brazil, has
its source m the mountains on the
S. frontier of Colombia, and joins
the Amazon, after a course of 1150
miles. See Remarks, p. I'Oy.
ST ANTO'NIO, a cai)e of La
Plata, at the S. entrance of the
Rio di- la Plata.— .'(i, 40 S. :3G, 45 W.
St Mari'a, a cape of Banda Ori-
ental, to the E. of Monte Video.—
34,40 8.54,25 W.
.St Roqjic, a very prominent
cape on the coast of Brazil.— 5, 28
S. 35, 17 W.
St Sal'vador. Sc?e Hahia.
■"'i F- ancis'eo, a river of Brazil,
whu , uses in the sou 111 of tliepro-
viiif*!'" nf viu. ,o <^i«....„o ™.,,J ..i»a_ ~
Circuitous course N. and E. of
L!75 miles, falls into the Atlantic.
San Ju'an de la Fron'tera, a town
of La Plata, at the foot of the An-
des ; near it arc gold mines. Pop,
16,000.-31, 20 S. 68, 36 W.
San Pau'io, a city of Brazil, ca-
pital of the province of the same
name. Pop. 18,000.-23, 35 S. 46,
10 VV.
San'ca Cruz de la Sier'ra, a city
of Bolivia, capital of the province
of the same name, in an extensive
plain. Pop. youO.
San'ta Fd, a town of La Plata,
on the Parana, with considerable
trade. Pop. 6000.
San'ta Fe. See Bogota.
Santia'yo, the opiul of Chili,
situate on the Mapocha, in a rich-
ly wooded plain, 55 miles S. E. of
Valparaiso, its port. Pop. 35,000.
33, 26 S. 70, 41 W.
Socoi'ro, a town of Colombia,
capital of a province, on a tributary
of the Magdalena. Pop. 12,000.
6, o{) N. 75, 40 W.
Sura'ta. See Remarks, p. 298.
South Geor'gia, an island in the
Atlantic, situate to the east of the
Falkland Islands, about 90 miles
long and 50 broad; it abounds
with bays and harbours, which,
however, are rendered inaccessible
during tlie greater part of the year,
from vast quantities of ice.
Sta'ten, a barren rocky island off
the S. E. coast of Terra del Fuego,
from which it is separated by the
Straits of Le Maire.
Surinam', a district of Guiana
belonging to the Dutch, lies be-
tween British and French Guiana,
and is traversed by several rivers.
Extent 38,000 square miles. Po-
l)ulation 60,000. Paruma'ribo, the
capital, is situate on the river Su-
rinam, 16 miles from its mouth.
Pop. 18,000.
TER'KA DEL FU'EGO,alarge
island, or, more properly, a group,
separated from the southern extre.
mity ot the continent by the Straits
of Magellan. It consists almost
wholly of rocks and mountains,
many of whose summits are cover-
ed with perpetual snow.
Titica'ca, the sacred lake of the
Peruvians, is situate in Bolivia, at
an elevation of fourteen thousand
feet above the sea, and enclosed by
des. It is 150 miles in length, and
receives the waters of numerous
streams, IjiU its only outlet is the
306
I'EBRESTRIAL GLOBE.
Dtuguadno, br which it commu-
nicatea with Lake Paria.
TruxiKlo, a city and seaport of
Peru, on the PaciAc, founded by
Fiiarro in \M3. 1*00. 12,U0t).—
8, fi S. 79, 3 W.
Tu'cuman, or St MicA'ael, a city
of La Plata, capital of the province
of the same name, situate on the
Dulce, in a fruitful valley. Pop.
lO.OOt).— 26, 30 S. 64, 3) W.
VaLDI'VIA, a city and seaport
of Chili, with a capacious harbour,
and defended by several forts and
batteries. Pop. 5000.— 39, 53 S.
73, 33 W.
Valen'cia, a city of Colombia,
in a fc'rtile plain, near the beautiful
l.ake laoarigua. Pop. 15,000.—
10, 10 N. 68, 25 W.
Valparai'ijo, the principal seaport
of Chili, situate on a bay of tlic
]*aciflc. It carries on a very ex-
tensive foreign trade: that with
Britain alone amounti to abore
£ 1 ,000,000 a-y ear. Pop. &0,dOa-^
33.2s. 71,40 W.
Venezue'ia. See Colombia.
Victo^na, a 8eni>ort of Bratil, ca-
pital of tiie province of Espirito
Sanco, situate on an island in the
fine bav of that name. Popula.
tion 5000.
Vil'la iti'ca, a flourishing town
of Brazil, capital of Minas Geraes,
the richest province of the empire
in mines of gold and diamondi.
I'op. 9000.— A town of Paraguay.
I'op. 101)0.
Vil'la Vico'za, a town of Brazil,
on the Tocanlin or Para, which
Is here 10 miles broad, and has
many islands. Population 1^,000.
—2,20 S.49, 15 W.
XARAV'ES, a lake of Brazil,
formed by the waters ot the Para-
guay, which, in the rainy season,
spread over a vast extent of ground.
TERRESTRIAL GLOBE.
The artificial terrestrial globe is a representation of
the figure of the earth, on which are delineated the
different kingdoms, seas, lakes, islands, &c., with those
circles which are necessary for determining the posi-
tion of places on its surface, and for several other pur-
poses.
The globe, suspended on an axis, revolves in a brass
ring, which is called the Universal or Brass Meridian,
and supported on a wooden frame, the upper surface
of which is flat. It divides the globe into two hemi-
spheres, and represents the rational horizon of any place
which lies in the zenith. The axis, on which the
globe turns, represents the imaginary axis or line round
which the earth performs its diurnal revolution.
At the north pole is placed a small brass circle di-
vided into 24 equal parts to represent the hours of the
day; and it is therefore called the Horary or Hour
Circle. On the best globes the horarv circle is move-
able, so that any hour may be brought to the meridian^
which serves as an index ; but on others it is fixed^
TEBRE8TBIAL OLOBii.
307
and has a moveable index, ivhich may be brought to
any hour.
The globe is furnished with a pliable slip of
brass, divided from 0° to OO" in one direction, and
from 0" to lb** in the other. It has a notch and screw,
by which it may be fixed to the universal meridian in
the zenith of any place, and as it turns round on a pivot,
it supplies the place of vertical circles, and is therefore
called the Quadrant of Altitude.
On the globe itself are drawn several circles, such
as the Equator or Equinoctial Line, the Ecliptic, the
Arctic and Antarctic Circles, the Tropics of Cancer
and Capricorn, as well as parallels of latitude at equal
distances, and meridians generally at the distance of
15 degrees from each other.
The brass meridian is divided into degrees and
parts of a degree, and is numbered on the upper half
from 0** at the equator both ways to 90° at the poles;
and on the under half from 0° at each pole to 90"* at
the equator.
The equator is divided into degrees and parts, which
are numbered both eastward and westward from the
first meridian. It is also divided into 24 equal parts,
to represent the hours of the day. The equator di-
vides the globe into two equal parts, called the northern
and southern hemispheres.
The horizon is divided into degrees, &c., and num-
bered from 0° at the poles both ways to 90° on the cast
and west points, and also from 0°at these points to90''
at the poles. Besides these divisions, the 32 points of
the compass, the 12 signs of the ecliptic subdivided
into degrees, Cfec, and the days of the 12 calendar
months, answering to each degree of the sun's place in
the ecUptic, are likewise marked.
The ecliptic is divided into 12 equal parts, called
Signs, and each sign is subilivided into 30 degrees.
The names of the signs and the characters which re-
present them are ; — Aries, the Ram ff ; Taurus, the
Bull ^ ; Gemini, the Twins n : Cancer, the Crab
So ; Leo, the Lion £i ; Virgo, the Virgin TTf ; Libra,
the Balance ;Qz ; Scorpio, the Scorpion m » Sagitta-
308 PROBLEMS TO BE SOLVED BY
rius, the Archer / ; Capricornus, the Goail^ ; Aqua-
rius, the Water-bearer ;::: ; Pisces, the Fishes K • The
first six si{^ns lie in the Northern hemisphere, and are
called the Northern Signs ; the last six lie in the south-
em hemisphere, and are called the Southern Signs.
The ascending signs begin at 0" Capricorn, the most
southerly point of the ecliptic, and end at 30** Gemmi,
the most northerly ; the other six are called the de-
scending signs.
PROBLEMS TO BE SOLVED BY THE
TERRESTRIAL GLOBE.
Problem h-^To find the latitude of a place.
RuLK.— Bring the place to the graduated edge of the
brass meridian ; the degree of the meridian over it,
north or south from the equator, shows the north or
south latitude of the place.
ExERCisES.—What is tht latitude of Londoti, Paris,
Madrid, Home, Lisbon, Edinburgh, Dubliti, Vienna, Con-
stantinople ?_Ans. M° 'M ;-4H^ T.O' ;-40; iV ;--41 54 ;-
3»° 42' ;-5o^ r,7' ;-5:r 23' ;-4lJ° 12' ;-4l° 0', all north.
Wlmt is the laiiiude of the Cape of (iood Hope, Candy,
Bombav, Madras, Calcutta, Pckin, Sydney, Valparaiso,
Lima, Santa Fe de Bogota, Rio Janeiro, Buenos Ayres, Cape
Horn, Sierra Leone, Gondar, and Cairo.
Prob. U.— To find the longitude of a place.
Rule.— Bring the place to the edge of the meridian;
the degree of the equator cut by it shows the longitude
of the place, east or west from Greenwich, the first
meridian on all British maps.
Ex M'hat is the longitude of Petersburg, Calcutta,
Naples, Pekin ?-Ans. 30° 18' E. ;_«8° 20' E. ;-.14° lo' h. ;
—and 116° 28' E. ^, „ , ^
What is the longitude of Cairo, Cape Town, St Helena,
Ummerapoora, Mexico, Rio Janeiro, Kingston in Jamaica,
Sikokf, Juan Fernandez, Quebec, Lima, V^alparaiso, Con-
stantinople, Panama, and Jerusalem.
Prob. IIL— jP/jc longitude and latitude of a place heimj
given, to find that place.
Rui.K.— Bring the given longitude to the meridian
THB TBRR£8TRIAL OLOBK.
309
then under the given degree of latitude o^ the meri-
dian is the place required*
Ex — What places are situate in 31" 15' E. liong. and 30*
^ N. Lat. ? in 18" 2B' E. Lonp. and 34" 22' 8. Lat. ? in
59" 46' W. Long, and 13° 15' N. Lat. ?— Ans. Cairo, Cape of
Good Hope, Barbadoes.
What places are situate in 44" 28' E. Long, and 50" 19'
N. Lat. ? in 67° 35' W. Lonp. and 25° 15' S. Lat. ? in 27"
15' VV. Long, and 38° 40' N. Lat. ? in 57° 20' E. Long, and
20" 9' S. La'. ? in T 42' >V. Long, and 40° 25' N. Lat. ?
in 113° 34' E. Long, and 22° 12' N. Lat. ? in 151° 13' E.
Long, and 33° 51' S. Lat. ? in 82° 22' W. Long, and 23" 9'
N. Lat. ? and in 149° 30' W. Long, and 17° 29' S. Lat. ?
Prob. IV. — To find the distance between any two places
on the globe.
Rule — Lay the quadrant of altitude over the two
places, and mark the number of degrees between them*.
Ex — What is the distance between Quebec and Rio Ja-
neiro ? Rome and London ? Calcutta and the Cape of Good
Hope? The Cape of Oood Hope and London ?— Ans. 74^
or 6115 miles;— 12|*' or 881 miles ;—88i" or 6110 miles;
-and 88^° or 61 10 miles.
What ij* the distance between Pekin and London ? Peters-
burg and the North Cape in Kamtschatka ? Paris and Cairo ?
Calcutta and Valparaiso? Buenos Ayres and Cape Town,
measured east and west? Edinburgh and New York ? Am-
sterdam and Batavia ? Copenhagen and Trincomalee ? Lon-
don and Sierra Leone ? Alexandria and the Cape of Good
Hope ? Cape Mogadore and Suez ?
PnoB. V. — The hour at any place being given, to Und
what hour it is at any other place.
Rule. — Bring the place at which the hour is given
to the meridian, set the index to that hour, then turn
the globe until the other place comes to the meridian,
and the index will show the hour at that place. -f-
Ex. — When it is noon at Edinburgh, what is the time at
Lima, Mecca, and Canton ? M^hen it is 6 o'clock a. m. at
London, what o'clock is it at Sydney, Cape Comorin, and
* When the distance is more than 90», stretch a thread from the one
place to the other, and measure the distance on the Enijator:
t If the place wiiere the hour is required be to the cast of that of which
the hour is given, then the hour will be later in the day, otherwise it
will be earlier.
310 PROBLEMS TO BE SOLVED BY
Cape Horn ?— Ans. 7h. 5' M. ;— 2h. 55' A. ;— 7h. 46' A. ;—
4h. 6' A. ;— llh. 11' M. ;— and Ih. 31' M.
When it is noon and 4 o'clock at London, what is the
time at Pekin, Calcutta, Cairo, Constantinople, Quebec,
Mexico, Rio Janeiro, and Ispahan ? When it is fi^, p.m. and
midnight at Jerusalem, what is the time at London, Peters-
burg, Paris, Berlin, the Azores, 8t Helena, the Mauritius,
Penang or Prince of Wales Island, Nankin, Sydney, and
Nootka Sound ?
Vrob. VL — To rectify the glohc for the latitude of any
place.
Rule. — Elevate the north or south pole above the
horizon as many degrees as are equal isj the latitude
of the place.
Kx. — Rectify the globe for Edinburgh, London, Paris,
Lisbon, Buenos Ayves, Madras, Ptkin Ans. Elevate the
N. Pole 55° 57',— 51° 30',— 48° 50',— 3»° 42' ;— the S. Pole
34° 3fi' ;— the N. Pole 13° 4', and 39° 54' above the horizon.
Rectify the globe for Melville Island, Petersburg, Cairo,
Cape Town, Valdivia, Mecca, Ispahan, Tobolsk, Delhi, Syd-
ney, Sagalien Oula Hotim, Bencoolen, Sierra Leone, Para-
matta, and Berlin.
Prob. VIL — To find the sun* 8 place in the ecliptic for
any given time*
Rule. — Find the day of the month on the wooden
horizon, and opposite to it, in the adjoining circle, are
the sign and degree of the ecliptic in which the sun is
lor that day : tind the same sine and degree of the
ecliptic on the globe^ and that is the sun's place in the
ecliptic*
Ex. — What is the sun's place on the' 1st January, the 20th
March, the 24th December, the 21st June, and the 23d Sep-
tember?— Ans. y% 10M5';— K 29° 30';— 1^ 2° 15';— ^
29°30';— andTTP30°.
What is the sun's place on the 1st and 15th day of each
month of the year ?
Prob. VIII._7b find at what hour the sun rises and
sets, and the length of the day and night at any placf
not in the frigid zones, at a given time.
Rule. — Rectify the globe tor the latitude of the
* This problem may likewise be performed on the celestial globe.
THE TERRESTRIAL GLOBE.
311
place, find the sun's place in the ecliptic for the given
day, and bring it to the meridian ; set the index to
xiL, and turn the sun's place to the eastern edge of the
horizon, — the index will show the hour of rising;
then bring it to the western edge of the horizon, and
the index will show the time of setting. The hour of
sunrise, doubled, gives the length of the night ; and the
hour of sunset, doubled, gives the length of the day.*
Ex.— At what time docs the sun rise and set at Dublin
Archangel, Gibraltar, and the Cape of Good Hope, on the
Ifith June ? And what is the length of the day and night at
those plares ?— Ans. Kises 3h. :^5' AI., sets 8h. 25' A. ;--rises
Ih. 40' M., sets lOh. 20' A. ;— rises 4h. 45' M., sets 7h. l.V
A. ;— rises 7h. 5' M., sets 4h. 55' A.
At what time does the sun rise and set at Cairo, St Helena,
Bombay, Port Jackson, Cape Horn, Quebec, IMexico, and
Pekm, respectively, on the 22d June, lOth September, 22d
December, and 1st May ? At what time does the sun rise
and set at Constantinople, Ispahan, Calcutta, Canton, Lima,
Valparaiso, Sierra Leone, Madeira, Paris, liondon, Edinburgh
and Orkney, on the 1st and 15th of each month, from 1st June
to 1st January ?
Prob. IX. — To find on what point of the compass the
sun rises and sets, on a given day, at any particular
place.
Rule.— Rectify the globe for the latitude '^f the
place, and find the sun's place for the particular day ;
then observe what place in the circle of rhumbs, on the
wooden horizon, is cut by the sun's place in the ecliptic
when brought to the eastern edge of the horizon, and
also when brought to the western, and that will be the
point required.
Ex — At what points of the compass does the sun rise and
set at Gibraltar on the 17th July, at Petersburg on the 10th
Uctober, and at Edinburgh on the Oth June >— Ans. Rises
E. 26i^ N., sets W. 26r N. ;— rises E. 124° S.,sets W. 12]^
fe. ;— rises N. E., sets N. W.
hn o T^f ^' ^^^^^ *"" "'^ «* ^» *he length of the night is 12 hours : if
ne set at 9, the length of the day is 18 hours. Places on the equator
thr^ «"">"»seat 6, and sunset at 6; and, of course, day and night equal
w fh .1 , * ^^^ ^'*°'*^ y^**"- '^^^ '^en%\h of the longest day increases
wiin tne latitude : and at the nolar circli?.* t h#> loncrp^r Aav i« 94 hnnra
.'■•u ine longest night the same. From these circles to the poles, "the
"ays continue to lengthen into weeks and mouths: at the poles, the
»un IS visible for six months*, and invisible during the other six.
312
PROBLEMS TO BK SOLVED BY
At what points of the compass floes ths sun rise and set at
Edinburgh, Archangel, Smyrna, Cairo, Cape lown, Calcut-
ta, Pekin, Sydney, Monte Video, and Mecca, on the Ist and
15th of each month, from 1st June to 1st January t
Pros. X.— TAe day of the month being given , to find
the suns declination* and the places to which he is
vertical*
Rule.— The sun's place in the ecliptic for the given
day being brought to the meridian, the degree mark-
ed over it is the declination : turn the globe, and all
the places which pass under that degree will have the
sun vertical on that day.
Ex —What is the sun's declination, and to what places
will Ve be vertical on the 7th of May, the 10th of February, the
ith June, and the 14th December r—Ans. Sun's decimation
\{]i^ N. ;— 14i° S. ;— 22^" N. ;— and 2^° S.
What 'is the sun's declination, and to what places will he
be vertical on the 1st and 15ih of each month, from 1st De-
cember to 1st July ?
Prob. XI. — To find where the sun is vertical at a
given place and hour.
Rule.— Find the sun's declination ; bring the given
place to the meridian, and set the index to the given
hour ; turn the globe till the index points to xn. noon ;
all the places then under the meridian have noon at
the given hour ; and the place whose latitude corre-
sponds with the sun's declination has the sun vertical
at the given hour.
Ex Where is the sun vertical on the 8th of April, when
it is 6 in the morning at Dublin ? Where is the sun vertical
on the 19th September, when it is 4 o'clock in the morning
at Amsterdam h— Ans. Candy, in Ceylon ;— island of Ter-
Where is the sun vertical on the Ist and 1 5th of each monjh,
from 1st December to 1st July, when it is 2, 4, 6, 8, and 10,
A.^i., and 2, 4. (I, 8, and 10, p.m. at Kdinbureh, London,
Paris, Home, Cairo, Calcutia, Pekin, Lima, Mexico, and
Quebec lespeciivdy ?
Piit)B. XII.— T/i« day, hour, and place being given, i(>
• The dedination of the »un is its dlsUnce from the equator,
nr Jiouth.
novtti
THE TERRESTRIAL GLOBE.
313
Jind where the sun is then rising and setting, where
it is noon or midnight.
RuLE.—Rectify the globe for the latitude of the
place to which the sun is vertical at the given hour,
and bring that place to the meridian. In this position
of the globe, the sun is rising to all those places on
the western edge of the horizon, and setting to those
on the eastern ; to those under the upper half of the
meridian it is noon or mid-day ; to those under the
lower half, midnight.
Ex — To what j)laces is the sun rising, to what places is he
setting, and where is it noon and midnight, when at Edinburgh
it is 7 in the morning, on the 14th of March ? Where is it
noon on the 30th June, when at London it is 9 in the evening ?
Where is it midnight on the 6th February, when it is noon
at Petersburg ?— Ans. Rising to the Madeira and Car ry Isles
and on the equator at 1}]^° W. Long. ; setting to Kamt-
schatka, Solomon Archipelago, New Caledonia ; New Zea-
land ; and on the Equator at 161.^ E. Long.; noon at To-
bolsk, Cashgar, Attock, and Kefguelen's Land; midnight
at Lake Athabasca, Los Alamos, Isles of Revillagigedo,
and Easter Island — At King George's Island, N. W. coast
of America, and Lord Hood's Island, in the South Sea At
Cook's Inlet, N. W. coast of America, Walker's Isles, and
Otaheite.
To what places is the sun rising, to what places is he set-
ting, and where is it noon and midnight, on the 2Ist June,
23d September, 21st December, and 20th March, when it is
fiand 10 A.M., and Oand 10, p.m., at Edinburgh. Paris, Lon-
don, Rome, Constantinople, Cairo, Bombay, Calcutta, Syd-
ney, Pekin, Lima, Mexico, and Quebec, respectively ?
Prob. XIII. — A place in the torrid zone being given,
to find on what two days of the year the sun will be
vertical there.
Rule. — Find the latitude of the place, turn the
globe, and observe the two points of the ecliptic that
pass under the degree of latitude : opposite to these
points, on the wooden horizon, will be found the days
required.
Ex — On what days is the sun vertical at Madras, St He-
lena- Cane Comorini liima^ Cane. Verde ?==Ans. At^ril 2-'5th
and A\jgust 18th ;— February 5tn and November 6th ;— April
11th and September 2d;— February 17th and October 25th;
—April 30tn and August 13th,
o
314
PROBLEMS TO BE SOLVED BY
On what days is the sun vertical at Santa Fe de Bogota,
Cnzco, JVIexico, Porto Bello, Port au Prince, Kingston in
Jamaica, Paramaribo, Pernambuco, Bahia, Truxillo, Cape
Verde, Sierra Leone, Fernando Po, Timbuctoo, Sackatoo,
Coomassie, Mecca, Mocha, Candy, Seringapatam, Bankok,
Batavia, Manilla, and Surinam ?
Prob. XIV. — To find the suns meridian altitude at any
given place, on a given day.
Rule- — Rectify the globe for the latitude of the
place ; bring the sun's place for the given day to the
raeridian ; the number of degrees between that place
and the horizon shows the altitude required.
Ex. — What is the meridian altitude of the sun at London
on the 1 1th January, at Constantinople on the bih November,
at Pekin on the 4th July ?— Ans. 16^";— 32^°;— and 73^
What is the sun's meridian altitude on the 1st and I5th of
each month, from 1st June to 1st January, at Edinburgh,
London, Dublin, Paris, Batavia, Sydney, Quebec, Sierra
Leone, Mi'xico, Bankok, Mocha, Ispahan, Jerusalem, and
the Mauritius respectively ?
Prob. XV. — To find the altitude of the sun at any given
place and hour.
Rule. — Rectify the globe for the latitude; bring
the sun*s place to the meridian, and set the index to
XII. noon ; turn the globe till the index points to the
given hour, then tix the quadrant of altitude in the
zenith, and lay it over the sun's place ; the degree
on the quadrant over the sun's place will show the al-
titude.
Ex What is the altitude of the sun at Berlin on the 12th
August, at noon ? at Cadiz on the 3d October, at 1 o'clock,
afternoon? at Hamburg on the 17th March, at 10 o'clock,
forenoon ?— Ans. i^}^ ;— 47** ;— and 30".
What is the altitude of the sun on the 1st and I5th of each
month, from 1st December to 1st July, when it is 9 and 10,
A.M., and 1 and 2^, p.m., at Edinburgh, Petersburg, Paris,
Lisbon, Madrid, Vienna, Buda, Naples, Malta, Algiers,
( 'ape Town, Sydney, Pi'kin, Quebec, New York, Arequipa,
Monte Video, Santiago, and JcsbO lebpectively ?
Pbob. XVL — To find at what hours the sun is due east
find due v^est, on any day at a given placm
Rule. — Rectify the globe for the latitude oi thr
THE TERRESTRIAL GLOBE.
315
place, bnng the sun s place in the ecliptic for the given
day to the meridian, and set the index to xii. : fix the
quadrant of altitude on the brass meridian over the la-
titude of the place, and bring the other end of it to the
L. point of the horizon ; keep the quadrant in this posi-
tion, and turn the globe till the sun's place comes to
the graduated edge of the quadrant ; thj hours passed
over by the index show the time from noon when
the sun is due east or west."
r^^\'~l' "^^^u ^i'^"''^'^*'^^ s"" due east and due west at
pi;in";ft ""^ '^' ^'' ""l ^J.^y • ^' ^hat hours is the sun due
east and due west at the Cape of Good Hope on the 1st of
a^T W P m"'' ?"' ''''' "'o?- ^«'' ^' '^- ^"d due west
hni' ""ifnirr '' *,^^ 'r ^"J^^^"* ^"^ d"e west at Peters-
burg, Stockholm, London, Dublin, Glasgow, Paris, and
AnT^ltT "' '"^ ^'''^ °* "^P"^' May,''Juie, Jul^, and
Prob XVU.-To^find the latitude of a place from the
sun s meridian altitude on a given day.
Rule.— Bring the sun's place in the ecliptic for the
given day to the upper part of the brass meridian, and
count the number of degrees of altitude from it, to-
wards the north or south points of the horizon (accord.
ing as the sun was north or south of the place of ob-
servation).t and mark at ^vhat degree it ends, then
bring this degree to the north or south point of the ho-
™latUud ^^^''''^'°" ""^ ^^^ contrary pole will show
£x.— On the 1st of May 1835, the sun's meridian alfifn,!..
was observed to be at different phces, 22° 3?M0« and 66^^
he sun being north of the observer, what was the latitude of
the places of observation ? Ans. 5;}^^-43";_3^,° .!-an7lQ«S
serveV f ^'^ «^ A,"^»«^' ^he sun's meridi;7;itit\^rwal^ob:
served at several places to be 15°, 25°, 32° 49° • the R.m \Z
m to the south o/^the observer, and also 12°, 21°,' 37°! 43» and
i^ti.U^:fXs'e^;:;L^^'^"^^^^^^ ^^^ ^-^^'^^^
th*elf.nl^!?l!!"J!l*"At^'^''^<^"»«t^on are both north or both iouth:
315 PROBLEMS TO BE SOLVED BY
Vrob.XVUL—To find all the places to which an eclipte
of the sun or of the moon tvill be visible at any tn-
stant.
Rule.— Rectify the globe for the latitude of the
place to which the sun is vertical at the given instant,
and bring it to the meridian. The eclipse, if ot the
sun, will be visible to all those places which are above
the horizon ; and, if of the moon, to all those places
which are under the horizon.
Ex There was a total eclipse of the moon at Greenwich on
the 2d September 1830 at 11 o'clock, evening ; to what places
was it then visible ? There was an eclipse of the moon, on
the 2d February 1831, at Greenwich, partly visible at about 5
o'clock in the evening' ; to what places was it then visible ."-
Ans. The line of visibility stretches from the Gult ot the 7-
Islands at the mouth of the Venisei, in Siberia, to Java Heail,
cutting the equator in 105° E. longitude, and on the W. trom
Discovery Island, in Davis' Straits, to Lima in Peru, cutting
the equator in 75° W. longitude —The line of visibihty
stretches from Iceland to Bathurst, in the S. L. of Cape to-
lony, cutting the equator in 15° E. long. ; from Icelanu, in a
direct line, to Cape Fairweather, on the N. W. coast ot Arrie.
rica, and thence to the island of New Zealand, cutting the
equator in 166° W. long. , « ,. t
The moon was eclipsed at Greenwich on the bth January
1833 at 8 o'clock, a. m. ; to what places was the eclipse
then \isible? The moon was eclipsed at Greenwich on 1st
July 1JJ33 at midnight ; to what places was the eclipse then
visible ? The sun was eclipsed at Greenwich, July lytn,
1833, at 6 o'clock, a. m. ; to what places was it then visible r
The moon was eclipsed at Greenwich, December ibth,
1833, at Dh. 30', p. m. ; to what places was it then yjsible.^
The moon was eclipsed at Paris, December Ibth, 18d4, at
5 o'clock, A. M. ; to what places was it then visible ?
Prob. XIX.— Any place in the north frigid zone be-
ing given, to find how long the sun shines there with-
out setting, and how long he is totally absent.
Rule.— Subtract the latitude of the place from 90°;
the remainder is the sun's declination Tl.when the long-
est day begins and ends, or his declination S. when the
longest night begins and ends. Observe what degree
in the ecliptic on each side of 30° n , and on each side
of 80' / , agrees with the declinations, and find the
days corresponding to them on the horizon. The day*
... .^.
THE TERHESTBIAL GLOBE. 31?
answering to the sun's place west of 30" n, and west
of SO" f , will be, the former the commencement of
the longest day, and the latter that of the longest night ;
and the days agreeing with the sun's place east of 30*
n, and east of 30" J^ , will give, the former the end
of the longest day, and the latter the end of the longest
night.
Ex — What is the length of the longest day and night at the
North Cape in Lapland, the southern point of Spitzbergen,and
the northern point of Nova Zeuibla ? Captain Parry wintered
on Melville Island, in 75° N. Lat. How loni; was he involved
in darkness ?— Ans. Longest day begins I5th May, ends July
29Lh: longest night begins November 17th, ends January
26th ;— longest day begins April 2oih, ends August 19, h;
longest night begins October 28ih, ends February 14th ;— -
same as last question :— from November 3J to February IJth.
What is the length of the longest day and longest night at
Fury and Hecla Strait, Fair Foreland in 8pitzbergen, Cape
Munster in Nova Zembla, North -east Cape in Siberia, ley
Cape, Croker Bay, Port Bowen, and at Discovery Island.
Prob. XX. — To find the antceci* of a place.
Rule. — Find the latitude of the place given ; at the
corresponding latitude on the opposite side of the equa-
tor of the same meridian are the antoeci.
Ex.— Who are the antceci of the people of Barca,— at Que-
bec—at Oporto ? — Ans. Cape Colony ;— the Patagonians ;
Gou^h's Isle.
Who are the antoeci of St Helena, of Cape Desolation,
Greenland, Fortune Land, Valdivia, of Rypcn in Denmark,
of Alexandria, Niphon, and of Van Diemen's Land.
pRoi. XXI — To find the periwcif of a place.
Rule. — Bring the given place to the meridian, and
observe the degree above it ; set the index at xii. noon,
and turn the globe till the index points to xii. mid-
night ; under the same degree of the meridian on the
same side of the equator as the given place, are the
periceci of that place.
« The antceci are thoe who live under tlie same meridian, and have
thesame latitude, but on oppositu sides of the equator; they have noon
at tie same time, Lut their summer and winter at ooposite periods of
the yt-ar.
1 The periceci live under the same degree of latitude, but differ 180<»
Ml lougitude } consequently, they have their summer and winter at the
«ame time, but their day and night at opposite timea.
o2
31R
PROBLEMS TO BK SOLVED fiY
iix.— Who are the periocci of the people of Petersburg,
Cashmere, Moultan, Mexico?— Ans. Montagu Island;—
Passo del None in Mexico ;— Arispe in Mexico ;— Kimedy
in Hindostan, nearly. o t »^ .
Who are the periceci of Amsterdam, Quito, St John in
Newfoundland, St Domingo, Barbadoes, Palawan, London ?
Prob XXII To find the antipodes'* of a place.
Rule. — Bring the given place to the meridian, and
observe its latitude; set the index to xii. noon, and
turn the globe till the index points to xii. midnight;
under the same degree of latitude as the place given,
but on the opposite side of the equator, will be found
the antipodes.
Ex.— Who are the antipodes of the inhabitants of Bantam,
Botany Bay, ishnd of Borneo, Cape Horn ?— Ans. Tunja
in Colombia ;— the Azores, nearly ; — Brazil and Colombia ;—
Kirensk in Siberia, nearly.
VVMio are the antipodes of Guiana, Cambodia, Santa Fe in
La Plata, Corea, islaiid of Hainan, island of Kiusiu ?
CELESTIAL GLOBE.
The Celestial Globe is a representation of the heavens,
on which are traced the circles necessary for finding
the position of the stars ; it is suspended in a brass
meridian supported on a wooden horizon in the same
manner as the Terrestrial Globe.
The two points in which the equinoctial intersects
the ecliptic are called the Equinoctial Points. The
first point of Aries, or that at which the sun appears
to cross the Equinoctial towards the north, is the vernal
equinoctial point ; and the first point of Libra, at which
the sun appears to recross the Equinoctial towards the
south, is the Autumnal Equinoctial Point. When the
sun is in either of these two points, the day and night
are equal on every part of the earth.t
The first point of Cancer and the first point of Ca-
pricorn are called the Solstitial Points. When die sun
• Antipodes have the sain: latitude on opposite side?
nnH fliffpr 1 Kn(> in lonirttude ^ cunseuuentlv. thev have
' "he equator,
U«ir day and
night, their summer arid winter, at opposite times.
t The Vernal Equinox happens on the 20th or 2l8t of M;u< ; ^.J^ndthe
Autumnal Equinox on the 23d of {September,
tHE CELESTIAL GLOAE.
319
is in that of Cancer, it is the summer solstice^ and we
have our longest day ; when he is in the first point of
Capricorn, it is the winter solstice, and we have our
shortest day.*
The right ascension of a star is the distance, measured
eastward upon the equinoctial, from the first point of
Aries to the point where a great circle drawn through the
star, and perpendicular to the equinoctial, intersects it.
The latitude of a star is the distance between the star
and the ecliptic measured upon a great circle drawn
through the star, and perpendicular to the ecliptic ; and
the longitude is the distance between the first point of
Aries and the point where the circle cuts the ecliptic.
Longitude, latitude, and declination,t are expressed
in degrees, minutes, &;c., and right ascension in hours,
minutes, &c. The sun has no latitude, as he is al-
ways in the ecliptic.
The signs and degrees are usually marked on one side
of the ecliptic, and the days of the month on the other.
A Constellation is an assemblage of stars distinguish-
ed by the name of some animal or object to which the
outline of the whole is supposed to bear a resemblance,
as the Bear, the Dragon, Orion, Bootes, the Crown, &c.
The Zodiac is an imaginary belt around the heavens,
about 1 6 degrees broad, in which all the planets, except
Ceres and Pallas, move. Through the middle of this
belt runs the ecliptic, or the apparent path of the sun.
PROBLEMS TO BE SOLVED BY THE
CELESTIAL GLOBE.
Prob. I. — To find the latitude and longitude of a star*
Rule. — Bring the pole of the ecliptic to the zenith,
in which fix the quadrant, and lay it over the given
star ; the number of degrees between the ecliptic and
the star shows the latitude ; the number of degrees
between the edge of the quadrant and the first point of
Aries indicates the longitude.
* T„e summer solstiee happens on ihe 21st or 22d of June, and the
winter solstice on the 21st or 22d of December.
t The declination of a star is its distance north or bouIIj of the
equinoctial.
320
PROBLEMS TO BIG SOLVED BV
Elf Wh»t are the latitude and longitude of Procyon in
Canis Minor, of Sirius in t'anis Major, and of Arcturus in
Bootes ;— Ans. Lat. 16° S.. and Long. 114*» ;— Lat. 40" S,,
and Long. 10^ ;— Lat. 30$« N., and Long. 201".
What are the latitude antl longitude of /\ldebaran, Bella,
trix, Deneb, Dubhe, Alphecca, Altair, Markab, ForaalUaut,
Aniares, Canopus, Kigel, Ras Alhagus, and Achernar ?
Prob. II. — To find a stars place in the heavens^ its
latitude and longitude being given,
«
KuLE.—Set the globe and quadrant as in last pro-
blem ; then lay the graduated edj^e of the quadrant on
the given longitude in the ecliptic, and the star will be
found under the given latitude.
Ex What star is that whose longit»',de is 85**, and whose
latitude is 16" S. ? What star is that whose longitude is 297^
and whose latitude is 30" N. ?— Ans. Betelgeux in Orion ;—
and Altair in Aquila.
What are those stars whose latitude and longitude are re-
spectively 23*^ N. and Long. 54" ; 22^" N. and Long. 79" ;
60" N. and Long. 334° ; 28° N. and Long. 40° ; 3I>° K.
und Long. 260° ; 4° S. and Long. 247° ; 17° S. and Long.
28^°; 2° kS. and Long. 201° ; 60° S. and Long. 341° ?
Pros. III. — To find the declination of the sun or a star.
Rule Bring the sun's place, or the star, to the
meridian ; observe its distance N. or S. from the
equinoctial, and the distance will be the declination.
j:x What is the declination of the sun on the 11th April ?
W^hat is the declination of Castor in Gemini, and of Re^.iius
in Leo?— Ans. Declination Bj" iN. ;— 32.i" N. ;— and 13" N.
What is the declination of the sun on the Ist and loth of
each month, from July 1st to January IstJ* What is the
declination of each of the stars mentioned in PiiOB. I. ?
Prob. IV. — To find the right ascension of the sun, or
any star.
Rule.— Bring the sun's place, or the star, to the
meridian : the degree of the equinoctial, cut by the
meridian, shows the right ascension*
Ex.— What is the sun's right ascension on the 6th Juljr
and ilie 13th October ? What is the right ascension of « Ly tffi,
:„ rr.
«_-!
i\.
I #x »*^ ' .J
l(\»nf V--.
Oi xsiucua:&n In ii;Uri;r> aliCi Oi itigt;x il: vfiOri 3
Ans. Right ascension 6h. 66';— 13li. 12'j— 18h. 3i';— 4h.
26';«-6h. 6'.
THK CELESTIAL GLOBE.
321
What is the right ascension of the sun on the lit, 10th, and
20th of each month of the year ? What is the right ascension
of each of the stars mentioned in Prob. I. ?
Pros. V — The latitude of a place ^ the day and hour
being given, to represent the face of the heavens, so as
to point out all the constellations and remarkable stars
then visible.
Rule. — Rectify the globe for the latitude of the
place ; bring the sun's place for the given day to the
meridian ; set the index to xii., then turn the globe
till the index points to the given hour. In this posi-
tion the globe will represent the face of the heavens.
Ex — Represent the face of the heavens as it will appear at
London for 2 and 3 in the morning on the 18th January ; for
8 and 11 evening on the 12th March.
Represent the face of the heavens for the Ist and 15th of
each month of the year, and for each hour from 9, p.m. to 3,
A. M., as it will appear af Edinburgh, Paris, Cape of Good
Hope, Paramatta, and Calcutta.
Prob. VI. — To find the time when any of the heavenly
bodies rises, sets, or comes to the meridian, on a
particular day, at a given place.
Rule. — Rectify the globe for the latitude of the
place ; bring the sun's place to the meridian, and set
the index to xii. : then turn the globe till the given
star comes to the eastern edge of the horizon, the in-
dex will show the time of rising ; carry it to the west-
ern edge, the index will show the time of setting;
then bring it to the meridian, and the index shows the
time of its culmination or southing.*
Ex — At what time does Regulus, in Leo, rise, set, and
culminate at Edinburgh, on the 4th of February ? At what
time does Alphecca, in Corona Borealis, rise, set, and cul-
minate at Madrid, on the 7th of May ?— Ans. Rises 6h. 25'
A., souths Oh. 45' M., and sets 8h. 5' M. ;— rises 4h. 60' A.,
souths Oh. 35' M., and sets 8h. 20' M.
At what time does each of the stars mentioned in Prob. I.
rise, culminate, and set on the 1st and I6th of each month of
the year, at the places mentioned in last Prob. ?
* In turning round the globe it will be observed that someof the sUrt
"■■ '"^^ ^tccvxTjJu ucxuw tiic iiuiisuis, wmic uiiicrs iii ine oppcsice pome Ol
the heavens continue alwayg below it. The former never set at the
given place for which the globe is rectified, and are called circumpolar
stars i and the latter never rise at the given place.
322
PROBLEMS TO BK 80LVBD BY
Pbob. yil.'-To fnd on what day of the year a star
comes to the meridian at a given hour.
j^^jj.E.— Bring the star to the brass meridian, and
g^t the index to the sjivpn hour ; turn the globe till
the index points to X' ' .>u, . tid the day of the month
which corresponds io tlu. tlt^ree of the ecliptic cut by
the meridian is the day required.
Ex On what day does Kigel, in Orion, come to the me-
ridian at 8 o'clock in the evening ? On what day does Sinus
come to the meridian at 10 o'clock evening ?-An8. tebruaiy
3d ;— January 2Hih.
On what day does Aldebaran come to the meridian at ,,
8, 10, 12, P. M. and 2,' 4, 6, a. m. ?— On what days do each
of the stars mentioned in Prob. I. come to the meridian at /,
9, 11, P. M. and 1, 3, 5, a. ji. respectively ?
Prob. VI IL— To Jind the altitude and nzimuth of the
sun or a star at any given place and time.
Rule. — Ucctify the globe for the latitude of the
place; bring the sun's place in the ecliptic and xii.
on the hour circle to the brass meridian ; and fix the
quadrant in the zenith. Then turn the globe till the
given hour comes to the meridian, and lay the gra-
duated edge of the quadrant on the star ; the degree
of the quadrant over the star will show its altitude, and
the number of dtgrees counted upon the horizon, from
its intersection by the quadrant to the north or south
point, will be its azimuth.
At Edinhurgh, on the 4th August, at lOh. p. m. what are
the altitude and azimuth oi" I\lirach, Almaach, and Altair ?—
Ans. Alt. 29*, Az. 69" from N. towards E. ;— Alt. 28.f , Az.
r^el" from N. towards E. ;— Alt. 42% Az. 12^^ from S. to-
wards E. , , ,,t.
At Edinburgh on the 31st December, at 9h. and llh. p.m.
what are the altitude and azimuth ofCapella, Uubhe, Regulus,
Alioth, Castor, Procyon, Bellatrix, Sirius, Menkar, Algenib,
Mirach, Algol, Shedir, Alderaniin, Arided, and « Lyrse:'
At London, on the 1st .'March, at midnight, what are the al-
titude and azunuth of Kochab, Arided, » Lyrae, Albireo,
Alphecca, Ras Alhagus, Yed, Arcturus^ Beneinach, Spjca
Vifginis, Iteguius, Cor Hydrae, Sirius, Castor, Poiiiix, ^c-
tekeux, Procyon, Capella, Aldebaran, the Pleiades, Algol,
Almaach, ^hedir ?
THE CELESTIAL 6LOBB.
323
Peob. lX.-"The latitude of a place, the altitude of a
star, and /he day of the month being given, to find
theh lur of the night.
RuLK.— Rectify the globe for the latitude; bring
the sun's place to the meridian, and set the index to
xri. ; fix the quadrant in the zenith, then move the
globe and quadrant till the star comes under the qua-
drant at the given altitude, and the index will show
the hour required.
,.*'^;-^\,^'*l^"b"»"ff^^» «n the 13th December, when the
almude of Aldebaran is 4fi'^, what is the hour of the niaht ?
;Ao ' u^ ^ilf r^'^^'-T'ace, the altitude of Capella, in Auriga, in
70 on the 20ih of January, what are the hours of the night?
-Ans. Uh. 15' p.M.,andOh. 45' a.m. ;_7h. andlOh. 35' p.m.
At Edinburgh, on ihe 1st and loth of June, when the al-
titude of Alphecca is 50°; « Lyra 41°, Alderamin 45°. and
Arided 45" respectively, what are the hours of the nii?hi ? At
Pans, on the 1st of October and 15th of November, when the
o, -"f ^ olo^*'""!?^^, i** ^^^ ^I'ai'" 4!i% Almaach 45°, the
Pluades 27 , and Aldebaran 22", what are the hours of the
nighi? At Calcutta, on the 1st January and 1st February,
when the altitude of iMenkar is «6A°, Ri^^el 45°, Betcl^eux 60°,
Procyon 48 ', and Sirius nO", whut are the hours of the night ?
Prob. X.-~The year and day being given, to find the
place of a planet.
Rule.— Find the sun's plac for the given day, and
bring it to the brass meridian ; set the index to xii.; then
find in the Nautical or the New Edinburgh Almanac
the time when the planet passes the meridian on the
given day, and turn the globe till the index points to the
hour thus found ; find in the Almanac the declination
of the planet for the same day, and under the degree!
of declination on the b-ass meridian is the place of the
planet.
Ex — What will be the places of Venus and Jnpiter on the
1st of Aui;ust UUO ?— Ans. Venus will be in the Constellation
Cancer, her R. A. being «h. 55', and her declination J 8° 34'
N. ; Jupiter will be in the Constellation Libra, his R. A.
being I4h. W, and his declination 13" 52' S.
^^^'hat will be the plad- of Venus on the 19th December
]?^1': ^na^ will be the place of the moon on the 25th 3Iarch
ib4U ." bind the place of the moon and of each of the planets
tor tl, Ut and 25th of each inurnh of th.' years 1840 to 184.i
inclusive.
A TABLE,
8HOW1NO
THE NUMBER OF MILES
CONTAIMBD IN
A DEGRER OF LoMOlTUDE ON ANY PARALIEL OF LATITUDE,
BETWEEN THE EQUATOR AND THE POLES, THE EARTH BEING
SUPPOSED A SPHERE.
iDeg.ofi
"■' 1 '
2
3
4
5
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Geog.
Mjlea.
59.99
o9.9H
59.92
59.85
,69.77
59.67
59.55
i 59.42
59.26
59.09
58.89
58.68
58.46
58 22
57.95
57.67
57.38
67.06
56.73
56.38
56.01
55.63
56.23
54.81
54.38
53.93
53.46
52.97
52.47
Eng.
Miles.
Dtfg. of
51.96
Ii9.l0
69.07
69.02
68.94
68.85
68.74
68.(»0
68.45
68.26
68.06
67.8^1
67.60
67.34 ,
67.07 1
66.76
66.43 I
66.10
65.73
65.35
64.95
64.52
64.08
(}:J.62
63.14
62.64
62.12
61.58
61.02
60.44
59.85
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
63
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
(Jeog.
Miles.
51.43
50.88
60.32
49.74
49.15
48.54
4792
47.28
46.63
45.96
45.28
44.59
43.88
43.16
4243
41.68
40.92
40.15
39 36
38.67
37.76
36.94
36.11
35.27
34.41
33.55
32.68
31.80
30.90
30.00
KiiK.
Miles.
59.24
58.61
67.97
57.30
56.62
55.91
55.20
54.46
53.72
52.94
52.16
51.36
50.55
49.72
48.88
48.01
47.14
46.25
45.34
44.43
43.50
42.55
41.60
40.63
39.64
38.65
3764
36.63
35.59
34.66
Dejj. of
Lat.
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
(iCOR.
Miles.
29.(19
28.17
2724
26.30
25.36
24.40
23.44
22.48
21.50
20.52
19.53
18.54
17.54
16.54
15.53
14.52
13.50
12.47
11.46
10.42
9.39
8.35
7.31
6.27
5.23
4.19
3.14
2.09
1.05
0.00
Miii's.
33.51
32.45
3l.;«i
30.2!)
29.21
28.11
27.00
25.8!)
24.7(1
23.64
22.50
21.35
20,20
19.05
17.89
16.72
15.55
i4.:it)
13.1!)
12.00
10.81
9.fi2
8.42
7.22
6.02
4.82
3.61
2.40
1.21
0.00
THE END,
Printed by Oliveu & Boyd,
Twoeddalc Court, High Str»et, Edinburgh.
List of educational works.
.ATITUDE,
ITU BEING
PimiilBHID BV
.OR.
ties.
,m
.17
.24
.30
.:u;
.40
.44
An
M
.62
.53
M
.54
.54
.53
.52
1.50
1.47
.45
1.42
1.311
{.35
$.27
>.23
I.IO
J.14
2.09
1.05
0.00
KiiK.
Mills.
33.51
32.45
31.311
30.2!)
29.21
2H.11
27.00
25.}!!!
24.71;
23.64
22.. -JO
21.35
20.20
l!».0,i
17.H9
lt^.72
15.5f)
14.:;«
13.1!l
12.00
10.81
0.02
8.42
7.22
6.02
4.82
3.61
2.40
1.21
0.00
OLIVER* BOVD, EDINBURGH ; AND SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, & CO.,
LONDON : SOLD ALSO BY ALL OTHER BOOKSELLERS.
School Olasalcs.
[HE greater portion of the subjoined Editions of Latin Classics
|d Elementary Works were edited by the late Principal Hunter
TSt Andrews, whose reputation as a scholar affords a guarantee
the purity of the text. Others have been prepared by gentle-
en connected with the Edinburgh Academy,~an Establish-
bnt which has attained high eminence as a Classical Seminary.
le remainder are the productions of approved authors, and
|ve passed through many editions. The whole Series have,
Im time to time, been subjected to emendation and scrupulous
)i8ion; and, in respect of accuracy, cheapness, quality of
er, and typographical beauty, are confidently submitted as
perior to any that have appeared in this country.
I.
UNTER'S RUDDIMAN'S LATIN RUDI-
MENTS; with Appendices. 12mo. l8.6d.
II.
UNTER'S RUDDIMAN'S LATIN GRAMMAR.
12nio, 4s. '
2
LIST OF EDUCATIONAL WORKS^
m.
17 DINBURGH ACADEMY LATIN RUDIMENTS.! ^ d^
-■^ 12010. 2s. mtj ..
IV.
•p DINBURGH ACADEMY LATIN DELECTUS;
•^-^ with a copious Vocabulary. 12mo. 3s.
V.
STEWART^S CORNELIUS NEPOS ; with NotM
Chronology, and Vocabularies. 18mo. 3s. I
VL
"T^YMOCK'S SALLUST ; with Notes and Indei|
I8mo. 2s. 6d.
vn.
HUNTER'S SALLUST ; with numerous Interpre.|
tations and Notes. 18mo. 2s.
vni.
TTUNTER'S LIVY, BOOK XXI. to XXV. (TI«|
-■-■*■ First Five Books of the Second Punic War); wiiJ
Notes. 12iiio. 4s.
^^' BTDINBl
TTUNTER'S VIRGIL; with Notes, Critical aiiB*^ ME^
"*•■*• Explanatory. IHmo. 3s. fid.
X.
TTUNTER'S HORACE; with Notes, Critical
-*•*' Explanatory. 18mo. 3s.
PUBU8HED BY OUVER & BOYD,
TDIMENTS.
^""T^^i^s ^'cS^i^Vr^ ^-
DELECTUS;
XIL
with Notes,
PERGUSON'S OVID'S METAMORPHOSES: wUh
*- JVotes and a copious Index. 18ma. 2s. 6d.
xin.
IpERGUSON'S GRAMMATICAL EXERCISES-
!-»• With Notes and a Vocabulary. 18mo. 2s. *
) and IndcxI
XIV.
9US Interpifrl
^ILLIGAN'S CORDERY; with a Vocabulary.
XT.
XXV. (Tlie
c War);
[TEWARrS MAIR'S INTRODUCTION; with
Notes and Vocabularies. l8mo. 3s. > »' *
XVI.
nu' 1 «jE^^.?^^^^H ACADEMY GREEK RUDI-
Criticalaia^ MliNTS. 12nio, 3s. 6d.
xvu.
Critical
^DINBURGH ACADEMY GREEK EXTRACTS-
m^ with a copious Vocabulary, l2mo. 3s. 6d. '
LIST OF EDUCATIONAL WORKS^
S/^/V<i»X/"
ANCIENT AND MODERN GEOGRAPHY.
XVIII.
-V DINBURGH ACADEMY ANCIENT GEOGRA
-■^ PHV. 12mo. 38.
XIX.
EDINBURGH ACADEMY MODERN GEOGRA
PHY. 12mo. 2s. «d.
iV. B, — The preceding Books are all hound in a neat and
substantial manner.
H
French Xiangfuagre.
NEW EDITIONS RECENTLr PUBLISHED,
I.
ALLARD'S GRAMMAR of the FRENCH LAN-
GUAGE. 12ino. 4s. bound.
Among the numerous French Grammars published In this counfry, that
of Hallard deservedly holds a high rank. This is evinced as well by the j
extent of its sale as by the preference given to it in the most respectable
seminaries, and by distinguished teachers, who are the best qualified to
appreciate its merits.
11.
A KEY to HALLARD'S FRENCH GRAMMAR. I
•^^ 12ino. 4s. bound.
IIL ■
T ONGMOOR'S CATECHISM of FRENChIG^^/J
-*-^ GRAMMAR. 18mo. 9a. sewed, or Is. bound. | ^^
PUBLISHED BY OLZVBB & BOYD.
^""mmm i;^EW PRONOUNCING FRENCH
I'KIMLK. KoyalJ8mo. Is. 6d. half-bound.
^dinftwr^A 06*m;er. ^ ^ * class-book to the student."-
" This work is the best of the k\ni\ th-,t «,o, „
almost entirely a new comVosftion Vnn 7- 'I «^q"««"ted with. It is
matter ."-^dXa^^T^^eS ' ' '°"'"'"^ °' "^^'"^ ^"^ ^"^^^-««"«
VL
Course of Reading. 12mo. 3s. bound. ^ogressive
B
VII.
^S'^w^^^y^^^ COURS de LITTERA.
1 UitL. 12mo. 7s. bound.
rnlueZ^^ZT" ^"''"/P"^"''"*^"^' '" ^'"^'^ «« well as in verse, of the
toHnoi /^ ^ French writers; and is illustrated by BioKraDhlcal Hk
toncal. Geographical, and Ch ,ological Notes of much yXfar^'i'tint;:
respect both to literature and to motaUty .'•-Educational Reviw.
I
i4
VIII.
^^m'lBm A^'^'^^^' INGUSH, and LATIN
VUCABULARV. Jirao. 2.. bound in cloih.
6
LIST OF EDUCATIONAL WORKS,
Series of Blementary WorkSy
BY J. M. M'CULLOCH, D. D.,
MINI8TKR or KELSO, AND FORMKRLY HEAD-MASTXR OV THB CIRCUS-PLACI
SCHOOL, KDINBUROH.,
TtJr'CULLOCH'S FIRST READING-BOOK ; con.
■*'"-'- taining the Alphabet, and Progressive Lessons on the
Long and Short Sounds of the Vowels. 4th Edition. 18mo,
L^d. sewed.
II.
TYI'^CULLOCH'S SECOND READING- BOOK;
-*'-*■ containing Progrevssive Lessons on the Pronunciation of
Double (.'onsonants and Diphthongs, and on the Middle and
Broad Sounds of the Vowels. 4th Edition. 18mo. 3d. sewed.
IIL
]VT*CULLOCH'S THIRD READING-BOOK ; con.
^ ''■ taining simple Pieces in Prose and Verse, with Exercises
on the more difficult Words and Sounds occurring in them.
dih Edition. 18mo. lOd. bound in cloth or leather.
M
IT.
<CULLOCH'S SERIES of LESSONS in Prose
and Verse, progressively arran{;ed ; intended as an In-
troduction to the " Course of Elemmitary Reading in Science
and Literature." To which is added, a List of Prefixes, Affixes.
and Latin and Greek Primitives, which enter into the Composi-
tion of the Words occurring in the Lessons. 11 ih Edition,
12mo. 2s. bound.
PUBLISHED BY OLIVER dt BOYD.
CIRCUS-PtACE
V.
liyr^CULLOCH'S COURSE of ELEMENTARY
1-^'-*- HEADING in Science and Literature; to which is
added, a copious List of the Latin and Greek Primitives which
enter into the Composition of the English Language. lUus-
|trated by 40 Wood-cuts. 9ih Edition. 12mo. 3s. bound.
JThis series of Schoolbooks is intended for the use of Seminaries
jwhere the Preceptor follows the analytical mode of tuition, and
jinakes it his business to instruct his pupils in the meaning of
jwhat is read as well as in the art of reading ; and the five, of
Iwhich the titles are here given, will be found to serve the double
[purpose of introducing the Scholar by easy gradations to the
Ipronunciation of the English language, and of providing him
jwith a kind of reading adapted to interest and exercise his open-
ing faculties — It may be added, that each book is preceded by
" Directions" relative to the mode of teaching it, as well as by
jother Tables and Lists calculated to assist in the process of
|instruction.
"Within the compass of these five volumes, Dr M'Culloch has nresented
I to parents and teachers a perfect cyclopaedia of the most interesting, in-
ptructive, and sound description, adapted to ail stages of the educational
jprocess — It is not only our conscientious belief, but the opinion of many
Imtelligent teachers, that this series of schoolbooks is the cheapest and
Imost complete ever offfered to the world, and we strongly recommend it
Ito the attention of the clergy, teachers, and other guardians of education
[throughout the empire."— CftMrcft Review.
"These works compose an admirable series of schoolbooks, framed upon
'actional plan, adapted, in their several forms, to the different grades of
jlearners. 1 hey arc a decided improvement upon the improved methodr
[of tuition."— ^riaa'c Journal.
•'We may assert, without fear of contradiction, that t .ies of books
nore admirably and philosophically contrived to lead the pupil from the
elements of speech to the furthest poijU v/Lvch the aid of an instructor can
avail him in reaching, does not exist la tnc English lapguage/'-^tiinemroA
^WcMy Journal.
Opinions equally favourable have been expressed hj numerous
\other periodicals throughout the empire.
LIST OP EDUCATIONAL WORKS,
VI.
T^T 'CULLOCH'S MANUAL of ENGLISH GRAM.
-*"^-'- MAR, Philosophical and Practical; with Exercises J
adapted to the Analytical Mode of Tuition. 6th Edition,!
with very valuable Additions and Improvements. 18mo]
Is. 6d. bound.
** No schoolbook has of late been more wanted than a Manual of Engl;s„
Grammar, adapted to the improved methods of teaching, and treating ttiel
subject not as an art but as a science. Most of the text-books in commonl
use are either so meagre as to be in a great measure unintelligible, or so
full of erroneous views as to have a tendency rather to perpetuate inac-
curacies of language than to preserve its purity ; while all of them have
been compiled on the false principle, that it is the business of the Gram.
marian to prescribe arbitrary rules for the expression of thought, instead
of merely collecting the usages of speech and writing, and from these de-
ducing their general principles. It was therefore with the greatest plea-j
■ure that we saw the announcement of this little work by Dr M'Cullocli,
whose experience as a public teacher, success as a compiler of schoolbooks,
and varied and extensive learning, were the surest pledges that he would
bring to the composition of it the necessary practical and philological
knowledge. We regard this Manual of English Grammar as decidedly
the best book of the kind in the language." — Presbyterian Review.
*• We have not the least hesitation in saying, that this is by far the best
Manual of English Grammar at this moment extant. It is decidedly at [
once mpre full, more complete, and more judicious than any similar worit
with which we are acquainted. Into each of the departments new modes
of illustration have been introduced, and in every instance these are sin-
gularly happy and judicious. Those that embrace Etymology and Deriva-
tion, in particular, are executed in a most masterly maxwicx, "—ScoUi>\m.
"We can with confidence bestow on this elegant little volume our best i
recommendation. The author has an intimate acquaintance, not only with
the construction and peculiar laws of our language, but with the philoso-
phical principles on which these laws are founded, and hence he has beea
enabled to introduce into his work a great variety of important improve-
ments in the classification and arrangement of the various parts; and in
fact so to remodel the whole Science of Grammar as to present it in an
original and highly advantageous ioxm."— Belfast News Letter.
VII.
IVf^CULLOCirS PREFIXES and AFFIXES of the
-^^■^ ENGLISH LANGUAGE; wiUi Examples, ^ew
Edition. 18mo. 2d. sewed.
PUBLISHED BY OLIVER ft BOYD. 9
WORKS ON
arammar, Composition, and Geo^apliy,
BY ALEXANDER REID, A.M.,
HEAD-WASTBR OF THB CIRCUS-PLACt o^flOOL, BDINBUROH.
R^o?l^,?^^™™'^S of ENGLISH GRAMMAR.
^^ 2d Edition. 18mo. 6d. cloth.
In order to make the Rudiments of Grammar, which are de-
sijrned for the use of Elementary Classes, concise, simple, and of
ejisy application, each sentence contains only one fact or principle;
the general rules are printed in larger type than the notes and
exceptions; and the principal and auxifiary verbs are inflected
first separately and afterwards in combination.
"When the pupil has made acquaintance with this tiny volume, into
which agreat mass of matter is pressed by a very clear arrangement, he will
be well prepared to enter upon a more elaborate and pbilosophical inquiry,
and to venture into the more abstruse paths of knowledge that Ue beyond."
-<!ourt Magazine. '
II.
JJ Eip'S RUDIMENTS of ENGLISH COMPOSI-
HON; designed as a Practical Introduction to Cor-
rectness and Perspicuity in Writing, and to the Study of
Criticism : with copious Exercises. 2d Edition, Royal 18mo.
2s. bound in cloth.
"A useful little work, which cannot be too strongly reeommended to
neads ot schools and persons engaged in private tuition."- J thenaunu
III.
;^EID'S RUDIMENTS of MODERN GEOGRA-
PHY; with an Appendix, containing an Outline of
Ancient Geography, an Outline of Sacred Geography, Problems
on the Use of the Globes, and Directions for the Construction of
;^Iaps. With illustrative Plates. 3d Edition. I8mo. Is. bound
m cloth or leather.
Nil!* '* ^^^ ProiUiction of an experienced and judicious teacher, and con-
^amsagrea er quantity of well-selecte*! mformation than we recollect to
nave seen elsewhere it the same rnmnn« »_ i»..«».»/*..v^- u^..-
A2
10
LIST OP EDUCATIONAL WORKS,
IV.
T> BID'S OUTLINE of SACRED GEOGRAPHY ;
-"^^^ with References to the Passages of Scripture in which
the most remarkable Places are mentioned ; and Notes, chiefly
Historical and Descriptive. With a Map of the Holy Land
in Provinces and Tribes. 5th Edition. 18mo. 6d. sewed.
"It ought to become a manual In all our Parochial and Sabbath
Schools."— Pr«6yterta» Review.
" This is an excellent elementary work."— Asiatic Journal,
V.
T> EID'S INTRODUCTORY ATLAS of MODERN
GEOOHAPH V' ; with an Index, containing upwards
of 6000 Names, being those of all the Places laid down in the
Maps, and specifying the Countries in which they are situated,
and also their Latitude and Longitude. Beautifully coloured,
and neatly half-bound in morocco, price only Js.
This Atlas has been prepared chiefly with the view of supplying
the demand occasioned by the increasing- attention paid to the study
of (ieography in Parochial and other Elementary Schools; and it
is offered to th(5 Puhhc at a price which places it within tlie readi
of many who have hitherto heen prevented, by the want of a
cheap Mamial, from cultivating that interesting and useful branch
of education. Very great labour has been bestowed u|M)n the In-
dex : it contains the Name of every place laid down in the Maps,
and, besides the Number of the Map in wliich each place is to lie
found, mentions also the Country in which it is situated. The
Name- of Places are accented according to the best authorities
on the subject, or according to the analogy of similar words, either
in the language of the country in which the places are situated, or
in the English language. In short, no exertions have been spared
to combine cheapness of price with convenience of form and Hize,
distinctness of delineation in the Maps, and accuracy in every
department of the Work.
"This Atlas, which is marvellously cheap considering its execution, is
Intended for the use of parish and elementary schools. The coloured
maps are clear, neat, and accurate; there is an elaborate and copious index,
which might fitly accompany a far dearer work."— Tail's Magazine.
PUBLISHED BY OLIVER «i BOYD.
11
1 and Sabbath
NEW EDITIONS OF
Swing's Oeogrrapby and Atlas,
CORRECTED TO THE PRESENT TIME.
|?WING'S SYSTEM of GEOGRAPHY, /rom the
^ latest and best Autkorities ; including also the Elements
of Astronomy^ &c. I.5th Edition,
with Nine Maps, 6s. 6d.
12nio. 4s. 6d. bound ; or
"We rejoice to find that an extensive and increasina sale uistifip, »h«
E/um'' ^' '^'''''''^ "" " '■°^"^^'' '^''-^ « 'S usefil" wort-Jl!
•' The extraordinary success of Mr Ewinc's hook ia Sn «... • a
ust what its merits fiad a right to eS I? u Jn^ «f°*"»f J^'^K^ent,
systems of Geography, for the Sdult arweil is the Joune thJ''^ ''"*'
saw constructed. The plan is clear sim., i uIa ^"""8, that we ever
scientific portion of it eipec a lly so far Trmn £„*''' Vr'^^^^'L^? ? 'he
difficult form which might dier the beBimnr u i i* ?et forward In that
attract his attention anS r^^l^^SS^j^i,^^^
gWING'S NEW GENERAL ATLAS; containing
Y J'stinct Maps of all the principal States and Kingdoms
throughout the World ; in rvhlch the most recent GeoyraphZ
^l^oo^enes are accurately delineated, h, royal 4to, price
14s. half-bound ; coloured outlines, IGs. ; or, full coloured, 18s.
"We can very confidently recommend Mr Ewinc's Atlas a« hv f«r ^k-
AlsOj recently puhlishedy
£WING'S ENGLISH LEARNER. 12th Edition.
■■-^ 12mo. 2s. bound.
gWlNG'S PRINCIPLES of ELOCUTION. 24th
Ldition. 12mo.— Frc/w the increasing circulation of this
popular Work, it is now reduced in price from 4*. U to 3*. 6(/.
mmd.
jgWfNG'S RHETORICAL EXERCISES.
■^ Edition. I2mo. 38. 6d. bound.
2d
It
LIST OP EDUCATIONAL WORKS,
Sessional, Xformal, and Parochial
Behoolbooks.
fci'X^^^S^S^V rf-v^^ '"S *v^
I.
SESSIONAL SCHOOL FIRST BOOK. 15th EJit.
'^ 18mo. 3d. sewed.
S
11.
ESSIONAL SCHOOL SECOND BOOK. 12th
Edition. 18mo. 1m. half-bound.
III.
SESSIONAL SCHOOL COLLECTION. lOtli Edit.
^ 12mo. 3s. bound.
IV.
TNSTRUCTIVE EXTRACTS. 6th Edition. 12mo.
-*- 3s. 6d. bound.
V.
-piRST ELEMENTS of ENGLISH GRAMMAR
-*- 18nio. 2d. sewed.
- ^'VN'\y^'"v' V.N^x.'W
VI.
TXELPS to the ORTHOGRAPHY of the ENGLISH
-■"■- LANGUAGE. 2d Edition, enlarged and Improved.
18mo. 4d. sewed.
E
vn.
TYMOLOGICAL GUIDE to the ENGLISH LAN-
GUAOE. 3d Edit., greatly enlarged. 18mo. 2s.6d.b(l.
O
vni.
LD TESTAMENT BIOGRAPHY. 10th Edition.
18mo. 6d. sewed.
IX.
TW-EW TESTAMENT BIOGRAPHY. Stereotype
-^^ Edition. 18mo. fid. sewed.
chial
16th Edit.
OK. 12th
10th Edit.
ion. 12mo,
RAMMAR.
PUBLISHED BY OLIVER dk BOYD.
X.
Iflf
(1ATECHISM of CHRISTIAN INSTRUCTION.
XL
CATECHISM of GEOGRAPHY. By Huon Mub-
k hnlY' *-^*-S-K- fill, Kdition. ISmo.*^ »<1. «;.vcd, ot
Is. bound.
ENGLISH
nd improved.
.ISH LAN.
). 2^. 6d.b(l.
)th Edition.
xn.
rjATECHISM of ENGLISH COMPOSITION. Bv
^ KobertConnel. 2d Edit. l«mo. 9d. sewed, or Is. bd.
XIIL
r ATECHISM of the HISTORY of ENGLAND. By
1 ETE118MITH, A.M. 5th Edit. 18mo. »d. sd.,or Is.bd.
XIV.
fJATECHISM of the HISTORY of SCOTLAND.
13y \V^. MoRiiisoN. r.thEdit. 18mo. Ud. sewed, or Is. bd.
XV.
A CONCISE and FAMILIAR EXPOSITION of the
LEADING PROPHECIES regarding MESSIAH.
MEdmon. 18mo. 4d. sewed.
XVL
1? XPOSITION of the DUTIES and SINS pertaining
■*-* to MEN. 12mo. 6d. sewed.
XVIL
jgACRED HISTORY, m the Form of Letters. In
Seven Volumes, 18nio. 3s. each, neatly halt-bound.
^LPHABET and SPELLING LESSONS, printed
Stereotype ■ with a bold type on nine large Sheets. Is. per set, or
™ pasted on boards, 58. 6d.
IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)
//
«// -/^
1.0
1.25
150 "^^ mWnt
^ U& 12.2
0^ mif,
1.1 l.-^i
2.0
1.8
U IIIIII.6
V]
%
W
/:
wj^
.iV
/A
J>
'/
Hiotographic
Sciences
Corporation
33 WiST MAIN STREET
WEBSTER, N.Y. MS80
(716) 872-4503
V
:\
\
;\
o
"C?,
'/.,
^
\;^o
14
LIST OF EDUCATIONAL WORKS,
Stewart's Oeoerrapby.
^ .yV/N.^^^^/\y\/v/
In 18mO) illustrated by Ten New Maps constructed for the
Work, 3s. 6d. bound,
A NEW EDITION, BEING THE SIXTH, OF
CTEWART'S COMPENDIUM of MODERN GEO.
*^ GRAPHY ; with Remarks on the Physical Peculiarities,
Produ«jtions, Commerce, and Government of the various Coun-
tries ; Questions for Examination at the end of each Division ;
and Descriptive Tables, in which are given the Pronunciation,
and a concise Account of every Place of importance throughout
the World.
" We cannot speak hi too favourable terms of the admirable arrange-
ment of tliis wotk."— Asiatic Journal.
" A more compact, carefaily co^.p^letJ, and uscf\:i volume has seldom
fallen under our observation. It is illustrated by ten maps, excellen<^iy
executed, considering their size ; ^nd, with its judicious descriptive tables,
combines, in some measiu-e, the advantages of a Gazetteer witii a Gcugra-
[shlcal Grammar."— JSiramtner.
" This excellent schoclbook contains as much accurate and valuable
information as many volumes of twice its size and price. Indeed, in the
latter re&pect, it is matched by few productions of the press, even in this
age of cheap books. It is a work, moreoirr.r, which, while its explana-
tions are well adapted to the capacity of youth, bears throughout the
marks of patient and careful research in a very superior degree to most
»choslbookit."—Athenaum.
SIMP!
Ear
which is 'i
Question
Edition.
The sin
have beer
tion in wl
utility, va
among th(
more anci
worlds ha^
lar proces
vojume, a
carefully
brings no^
IV. to th(
stitution 1
it is hope
selves, an(
The publi
in price, v
bat ion ; ai
all subseqi
Ako, lately pnhlishedy
STEWARTS STORIES from the HISTORY of
SCOTLAND. l8mo. 3d Edition. With Frontispiece
and Vignette. 3s. bound in cloth.
STEWART'S improved Edition of Dr GOLD-
SMITH'S HISTORY of ENGLAND. 9th Edition.
In one thick volume 12mo. 4s. bound.
SIMPJ
HIS
Caesar to
Accessior
the Britia
end of ea(
The va
England,
milies, h«
which ac
title, thoi
PUBLISHED BY OLIVER & BOYD.
15
^-'^■^'■^V/Vy«*,^<'w^W\/Vy
ed for the
or
RN GEO-
'eculiarities,
rious Coun-
h Division ;
}nunciation,
throughout
rable arrange-
le has seldom
>8, excellenHy
riptive tables,
rith a Gcogra-
and valuable
ndeed, in the
I, even in this
e its exi'lana-
troughout tlie
iegree to most
5T0RY of
Frontispiece
r GOLD-
)th Edition.
Simpson's School Histories.
L
CIMPSON'S HISTORY of SCOTLAND, from the
*^ Earliest Period to the Accession of Queen Victoria. To
which is added, An Outline of the British Constitution. With
Questions for Examination at the end of each Section. 23d
Edition. 12mo. 3s. (jd. bound.
The simple fact that twenty-three large impressions of this work
have been thrown off, bears sufficient evidence to the high estima-
tion in which it is held by the public. With a view to increase its
utility, various improvements were made on the twenty-first edition ;
among the most important of which was the re-composing of the
more ancient part of the narrative by a distinguished writer, whose
works have thrown great light on the annals of Scotland. A simi-
lar process has been adopted with regard to the remainder of the
vojume, a large portion having been written anew, and the whole
carefully corrected. A valuable chapter has been added, which
brings down the record of public events from the death of George
ly. to the reign of Victoria ; and the chapter on the British Con-
stitution has been completely remodelled. — These improvements,
it is hoped, will be considered at the same time valuable in them-
selves, and well calculated to facilitate the study of Scottish history.
The publishers therefore trust that the work, which is not enhanced
in price, will be considered worthy of an increased degree of appro-
bation ; and the volume having been stereotyped, the uniformity of
all subsequent editions is secured.
n.
QIMPSON'S improved Edition of Dr GOLDSMITH'S
^ HISTORV of ENGLAND, from the Invasion of Julius
Caesar to the Death of George IL; with a Continuation to the
Accession of Queen Victoria. To which is added, an Outline of
the British Constitution ; and Questions for Examination at the
end of each Section. 14th Edition. ]2mo. 3s. 6d. bound.
The value of Dr Goldsmith's Abridgment of the History of
England, as a class-book for the use of Schools and private Fa-
milies, has been long known and universally acknowledged ; on
which account the publishers of this volume have retained the
title, thouffh the work itself is almost entirely new. Much im-
..y^-
Id
LIST OP EDUCATIONAL WORKS,
portant information touching the earlv state of our country has
been obtained since the time when Goldsmith wrote ; and there-
fore that portion of his narrative which embodied the transac-
tions of the Romans, Britons, and Saxons, has been withdrawn
to make way for a more authentic account of the_ settlement of
those ancient nations in the southern parts of this island. To
render the work as complete as possible, a chapter has been added
which brings down the record of public events to the accession
of Queen Victoria. Such being the extent of the improvements
introduced into the present edition, the proprietors hope that this
popular abridgment will be found better calculated than it has
hitherto been for facilitating to students of all ages the acquisition
of a competent knowledge of English history. To compensate to
teachers the inconvenience attending alterations, however indis-
pensable, the publishers have stereotyped the volume, and thereby
prevented the recurrence of any similar evil for the time to come.
III.
SIMPSON'S improved Edition of Dr GOLDSMITH'S
HISTORY of ROME ; with Questions for Examination
at the end of each Section. To which are prefixed, the Geogra-
phy of Ancient Italy, Roman Antiquities, &c. With a Map of
Ancient Italy. 11th Edition. 12mo. 3s. 6d. bound.
IV.
SIMPSON'S improved Edition of Dr GOLDSMITH'S
HISTORY of GREECE; and Questions for Examination
at the end of each Section ; with Chapters on the Geography,
Manners and Customs, &c. of the Greeks. Illustrated by a J\lap
of Ancient Greece. 8th Edition. 12mo. 3s. 6d. bound.
CamcAL NoTicKs qf Simpson's School Histories.
** These are neat and cleverly-edited reprints of very popular scliool-
}nHyks."—Athen<eutn.
•* These works contain much Important matter never before introduced
into books of this description.— We recommend them most cordially as
decidedly superior to the general order of schoolbooks, containing no one
sentiment, either religious, moral, or political, to the influence of "vhich on
the youthful mind the most sedulous and serious teacher would thiiilc
it necessary to furnish an antidoie."— New Baptist Miscellanp.
" To the master who wishes his pupils to be readily acquainted with
what all should know, and to the parent who is anxious that his children
should learn history through an honest and impartial medium^ wc recom-
mend Simpson's editions of the Histories of Greece, Home, England, and
A. 1
many ii
Trott
dth Edit
Thisi
matics y
complete
with a I
would ea
is now oi
once app
Algebra
Plane G
Intersect
Practica
Plane Ti
Spherica
Mensura
Conic Se<
Surveyin
A KE
-^ 12r
MA
M^
Navigator
4s. Gd. hai
GALB
NO
blems and
country has
and there-
.he transac
withdrawn
ittlement of
island. To
been added
le accession
iprovements
>pe that this
than it has
B acquisition
mpensate to
ivever indis-
and thereby
le to come.
^SMITH'S
ilxamination
the Geogra-
th a Map of
nd.
)SMITH'S
Bxamination
Geography,
ed by a Map
l)Ound.
r.
npular school-
'ore introduced
}8t cordially as
taining no one
ice of which on
r would think
ny.
cquainted with
lat his children
um, we rccom-
, England, and
PUBLISHED BY OLIVER di BOYD.
Mathematics, dto.
17
12mo, with 340 Wood-cuts, 78. 6d. bound
J^ CONCISE SYSTEM of MATHEMATICS, in
-t-^ Theory and Practice. By Alex. Ixgiiam. With
tTL 'J^^'^'^Tu A5^it»«»3 and Improvements, by Ja me s
This work is unquestionably the cheapest Manual of Mathe-
matics yet given to the public. Several of its sections are s^
complete in theory and minute in practical details, that if printed
with a moderately. sized type and published separately, they
Tnnw'nff^ T ^u'' '^*" /^^ whoIe price at which the vdume
is now offered. The completeness of the work, indeed, wiU at
once appear from the subjoined '
ABSTRACT OF CONTENTS.
Algebra.
Plane Geometry.
Intersection of Planes.
Practical Geometry.
Plane Trigonometry.
Spherical Trigonometry.
Mensuration of Surfaces <k Solids.
Conic Sections.
Surveying, Gauging.
Specific Gravity.
Practical Gunnery.
Mensuration of Artificers' Work.
Strength of Materials.
Logarithms of Numbers.
Logarithmic Sines, Tangents, &c.
Natural Sines and Tangents.
Areas of Circula Segments.
Squares, Cubes, Square Roots.
Cube Roots, &c. &c.
^?„^ t»*e above WORK. By James Tbotteb.
limo. 9a. lid. bound.
A MANUAL of LOGARITHMS and PRACTICAL
^, MATHEMATICS; forthe Us.of S.ud.n", L jnefrs
AhOy lately published, New Editions of
I.
Q.ALBRAITH'S MATHEMATICAL and ASTRO
^ NOMICAL TABLES. Illustrated by immetous Pro
blems and Examples. 8vo. 9s. boards. ""™"ous Tro-
18
LISTOP EDUCATIONAL WORKS.
IL
TROTTER'S LESSONS in ARITHMETIC for
Junior Classes. 18mo. 6d. sewed.
m.
K
EY to TROTTER'S LESSONS in ARITHMETIC.
18mo. 6d. sewed.
IV.
NGRAM'S PRINCIPLES
■ 18mo. Price only Is. bound.
of ARITHMETIC.
V.
K
EY to INGRAM'S PRINCIPLES of ARITHME-
TIC. 18mo. 28. 6d. bound.
VI.
MELROSE'S PRACTICAL ARITHMETIC, im-
proved by Ingram and Trotter. IBnao. Is. 6d. bound.
^ >•%.'> /"V ' >.-'Vx v^*w *'..<^
VII.
KEY to INGRAM and TROTTER'S improved
EDITION of MELROSE'S ARITHMETIC. 18mo.
48. 6d. bound.
VIII.
Ix
UTTON'S ARITHMETIC and BOOK-KEEPING,
improved by Ingram and Trottkh. I2mo. 3s. bd.
I3L
TROTTER'S EDITION of BUTTON'S BOOK-
KEEPING, separate from the Arithmetic. I2mo. 2s.
half-bound.
ETIC for
HMETIC.
HMETIC.
RITHME.
STIC, ini-
i. 6d. bound.
improved
TIC. 18mo.
?:eeping,
no. 3s. bd.
'S BOOK.
12mo. 2s.
OLIVER & BOYD'S
Catechisms of Slementary Knowledge ;
■LUCIDATINO THB MORK 8IMPI.K PRINCIPLKS Or
LITERATURE, SCIENCE, AND THE ARTS;
With appropriate Embelllahments.
I^eatip printed in Wmo. Price of each, 9d. tetced, or U. hound.
Botany.
Chemistry.
Heat
Natural Philosophy, Part I.
Natural Philosophy, Part II.
SCIENCE.
Natural History of the Earth.
Natural History of Man,
Political Economy,
Works of Creation.
Zoology,
English Grammar,
English Compositioa
Elocution,
LITERATURE.
French Grammar,
Latin Grammar.
Grceic Grammar.
Geography, with Problems on
the Use of the Globes.
History of England.
QEOGRAPHT, mSTORV, &C.
History of Scotland
British Constitution.
Christian Instruction.
''•y^f-jry^^
.nnll'*'^ "^ :? '^'''^' ""^ '^°'''* »^«P*e<? to elementary instruction
accurt?'^h'e err; V'T. '''''''' ^^""'^•"'^^ conciseness, p'r e^Ssion, a"S
accuracy—The Catechetical form admits of many advantages, which are
esr^witi c"u;s'"%?""'"' 'T''^^' whicLreil,uft?at:d?he^e
»nfn^* "^1*'"''* i° P'^*^' *^^' '^^y ™"»t «oon find their way. generally
h irnr'^^K "•* T. """*'"^' •"''°°'»' ^here they may be mide the ve^.
nn' ^J'°™P'«'« 'f^atise on a science for ninepence. is what the world has
no. often seen ; but Messrs Oliver and Boyd have published seTeri and
ndresl^"Hr~.?'^"'^^"«°' "P' they bear'the names of J^own
which wH K*; ^" ' ""^ '^'^ ''PP^^^ '« ^^ ^^^^'dedly superior to an?
Si r /? t^^^ u.'*"^""^" '^^"- '^*'« Catechism of Geography is on the
Englfsh o' Z,r r"''^* l'?'*^ "^ '^' P"^«-The Catechisi on
Sir h?. I * ^''°** abridgment-quite as clear as Murray's, and
oetter. because shorter. "-Kramjnm
LITERARY PRESENTS.
■1
CHEMISTRY of NATURE, designed as a Popular
Exposition of the Chemical Constitution and Relations of
Natural Objects, and as a general Introduction to the Study of
Chemical Science. By Hugo Re id, Lecturer on Chemistry.
In small 8vo, and illustrated by Wood-cuts. 6s. bound in cloth.
n.
THE SCRAP BOOK; a Collection of Amusing and
Striking Pieces, in Prose and Verse. With an Intro-
duction, and Occasional Remarks and Contributions. By John
M'DiARMio. 7th Edition. In one thick vol. post 8vo. 6s. 6d.
bound in cloth.
III.
THE TOUR of the HOLY LAND ; in a Series of
Conversations: with an Appendix, containing Extracts
from a MS. Journal of Travels in Syria. By the Rev. Robert
MoREHEAD, D.D., F.R.S.E., &c. With a Map of
Palestine. 18mo. Ss. bound in cloth.
IV.
THE POEMS of OSSIAN ; translated by James
Macpherson; with the Translator's Dissertations on
the Era and Poems of Ossian ; Dr Blair's Critical Dissertation ;
and an Inquiry into the Genuineness of these Poems, written
expressly for this Edition, By the Rev. Alexander
Stewart. With Frontispiece and Vignette. 24mo. 5s. bd^
V.
DIVERSIONS of HOLLYCOT, or the Mother's Art
of Thinking. By the Author of " Nights of the Round
Table." 2d Edition. 18mo. 2s. 6d. cloth boards.
LITERARY PRESENTS.
n
RIGHTS of the ROUND TABLE ; or, Stories of
Aunt Jane and her Friends. Small 8vo. 6s. bd. in cloth.
Popular
lations of
Study of
hemistry.
I in doth.
sing and
an Intro-
By John
9. 6s. 6d.
Series of
Extracts
Robert
Map of
r James
tations on
sertation ;
8, written
XANDER
, 5s. bdb
her*s Art
he Round
T ETTERS from a LADY to her NIECE ; containing
-*-• Practical Hints, intended to direct the Female Mind in
l!!f. ?"»"*' ^"^ Attainments conducive to Virtue and Happiness.
With frontispiece. 3d Edition. 18mo. 2s. cloth boards.
VIII.
]V|Y EARLY DAYS. With Frontispiece. Third
J^dition, improved. 18mo. 2s. 6d. cloth boards.
IX.
'P HE ORPHAN ; or, the True Principles of Religious
Education Illustrated. M'ith a Frontispiece. 18mo.
2s. bd. bound in cloth.
X.
(CHRISTIAN POETRY : a New Selection. Con-
taming the most distinguished Pieces that have recently
appeared. 4th Edition. 32mo. 2s. neatly bound in cloth.
R
XI.
EADINGS for SUNDAY EVENINGS. Post
8vo. 6s. 6d. bound in cloth.
XII.
SPECIMENS of the LYRICAL, DESCRIPTIVE
^ and NARRATIVE POETS of GREAT BRITAIN*
from Chaucer to the present Day; with Biographical and
Critical Notices. By John Johnstone. With Frontispiece
and Vignette. 24mo. Ss. 6d. elegantly bound in cloth.
XIII.
>OEMS by WILLIAM COWPER; to which is
prefixed a Memoir of the Author by John M'DiARMiD
6th Edition, revised and enlarged. With Frontispiece and
Vignette. J8mo. 3s. 6d. handsomely bound in cloth.
92
LITERARY PRESENTS.
XIV.
THE HISTORY of the JEWS, from the taking
of Jerusalem by Titus to the present Time; compris-
ing a Narrative of their Wanderings, Persecutions. Com-
mercial Enterprises, and Literary Exertions ; with an Account
of the various Efforts made for their Conversion. By J a »IE8
A. HuiE, Author of " Records of Female Piety." bmall 8vo.
Handsomely bound in cloth.
XV.
RECORDS of FEMALE PIETY; comprising
Sketches of the Lives and Extracts from the Writings
of Women eminent for Religious Excellence. By James
A. HuiE, Author of " The History of the Jews." Small 8vo.
6s! bound in cloth. Just Published,
CoNTBNT8.-Monica, Mother of Augustine-Anne Askew-Queen Ca-
therine Parr- Olympia Morata-Jane, Queen of Navarre-Lady Mary
Laniham-Lady ^Broolte-tlueen Mary II.-Mrs nury-Rachel. Lady
RusSll-Mrs Rowe-Mrs Steele-The Countess of iruntlngdon-Lady
Olenorchy-Miss Jane Taylor-MadtMnoiselle Cuvier-Miss Mary Jane
Graham— Mrs Hannah More— Mrs Wilson.
XVL
OLDSMITH'S VICAR of WAKEFIELD, ES-
- SAYS, and POEMS; with Prefatory Remarks by John
M'DiARMiD. With Frontispiece and Vignette. 24mo. 3s. cloth.
G
XVII.
lAUL and VIRGINIA, and ELIZABETH. New
Translations; with Prefatory Remarks by J. M*Diarmid.
With Frontispiece and Vignette. 24mo. 2s. cloth.
ACCOUNT of the EDINBURGH SESSIONAL
SCHOOL, and the other Parochial Institutions for Edu-
cation established in that City in the Year 1812 ; with Strictures
on Education in general. 6th Edition. To which is now added
an Appendix, containing Observations on Normal Schools, Bible
Education, &c. i2mo. 6s. boards.
FULTON'S improved and enlarged Edition of
JOHNSON'S DICTIONARY, in Miniature. 19ih
Edition. 18mo. Price only 3s. bound.
E
/n futalt
Each Vo:
N\«
In one vo
THEW
V ln(
»
PALE
Peri
LIVES
DAI
3d Edition,
BRITI;
Pre*
HISTC
on \
Earliest Pei
TRAVI
HUM
T IFE of
•*-^ andO:
N
UBIA
taking
compris-
s, Corn-
Account
Jabies
nail 8vo.
aprismg
Writings
James
mall 8vo.
Q,ueen Ca-
lady Mary
hel, Lady
Ion— Lady
lary Jane
D, ES-
t)y John
3s. cloth.
I. New
lAaMID.
IIONAL
\ for Edu-
Strictures
)w addled,
ols, Bible
ition of
ire. 19th
EDINBURGH CABINET LIBRARY
/» tMOtt 8m>. Kith tfapi apreultt mniiru^,^ , ,. '
Each Vol«.., to clou. ^.J^J^^^^.^^Z:^^^ ^^
N*??bJP,^ "' DISCOVERY and ADVENTDRF !,
in.
VmtuS^NT .„d M0i)ERN EGYPT. 3d Edition.
IV
V.
L'l^^/Ml?^„T?nl*,f„ES^ofDRAK^
3d Edition. In one volume. History of the Buccaneers.
VI. vn. vm.
» Vm." *"♦ ^''°"* the most Kemot
Present Time. 3d Edition. In three voW
IX.
B"^Sli^'L''l^EiiSr '?^P.?ll™''t'' P«riod to the
1 X
H'«o:?hri'J.VoWT'Ss5J!i°SJ*S'A?t?'«co^E«Y
Earlfe.. PeHod .o .h. P««£^ TSl' 1'^ toL'r ""
XI.
L^andOrWn?.,?'^^'^^^ RALEIGH, founded on Authentic
and Original Documents. 3d Edition. In one volume.
N
XIL
UBIA and ABYSSINIA. 2d Edition. In one volume.
S4
^^m
EDINBl/ROH CABINET LinRARY.
XIII. XIV
HISTORY of ARABIA, Ancient and Modern. 2d Edition.
In two voltunes. — »«*«.iWM.
XV.
P^^filA* ^V^ *^® Earliest Agei to the Present Time. 2d
£aition. In one volume.
■>
XVI.
T IVES of EMINENT ZOOLOGISTS, from Aristotle to
J«-* lilnQ«ufl inclusive. In one volume.
■ vf-
XVII.
__NT CC
BARY STATEa In one volume.'
H'^JA^r»^^.^*"iJ?J^^x^l^^T of the BAR.
XVIII. XIX. XX.
CHINA. Its Ancient and Modern History. 2d Edition. In
three volumes. '
•/^/^/NZ-vi-vj V/v^NyN,^ ,>-^\«^x/X'
XXI.
tXISTORICALACCOUNToftheCIRCUMNAVlGATION
J- 1^ of the GLOHB, and of the PROGRESS of DISCOVERY In the
o*™ ^^^ OCEAN, from the Voyage of Maokllan to the Death of Cook.
2a Edition. In one volume.
LXXII.
^ «f ^^'A^^^ HENRY the EIGHTH, founded on Authen-
tic and Original Documents. 2d Edition. In one volume.
XXIII. XXIV.
CJCANDINAVIA, Ancient and Modern ; beinir a History of
*<J Dbnmabk, SWKDKN, and Norway. In two volumes.
XXV. XXVI. XXVII.
RICA ; comprehending
"tia. New Brunswick, Ne ...„«..„.„„„, ^....ce e-
ward Island, the Bermudas, and the Fur Countries. In three volumes.
AAT. A^TX. AA.V11.
R rlif^^^?^.?^^ ' comprehending Canada Upper and
MJ Lower, Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, Newfoundland, Prince Ed
XXVIII
PwuA^^» GREENLAND, and the FAROE ISLANDS;
* with Illustrations of their Natural History. In one volume.
XTATv .. * XXIX. XXX. XXXL
I tothlr^^^V^^'''^^^^^ ISLANDS: from the Earliest Ages
A to the Present Time. In three volumes. Jutt Published. ^
.4
-^"'-'MiHwTfr'ifrfiii
r*i«>i>miimiiifiw>'ii I . ^..
f
t. 2d Edition,
ent Time. 2d
n Aristotle to
of the BAR.
i Edition. In
LVIGATION
iOVERY in the
I Death of Cook.
d on Authen-
volume.
a History of
a Upper and
nd, Prince Ed-
iree volumes.
/*• f **-i-
ISLANDS;
volume.
,«
Earliest Ages